| 1 | //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. |
| 10 | // |
| 11 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 12 | |
| 13 | #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" |
| 14 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" |
| 15 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" |
| 16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" |
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" |
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" |
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" |
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" |
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" |
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" |
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" |
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
| 26 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" |
| 27 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" |
| 28 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
| 29 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" |
| 30 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
| 31 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex |
| 32 | #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. |
| 33 | #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex |
| 34 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() |
| 35 | #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" |
| 36 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
| 37 | #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" |
| 38 | #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" |
| 39 | #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" |
| 40 | #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" |
| 41 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
| 42 | #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" |
| 43 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" |
| 44 | #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" |
| 45 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" |
| 46 | #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" |
| 47 | #include <algorithm> |
| 48 | #include <cstring> |
| 49 | #include <functional> |
| 50 | |
| 51 | using namespace clang; |
| 52 | using namespace sema; |
| 53 | |
| 54 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { |
| 55 | if (OwnedType) { |
| 56 | Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; |
| 57 | return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); |
| 58 | } |
| 59 | |
| 60 | return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); |
| 61 | } |
| 62 | |
| 63 | namespace { |
| 64 | |
| 65 | class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { |
| 66 | public: |
| 67 | TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, |
| 68 | bool AllowTemplates = false, |
| 69 | bool AllowNonTemplates = true) |
| 70 | : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), |
| 71 | AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { |
| 72 | WantExpressionKeywords = false; |
| 73 | WantCXXNamedCasts = false; |
| 74 | WantRemainingKeywords = false; |
| 75 | } |
| 76 | |
| 77 | bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { |
| 78 | if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { |
| 79 | if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 80 | return false; |
| 81 | |
| 82 | if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) |
| 83 | return AllowTemplates; |
| 84 | |
| 85 | bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); |
| 86 | if (!IsType) |
| 87 | return false; |
| 88 | |
| 89 | if (AllowNonTemplates) |
| 90 | return true; |
| 91 | |
| 92 | // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid |
| 93 | // as a template or as a non-template. |
| 94 | if (AllowTemplates) { |
| 95 | auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); |
| 96 | if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) |
| 97 | return false; |
| 98 | RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); |
| 99 | return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || |
| 100 | isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); |
| 101 | } |
| 102 | |
| 103 | return false; |
| 104 | } |
| 105 | |
| 106 | return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); |
| 107 | } |
| 108 | |
| 109 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { |
| 110 | return llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this); |
| 111 | } |
| 112 | |
| 113 | private: |
| 114 | bool AllowInvalidDecl; |
| 115 | bool WantClassName; |
| 116 | bool AllowTemplates; |
| 117 | bool AllowNonTemplates; |
| 118 | }; |
| 119 | |
| 120 | } // end anonymous namespace |
| 121 | |
| 122 | /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. |
| 123 | bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { |
| 124 | switch (Kind) { |
| 125 | // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a |
| 126 | // token kind is a valid type specifier |
| 127 | case tok::kw_short: |
| 128 | case tok::kw_long: |
| 129 | case tok::kw___int64: |
| 130 | case tok::kw___int128: |
| 131 | case tok::kw_signed: |
| 132 | case tok::kw_unsigned: |
| 133 | case tok::kw_void: |
| 134 | case tok::kw_char: |
| 135 | case tok::kw_int: |
| 136 | case tok::kw_half: |
| 137 | case tok::kw_float: |
| 138 | case tok::kw_double: |
| 139 | case tok::kw__Float16: |
| 140 | case tok::kw___float128: |
| 141 | case tok::kw_wchar_t: |
| 142 | case tok::kw_bool: |
| 143 | case tok::kw___underlying_type: |
| 144 | case tok::kw___auto_type: |
| 145 | return true; |
| 146 | |
| 147 | case tok::annot_typename: |
| 148 | case tok::kw_char16_t: |
| 149 | case tok::kw_char32_t: |
| 150 | case tok::kw_typeof: |
| 151 | case tok::annot_decltype: |
| 152 | case tok::kw_decltype: |
| 153 | return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
| 154 | |
| 155 | case tok::kw_char8_t: |
| 156 | return getLangOpts().Char8; |
| 157 | |
| 158 | default: |
| 159 | break; |
| 160 | } |
| 161 | |
| 162 | return false; |
| 163 | } |
| 164 | |
| 165 | namespace { |
| 166 | enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { |
| 167 | NotFound, |
| 168 | FoundNonType, |
| 169 | FoundType |
| 170 | }; |
| 171 | } // end anonymous namespace |
| 172 | |
| 173 | /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for |
| 174 | /// dependent class. |
| 175 | /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a |
| 176 | /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. |
| 177 | static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult |
| 178 | lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 179 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 180 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { |
| 181 | if (!RD->hasDefinition()) |
| 182 | return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; |
| 183 | // Look for type decls in base classes. |
| 184 | UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = |
| 185 | UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; |
| 186 | for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { |
| 187 | const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; |
| 188 | if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) |
| 189 | BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
| 190 | else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { |
| 191 | // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary |
| 192 | // templates. |
| 193 | if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) |
| 194 | continue; |
| 195 | auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); |
| 196 | if (!TD) |
| 197 | continue; |
| 198 | if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = |
| 199 | dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { |
| 200 | if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) |
| 201 | BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; |
| 202 | else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { |
| 203 | if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = |
| 204 | CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) |
| 205 | if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) |
| 206 | BaseRD = PS; |
| 207 | } |
| 208 | } |
| 209 | } |
| 210 | if (BaseRD) { |
| 211 | for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { |
| 212 | if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) |
| 213 | return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; |
| 214 | FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; |
| 215 | } |
| 216 | if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { |
| 217 | switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { |
| 218 | case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: |
| 219 | return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; |
| 220 | case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: |
| 221 | FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; |
| 222 | break; |
| 223 | case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: |
| 224 | break; |
| 225 | } |
| 226 | } |
| 227 | } |
| 228 | } |
| 229 | |
| 230 | return FoundTypeDecl; |
| 231 | } |
| 232 | |
| 233 | static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, |
| 234 | const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 235 | SourceLocation NameLoc) { |
| 236 | // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. |
| 237 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; |
| 238 | UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = |
| 239 | UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; |
| 240 | for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; |
| 241 | DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; |
| 242 | DC = DC->getParent()) { |
| 243 | // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary |
| 244 | // templates. |
| 245 | RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); |
| 246 | if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) |
| 247 | FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); |
| 248 | } |
| 249 | if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) |
| 250 | return nullptr; |
| 251 | |
| 252 | // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user |
| 253 | // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the |
| 254 | // lookup during template instantiation. |
| 255 | S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; |
| 256 | |
| 257 | ASTContext &Context = S.Context; |
| 258 | auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, |
| 259 | cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); |
| 260 | QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); |
| 261 | |
| 262 | CXXScopeSpec SS; |
| 263 | SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); |
| 264 | |
| 265 | TypeLocBuilder Builder; |
| 266 | DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); |
| 267 | DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); |
| 268 | DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); |
| 269 | DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); |
| 270 | return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); |
| 271 | } |
| 272 | |
| 273 | /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, |
| 274 | /// return the declaration of that type. |
| 275 | /// |
| 276 | /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II |
| 277 | /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to |
| 278 | /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an |
| 279 | /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that |
| 280 | /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. |
| 281 | ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 282 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 283 | bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, |
| 284 | ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, |
| 285 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName, |
| 286 | bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, |
| 287 | bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, |
| 288 | IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { |
| 289 | // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. |
| 290 | bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && |
| 291 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName && |
| 292 | !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; |
| 293 | |
| 294 | // Determine where we will perform name lookup. |
| 295 | DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; |
| 296 | if (ObjectTypePtr) { |
| 297 | QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); |
| 298 | if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) |
| 299 | LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); |
| 300 | } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { |
| 301 | LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); |
| 302 | |
| 303 | if (!LookupCtx) { |
| 304 | if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { |
| 305 | // C++ [temp.res]p3: |
| 306 | // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the |
| 307 | // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) |
| 308 | // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the |
| 309 | // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an |
| 310 | // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). |
| 311 | // |
| 312 | // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would |
| 313 | // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. |
| 314 | if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) |
| 315 | return nullptr; |
| 316 | |
| 317 | // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, |
| 318 | // so build a dependent node to describe the type. |
| 319 | if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) |
| 320 | return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); |
| 321 | |
| 322 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); |
| 323 | QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, |
| 324 | II, NameLoc); |
| 325 | return ParsedType::make(T); |
| 326 | } |
| 327 | |
| 328 | return nullptr; |
| 329 | } |
| 330 | |
| 331 | if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && |
| 332 | RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) |
| 333 | return nullptr; |
| 334 | } |
| 335 | |
| 336 | // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of |
| 337 | // lookup for class-names. |
| 338 | LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : |
| 339 | LookupOrdinaryName; |
| 340 | LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); |
| 341 | if (LookupCtx) { |
| 342 | // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we |
| 343 | // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access |
| 344 | // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior |
| 345 | // nested-name-specifier. |
| 346 | LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); |
| 347 | |
| 348 | if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { |
| 349 | // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: |
| 350 | // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up |
| 351 | // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of |
| 352 | // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also |
| 353 | // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall |
| 354 | // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. |
| 355 | LookupName(Result, S); |
| 356 | } |
| 357 | } else { |
| 358 | // Perform unqualified name lookup. |
| 359 | LookupName(Result, S); |
| 360 | |
| 361 | // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into |
| 362 | // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. |
| 363 | if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { |
| 364 | if (ParsedType TypeInBase = |
| 365 | recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) |
| 366 | return TypeInBase; |
| 367 | } |
| 368 | } |
| 369 | |
| 370 | NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; |
| 371 | switch (Result.getResultKind()) { |
| 372 | case LookupResult::NotFound: |
| 373 | case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: |
| 374 | if (CorrectedII) { |
| 375 | TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName, |
| 376 | AllowDeducedTemplate); |
| 377 | TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, |
| 378 | S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery); |
| 379 | IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 380 | TemplateTy Template; |
| 381 | bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; |
| 382 | UnqualifiedId TemplateName; |
| 383 | TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); |
| 384 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); |
| 385 | CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; |
| 386 | if (SS && NNS) { |
| 387 | NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); |
| 388 | NewSSPtr = &NewSS; |
| 389 | } |
| 390 | if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && |
| 391 | // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected |
| 392 | // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names |
| 393 | // is handled elsewhere). |
| 394 | !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && |
| 395 | isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, |
| 396 | Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { |
| 397 | ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, |
| 398 | isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, |
| 399 | IsCtorOrDtorName, |
| 400 | WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, |
| 401 | IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); |
| 402 | if (Ty) { |
| 403 | diagnoseTypo(Correction, |
| 404 | PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) |
| 405 | << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); |
| 406 | if (SS && NNS) |
| 407 | SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); |
| 408 | *CorrectedII = NewII; |
| 409 | return Ty; |
| 410 | } |
| 411 | } |
| 412 | } |
| 413 | // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through |
| 414 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; |
| 415 | case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: |
| 416 | case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: |
| 417 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| 418 | return nullptr; |
| 419 | |
| 420 | case LookupResult::Ambiguous: |
| 421 | // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll |
| 422 | // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can |
| 423 | // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error |
| 424 | // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error |
| 425 | // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. |
| 426 | if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { |
| 427 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| 428 | return nullptr; |
| 429 | } |
| 430 | |
| 431 | // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. |
| 432 | for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); |
| 433 | Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { |
| 434 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || |
| 435 | (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { |
| 436 | if (!IIDecl || |
| 437 | (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < |
| 438 | IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) |
| 439 | IIDecl = *Res; |
| 440 | } |
| 441 | } |
| 442 | |
| 443 | if (!IIDecl) { |
| 444 | // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way |
| 445 | // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't |
| 446 | // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to |
| 447 | // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which |
| 448 | // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected |
| 449 | // a type name. |
| 450 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| 451 | return nullptr; |
| 452 | } |
| 453 | |
| 454 | // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the |
| 455 | // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right |
| 456 | // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to |
| 457 | // perform the name lookup again. |
| 458 | break; |
| 459 | |
| 460 | case LookupResult::Found: |
| 461 | IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); |
| 462 | break; |
| 463 | } |
| 464 | |
| 465 | assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl" ); |
| 466 | |
| 467 | QualType T; |
| 468 | if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { |
| 469 | // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name |
| 470 | // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. |
| 471 | // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. |
| 472 | auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); |
| 473 | auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); |
| 474 | if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && |
| 475 | FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && |
| 476 | declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) |
| 477 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) |
| 478 | << &II << /*Type*/1; |
| 479 | |
| 480 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); |
| 481 | |
| 482 | T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); |
| 483 | MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); |
| 484 | } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { |
| 485 | (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); |
| 486 | if (!HasTrailingDot) |
| 487 | T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); |
| 488 | } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { |
| 489 | if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) |
| 490 | T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), |
| 491 | QualType(), false); |
| 492 | } |
| 493 | |
| 494 | if (T.isNull()) { |
| 495 | // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. |
| 496 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| 497 | return nullptr; |
| 498 | } |
| 499 | |
| 500 | // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a |
| 501 | // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier |
| 502 | // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). |
| 503 | if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && |
| 504 | !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { |
| 505 | if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { |
| 506 | // Construct a type with type-source information. |
| 507 | TypeLocBuilder Builder; |
| 508 | Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); |
| 509 | |
| 510 | T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); |
| 511 | ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); |
| 512 | ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); |
| 513 | ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); |
| 514 | return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); |
| 515 | } else { |
| 516 | T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); |
| 517 | } |
| 518 | } |
| 519 | |
| 520 | return ParsedType::make(T); |
| 521 | } |
| 522 | |
| 523 | // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. |
| 524 | static NestedNameSpecifier * |
| 525 | synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { |
| 526 | for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { |
| 527 | DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); |
| 528 | auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); |
| 529 | if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) |
| 530 | return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); |
| 531 | else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) |
| 532 | return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), |
| 533 | RD->getTypeForDecl()); |
| 534 | else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) |
| 535 | return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); |
| 536 | } |
| 537 | llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?" ); |
| 538 | } |
| 539 | |
| 540 | /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method |
| 541 | /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end |
| 542 | /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC |
| 543 | /// correctly rejects. |
| 544 | static const CXXRecordDecl * |
| 545 | findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { |
| 546 | for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { |
| 547 | DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); |
| 548 | if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) |
| 549 | if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) |
| 550 | return MD->getParent(); |
| 551 | } |
| 552 | return nullptr; |
| 553 | } |
| 554 | |
| 555 | ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 556 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 557 | bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { |
| 558 | assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode" ); |
| 559 | |
| 560 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; |
| 561 | if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { |
| 562 | // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup |
| 563 | // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We |
| 564 | // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and |
| 565 | // lookup is retried. |
| 566 | // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no |
| 567 | // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any |
| 568 | // name specifiers. |
| 569 | NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); |
| 570 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; |
| 571 | } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = |
| 572 | findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { |
| 573 | // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at |
| 574 | // instantiation time. |
| 575 | NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), |
| 576 | RD->getTypeForDecl()); |
| 577 | |
| 578 | // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during |
| 579 | // template instantiation. |
| 580 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II |
| 581 | << RD; |
| 582 | } else { |
| 583 | // This is not a situation that we should recover from. |
| 584 | return ParsedType(); |
| 585 | } |
| 586 | |
| 587 | QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); |
| 588 | |
| 589 | // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have |
| 590 | // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. |
| 591 | NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; |
| 592 | NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); |
| 593 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); |
| 594 | |
| 595 | TypeLocBuilder Builder; |
| 596 | DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); |
| 597 | DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); |
| 598 | DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); |
| 599 | DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); |
| 600 | return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); |
| 601 | } |
| 602 | |
| 603 | /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* |
| 604 | /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If |
| 605 | /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, |
| 606 | /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose |
| 607 | /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. |
| 608 | DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { |
| 609 | // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. |
| 610 | LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); |
| 611 | LookupName(R, S, false); |
| 612 | R.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| 613 | if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) |
| 614 | if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { |
| 615 | switch (TD->getTagKind()) { |
| 616 | case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; |
| 617 | case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; |
| 618 | case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; |
| 619 | case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; |
| 620 | case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; |
| 621 | } |
| 622 | } |
| 623 | |
| 624 | return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; |
| 625 | } |
| 626 | |
| 627 | /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, |
| 628 | /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes |
| 629 | /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. |
| 630 | /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: |
| 631 | /// @code |
| 632 | /// template<class T> class A { |
| 633 | /// public: |
| 634 | /// typedef int TYPE; |
| 635 | /// }; |
| 636 | /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { |
| 637 | /// public: |
| 638 | /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. |
| 639 | /// }; |
| 640 | /// @endcode |
| 641 | bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { |
| 642 | if (CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 643 | if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) |
| 644 | return true; |
| 645 | |
| 646 | const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); |
| 647 | |
| 648 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); |
| 649 | for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) |
| 650 | if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) |
| 651 | return true; |
| 652 | return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); |
| 653 | } |
| 654 | return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); |
| 655 | } |
| 656 | |
| 657 | void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, |
| 658 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
| 659 | Scope *S, |
| 660 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 661 | ParsedType &SuggestedType, |
| 662 | bool IsTemplateName) { |
| 663 | // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. |
| 664 | if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) |
| 665 | return; |
| 666 | // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). |
| 667 | SuggestedType = nullptr; |
| 668 | |
| 669 | // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo |
| 670 | // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. |
| 671 | TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false, |
| 672 | /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName, |
| 673 | /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName); |
| 674 | if (TypoCorrection Corrected = |
| 675 | CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, |
| 676 | CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { |
| 677 | // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. |
| 678 | bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; |
| 679 | if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { |
| 680 | // We corrected to a keyword. |
| 681 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, |
| 682 | PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest |
| 683 | : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) |
| 684 | << II); |
| 685 | II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 686 | } else { |
| 687 | // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. |
| 688 | if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { |
| 689 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, |
| 690 | PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest |
| 691 | : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) |
| 692 | << II, CanRecover); |
| 693 | } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { |
| 694 | std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); |
| 695 | bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && |
| 696 | II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); |
| 697 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, |
| 698 | PDiag(IsTemplateName |
| 699 | ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest |
| 700 | : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) |
| 701 | << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), |
| 702 | CanRecover); |
| 703 | } else { |
| 704 | llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here" ); |
| 705 | } |
| 706 | |
| 707 | if (!CanRecover) |
| 708 | return; |
| 709 | |
| 710 | CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; |
| 711 | if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) |
| 712 | tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), |
| 713 | SourceRange(IILoc)); |
| 714 | // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. |
| 715 | SuggestedType = |
| 716 | getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, |
| 717 | tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, |
| 718 | /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, |
| 719 | /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); |
| 720 | } |
| 721 | return; |
| 722 | } |
| 723 | |
| 724 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { |
| 725 | // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. |
| 726 | UnqualifiedId Name; |
| 727 | Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); |
| 728 | CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; |
| 729 | TemplateTy TemplateResult; |
| 730 | bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; |
| 731 | if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, |
| 732 | Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, |
| 733 | MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { |
| 734 | diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc); |
| 735 | return; |
| 736 | } |
| 737 | } |
| 738 | |
| 739 | // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag |
| 740 | // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? |
| 741 | |
| 742 | if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) |
| 743 | Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template |
| 744 | : diag::err_unknown_typename) |
| 745 | << II; |
| 746 | else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) |
| 747 | Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template |
| 748 | : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) |
| 749 | << II << DC << SS->getRange(); |
| 750 | else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { |
| 751 | unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; |
| 752 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) |
| 753 | DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; |
| 754 | |
| 755 | Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) |
| 756 | << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() |
| 757 | << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) |
| 758 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename " ); |
| 759 | SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), |
| 760 | *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); |
| 761 | } else { |
| 762 | assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && |
| 763 | "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed" ); |
| 764 | } |
| 765 | } |
| 766 | |
| 767 | /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name |
| 768 | /// or |
| 769 | static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { |
| 770 | bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| 771 | NextToken.is(tok::less); |
| 772 | |
| 773 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { |
| 774 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) |
| 775 | return true; |
| 776 | |
| 777 | if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) |
| 778 | return true; |
| 779 | } |
| 780 | |
| 781 | return false; |
| 782 | } |
| 783 | |
| 784 | static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, |
| 785 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 786 | IdentifierInfo *&Name, |
| 787 | SourceLocation NameLoc) { |
| 788 | LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); |
| 789 | SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); |
| 790 | if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { |
| 791 | StringRef FixItTagName; |
| 792 | switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { |
| 793 | case TTK_Class: |
| 794 | FixItTagName = "class " ; |
| 795 | break; |
| 796 | |
| 797 | case TTK_Enum: |
| 798 | FixItTagName = "enum " ; |
| 799 | break; |
| 800 | |
| 801 | case TTK_Struct: |
| 802 | FixItTagName = "struct " ; |
| 803 | break; |
| 804 | |
| 805 | case TTK_Interface: |
| 806 | FixItTagName = "__interface " ; |
| 807 | break; |
| 808 | |
| 809 | case TTK_Union: |
| 810 | FixItTagName = "union " ; |
| 811 | break; |
| 812 | } |
| 813 | |
| 814 | StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); |
| 815 | SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) |
| 816 | << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
| 817 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); |
| 818 | |
| 819 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); |
| 820 | I != IEnd; ++I) |
| 821 | SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) |
| 822 | << Name << TagName; |
| 823 | |
| 824 | // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. |
| 825 | Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); |
| 826 | SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); |
| 827 | return true; |
| 828 | } |
| 829 | |
| 830 | return false; |
| 831 | } |
| 832 | |
| 833 | /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. |
| 834 | static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 835 | QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { |
| 836 | ASTContext &Context = S.Context; |
| 837 | |
| 838 | TypeLocBuilder Builder; |
| 839 | Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); |
| 840 | |
| 841 | T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); |
| 842 | ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); |
| 843 | ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); |
| 844 | ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); |
| 845 | return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); |
| 846 | } |
| 847 | |
| 848 | Sema::NameClassification |
| 849 | Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, |
| 850 | SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, |
| 851 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { |
| 852 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); |
| 853 | ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); |
| 854 | |
| 855 | if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { |
| 856 | NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); |
| 857 | BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); |
| 858 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && |
| 859 | isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { |
| 860 | // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the |
| 861 | // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. |
| 862 | // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser |
| 863 | // will reject it later. |
| 864 | return NameClassification::Unknown(); |
| 865 | } |
| 866 | |
| 867 | LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| 868 | LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); |
| 869 | |
| 870 | // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into |
| 871 | // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. |
| 872 | if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { |
| 873 | if (ParsedType TypeInBase = |
| 874 | recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) |
| 875 | return TypeInBase; |
| 876 | } |
| 877 | |
| 878 | // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically |
| 879 | // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. |
| 880 | // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal |
| 881 | // unqualified lookup mechanism. |
| 882 | if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { |
| 883 | ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); |
| 884 | if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) |
| 885 | return E; |
| 886 | } |
| 887 | |
| 888 | bool SecondTry = false; |
| 889 | bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; |
| 890 | |
| 891 | Corrected: |
| 892 | switch (Result.getResultKind()) { |
| 893 | case LookupResult::NotFound: |
| 894 | // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function |
| 895 | // call. |
| 896 | if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { |
| 897 | // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. |
| 898 | // FIXME: Reference? |
| 899 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 900 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); |
| 901 | |
| 902 | // C90 6.3.2.2: |
| 903 | // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a |
| 904 | // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no |
| 905 | // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is |
| 906 | // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing |
| 907 | // the function call, the declaration |
| 908 | // |
| 909 | // extern int identifier (); |
| 910 | // |
| 911 | // appeared. |
| 912 | // |
| 913 | // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. |
| 914 | if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { |
| 915 | Result.addDecl(D); |
| 916 | Result.resolveKind(); |
| 917 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); |
| 918 | } |
| 919 | } |
| 920 | |
| 921 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a && !SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) { |
| 922 | // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function |
| 923 | // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name. |
| 924 | // |
| 925 | // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case. |
| 926 | TemplateName Template = |
| 927 | Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); |
| 928 | return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template); |
| 929 | } |
| 930 | |
| 931 | // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in |
| 932 | // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", |
| 933 | // "struct", or "union". |
| 934 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && |
| 935 | isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { |
| 936 | break; |
| 937 | } |
| 938 | |
| 939 | // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is |
| 940 | // close to this name. |
| 941 | if (!SecondTry && CCC) { |
| 942 | SecondTry = true; |
| 943 | if (TypoCorrection Corrected = |
| 944 | CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S, |
| 945 | &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { |
| 946 | unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; |
| 947 | unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; |
| 948 | |
| 949 | NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); |
| 950 | NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); |
| 951 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && |
| 952 | UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { |
| 953 | UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; |
| 954 | QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; |
| 955 | } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && |
| 956 | (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || |
| 957 | isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || |
| 958 | isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { |
| 959 | UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; |
| 960 | QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; |
| 961 | } |
| 962 | |
| 963 | if (SS.isEmpty()) { |
| 964 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); |
| 965 | } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. |
| 966 | std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); |
| 967 | bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && |
| 968 | Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); |
| 969 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) |
| 970 | << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) |
| 971 | << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); |
| 972 | } |
| 973 | |
| 974 | // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. |
| 975 | Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 976 | |
| 977 | // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. |
| 978 | if (Corrected.isKeyword()) |
| 979 | return Name; |
| 980 | |
| 981 | // Also update the LookupResult... |
| 982 | // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point |
| 983 | Result.clear(); |
| 984 | Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); |
| 985 | if (FirstDecl) |
| 986 | Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); |
| 987 | |
| 988 | // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let |
| 989 | // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to |
| 990 | // reference the ivar. |
| 991 | // FIXME: This is a gross hack. |
| 992 | if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { |
| 993 | Result.clear(); |
| 994 | ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); |
| 995 | return E; |
| 996 | } |
| 997 | |
| 998 | goto Corrected; |
| 999 | } |
| 1000 | } |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 | // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. |
| 1003 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| 1004 | return NameClassification::Unknown(); |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 | case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { |
| 1007 | // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were |
| 1008 | // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other |
| 1009 | // dependent nested-name-specifier. |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 | // C++ [temp.res]p2: |
| 1012 | // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is |
| 1013 | // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type |
| 1014 | // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is |
| 1015 | // qualified by the keyword typename. |
| 1016 | // |
| 1017 | // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to |
| 1018 | // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a |
| 1019 | // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' |
| 1020 | // keyword here. |
| 1021 | return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), |
| 1022 | NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, |
| 1023 | /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); |
| 1024 | } |
| 1025 | |
| 1026 | case LookupResult::Found: |
| 1027 | case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: |
| 1028 | case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: |
| 1029 | break; |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 | case LookupResult::Ambiguous: |
| 1032 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && |
| 1033 | hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, |
| 1034 | /*AllowDependent=*/false)) { |
| 1035 | // C++ [temp.local]p3: |
| 1036 | // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an |
| 1037 | // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than |
| 1038 | // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found |
| 1039 | // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name |
| 1040 | // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the |
| 1041 | // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not |
| 1042 | // ambiguous. |
| 1043 | // |
| 1044 | // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, |
| 1045 | // so try again after filtering out template names. |
| 1046 | FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); |
| 1047 | if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { |
| 1048 | IsFilteredTemplateName = true; |
| 1049 | break; |
| 1050 | } |
| 1051 | } |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. |
| 1054 | return NameClassification::Error(); |
| 1055 | } |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && |
| 1058 | (IsFilteredTemplateName || |
| 1059 | hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames( |
| 1060 | Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, |
| 1061 | /*AllowDependent=*/false, |
| 1062 | /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ !SS.isSet() && |
| 1063 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a))) { |
| 1064 | // C++ [temp.names]p3: |
| 1065 | // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that |
| 1066 | // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of |
| 1067 | // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if |
| 1068 | // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a |
| 1069 | // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. |
| 1070 | // C++2a [temp.names]p2: |
| 1071 | // A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an |
| 1072 | // unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one |
| 1073 | // or more functions or finds nothing. |
| 1074 | if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) |
| 1075 | FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 | bool IsFunctionTemplate; |
| 1078 | bool IsVarTemplate; |
| 1079 | TemplateName Template; |
| 1080 | if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { |
| 1081 | IsFunctionTemplate = true; |
| 1082 | Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), |
| 1083 | Result.end()); |
| 1084 | } else if (!Result.empty()) { |
| 1085 | auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl( |
| 1086 | *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, |
| 1087 | /*AllowDependent=*/false)); |
| 1088 | IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); |
| 1089 | IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); |
| 1090 | |
| 1091 | if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) |
| 1092 | Template = |
| 1093 | Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), |
| 1094 | /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD); |
| 1095 | else |
| 1096 | Template = TemplateName(TD); |
| 1097 | } else { |
| 1098 | // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template |
| 1099 | // name. |
| 1100 | IsFunctionTemplate = true; |
| 1101 | Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); |
| 1102 | } |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 | if (IsFunctionTemplate) { |
| 1105 | // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which |
| 1106 | // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need |
| 1107 | // to based on which function we selected. |
| 1108 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| 1109 | |
| 1110 | return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); |
| 1111 | } |
| 1112 | |
| 1113 | return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) |
| 1114 | : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); |
| 1115 | } |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 1118 | if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { |
| 1119 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); |
| 1120 | MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); |
| 1121 | QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); |
| 1122 | if (SS.isNotEmpty()) |
| 1123 | return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); |
| 1124 | return ParsedType::make(T); |
| 1125 | } |
| 1126 | |
| 1127 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); |
| 1128 | if (!Class) { |
| 1129 | // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. |
| 1130 | if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = |
| 1131 | dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) |
| 1132 | Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); |
| 1133 | } |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 | if (Class) { |
| 1136 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); |
| 1137 | |
| 1138 | if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { |
| 1139 | // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. |
| 1140 | // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. |
| 1141 | Result.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| 1142 | return NameClassification::Unknown(); |
| 1143 | } |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 | QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); |
| 1146 | return ParsedType::make(T); |
| 1147 | } |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. |
| 1150 | if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && |
| 1151 | !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) |
| 1152 | return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( |
| 1153 | TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 | // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it |
| 1156 | // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. |
| 1157 | bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); |
| 1158 | if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || |
| 1159 | (NextIsOp && |
| 1160 | FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && |
| 1161 | isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { |
| 1162 | TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); |
| 1163 | DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); |
| 1164 | QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); |
| 1165 | if (SS.isNotEmpty()) |
| 1166 | return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); |
| 1167 | return ParsedType::make(T); |
| 1168 | } |
| 1169 | |
| 1170 | if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) |
| 1171 | return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, |
| 1172 | nullptr, S); |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); |
| 1175 | return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); |
| 1176 | } |
| 1177 | |
| 1178 | Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics |
| 1179 | Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { |
| 1180 | auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); |
| 1181 | if (!TD) |
| 1182 | return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; |
| 1183 | if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) |
| 1184 | return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; |
| 1185 | if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) |
| 1186 | return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; |
| 1187 | if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) |
| 1188 | return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; |
| 1189 | if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) |
| 1190 | return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; |
| 1191 | if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) |
| 1192 | return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; |
| 1193 | return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; |
| 1194 | } |
| 1195 | |
| 1196 | // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a |
| 1197 | // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the |
| 1198 | // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. |
| 1199 | DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { |
| 1200 | |
| 1201 | // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've |
| 1202 | // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is |
| 1203 | // the context we'll need to return to. |
| 1204 | // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated |
| 1205 | // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally |
| 1206 | // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These |
| 1207 | // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing |
| 1208 | // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); |
| 1209 | // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an |
| 1210 | // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or |
| 1211 | // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the |
| 1212 | // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). |
| 1213 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { |
| 1214 | DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | // A function not defined within a class will always return to its |
| 1217 | // lexical context. |
| 1218 | if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) |
| 1219 | return DC; |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class |
| 1222 | // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost |
| 1223 | // class is the context we need to return to. |
| 1224 | while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) |
| 1225 | DC = RD; |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 | // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is |
| 1228 | // declared in. |
| 1229 | return DC; |
| 1230 | } |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 | return DC->getLexicalParent(); |
| 1233 | } |
| 1234 | |
| 1235 | void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { |
| 1236 | assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && |
| 1237 | "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one." ); |
| 1238 | CurContext = DC; |
| 1239 | S->setEntity(DC); |
| 1240 | } |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 | void Sema::PopDeclContext() { |
| 1243 | assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!" ); |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 | CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); |
| 1246 | assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!" ); |
| 1247 | } |
| 1248 | |
| 1249 | Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, |
| 1250 | Decl *D) { |
| 1251 | // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily |
| 1252 | // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing |
| 1253 | // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. |
| 1254 | auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); |
| 1255 | CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); |
| 1256 | assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag" ); |
| 1257 | // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look |
| 1258 | // into the pre-existing complete definition. |
| 1259 | S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); |
| 1260 | return Result; |
| 1261 | } |
| 1262 | |
| 1263 | void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { |
| 1264 | CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); |
| 1265 | } |
| 1266 | |
| 1267 | /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context |
| 1268 | /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. |
| 1269 | /// |
| 1270 | void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { |
| 1271 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: |
| 1272 | // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class |
| 1273 | // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as |
| 1274 | // if the name was used in a member function of X. |
| 1275 | // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: |
| 1276 | // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the |
| 1277 | // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of |
| 1278 | // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as |
| 1279 | // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its |
| 1280 | // namespace. |
| 1281 | // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context |
| 1282 | // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use |
| 1283 | // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily |
| 1284 | // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, |
| 1285 | // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. |
| 1286 | |
| 1287 | assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity" ); |
| 1288 | |
| 1289 | #ifndef NDEBUG |
| 1290 | Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); |
| 1291 | while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); |
| 1292 | assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch" ); |
| 1293 | #endif |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | CurContext = DC; |
| 1296 | S->setEntity(DC); |
| 1297 | } |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 | void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { |
| 1300 | assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!" ); |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is |
| 1303 | // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. |
| 1304 | Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); |
| 1305 | while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); |
| 1306 | CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to |
| 1309 | // disappear. |
| 1310 | } |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 | void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { |
| 1313 | // We assume that the caller has already called |
| 1314 | // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. |
| 1315 | FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); |
| 1316 | if (!FD) |
| 1317 | return; |
| 1318 | |
| 1319 | // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context |
| 1320 | // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. |
| 1321 | assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && |
| 1322 | "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one." ); |
| 1323 | CurContext = FD; |
| 1324 | S->setEntity(CurContext); |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { |
| 1327 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); |
| 1328 | // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope |
| 1329 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) { |
| 1330 | S->AddDecl(Param); |
| 1331 | IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); |
| 1332 | } |
| 1333 | } |
| 1334 | } |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 | void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { |
| 1337 | // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, |
| 1338 | // rather than the top-level class. |
| 1339 | assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!" ); |
| 1340 | CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); |
| 1341 | assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!" ); |
| 1342 | } |
| 1343 | |
| 1344 | /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function |
| 1345 | /// PrevDecl with another declaration. |
| 1346 | /// |
| 1347 | /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not |
| 1348 | /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return |
| 1349 | /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an |
| 1350 | /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an |
| 1351 | /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" |
| 1352 | /// attribute. |
| 1353 | static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, |
| 1354 | ASTContext &Context, |
| 1355 | const FunctionDecl *New) { |
| 1356 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 1357 | return true; |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) |
| 1360 | return true; |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && |
| 1363 | (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || |
| 1364 | New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); |
| 1365 | } |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
| 1368 | void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { |
| 1369 | // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing |
| 1370 | // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this |
| 1371 | // scope. |
| 1372 | while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) |
| 1373 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 | // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be |
| 1376 | // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted |
| 1377 | // into any context. |
| 1378 | if (AddToContext) |
| 1379 | CurContext->addDecl(D); |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 | // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they |
| 1382 | // are function-local declarations. |
| 1383 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && |
| 1384 | !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( |
| 1385 | D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && |
| 1386 | !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 1387 | return; |
| 1388 | |
| 1389 | // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. |
| 1390 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && |
| 1391 | cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) |
| 1392 | return; |
| 1393 | |
| 1394 | // If this replaces anything in the current scope, |
| 1395 | IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), |
| 1396 | IEnd = IdResolver.end(); |
| 1397 | for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { |
| 1398 | if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { |
| 1399 | S->RemoveDecl(*I); |
| 1400 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); |
| 1401 | |
| 1402 | // Should only need to replace one decl. |
| 1403 | break; |
| 1404 | } |
| 1405 | } |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 | S->AddDecl(D); |
| 1408 | |
| 1409 | if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { |
| 1410 | // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that |
| 1411 | // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert |
| 1412 | // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. |
| 1413 | for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { |
| 1414 | DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 1415 | if (IDC == CurContext) { |
| 1416 | if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) |
| 1417 | continue; |
| 1418 | } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) |
| 1419 | break; |
| 1420 | } |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); |
| 1423 | } else { |
| 1424 | IdResolver.AddDecl(D); |
| 1425 | } |
| 1426 | } |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 | bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, |
| 1429 | bool AllowInlineNamespace) { |
| 1430 | return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); |
| 1431 | } |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 | Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { |
| 1434 | DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); |
| 1435 | do { |
| 1436 | if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) |
| 1437 | if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) |
| 1438 | return S; |
| 1439 | } while ((S = S->getParent())); |
| 1440 | |
| 1441 | return nullptr; |
| 1442 | } |
| 1443 | |
| 1444 | static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, |
| 1445 | DeclContext*, |
| 1446 | ASTContext&); |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 | /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope |
| 1449 | /// as determined by isDeclInScope. |
| 1450 | void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, |
| 1451 | bool ConsiderLinkage, |
| 1452 | bool AllowInlineNamespace) { |
| 1453 | LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); |
| 1454 | while (F.hasNext()) { |
| 1455 | NamedDecl *D = F.next(); |
| 1456 | |
| 1457 | if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) |
| 1458 | continue; |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) |
| 1461 | continue; |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | F.erase(); |
| 1464 | } |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 | F.done(); |
| 1467 | } |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they |
| 1470 | /// have compatible owning modules. |
| 1471 | bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { |
| 1472 | // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are |
| 1473 | // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for |
| 1474 | // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the |
| 1475 | // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match. |
| 1476 | if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && |
| 1477 | Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) { |
| 1478 | New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule()); |
| 1479 | makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New); |
| 1480 | return false; |
| 1481 | } |
| 1482 | |
| 1483 | Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule(); |
| 1484 | Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule(); |
| 1485 | |
| 1486 | if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) |
| 1487 | NewM = NewM->Parent; |
| 1488 | if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) |
| 1489 | OldM = OldM->Parent; |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 | if (NewM == OldM) |
| 1492 | return false; |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 | bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview(); |
| 1495 | bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview(); |
| 1496 | if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) { |
| 1497 | // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]: |
| 1498 | // if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all |
| 1499 | // other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module |
| 1500 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module) |
| 1501 | << New |
| 1502 | << NewIsModuleInterface |
| 1503 | << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "" ) |
| 1504 | << OldIsModuleInterface |
| 1505 | << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : "" ); |
| 1506 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 1507 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1508 | return true; |
| 1509 | } |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | return false; |
| 1512 | } |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 | static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { |
| 1515 | return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || |
| 1516 | isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || |
| 1517 | isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); |
| 1518 | } |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 | /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. |
| 1521 | static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { |
| 1522 | LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); |
| 1523 | while (F.hasNext()) |
| 1524 | if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) |
| 1525 | F.erase(); |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 | F.done(); |
| 1528 | } |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | /// Check for this common pattern: |
| 1531 | /// @code |
| 1532 | /// class S { |
| 1533 | /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT |
| 1534 | /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT |
| 1535 | /// }; |
| 1536 | /// @endcode |
| 1537 | static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { |
| 1538 | // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get |
| 1539 | // the decl here. |
| 1540 | if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) |
| 1541 | return false; |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) |
| 1544 | return CD->isCopyConstructor(); |
| 1545 | return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); |
| 1546 | } |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 | // We need this to handle |
| 1549 | // |
| 1550 | // typedef struct { |
| 1551 | // void *foo() { return 0; } |
| 1552 | // } A; |
| 1553 | // |
| 1554 | // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' |
| 1555 | // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', |
| 1556 | // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end |
| 1557 | // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. |
| 1558 | // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or |
| 1559 | // not. |
| 1560 | bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { |
| 1561 | const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); |
| 1562 | while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { |
| 1563 | if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ |
| 1564 | if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) |
| 1565 | return true; |
| 1566 | } |
| 1567 | DC = DC->getParent(); |
| 1568 | } |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 | return !D->isExternallyVisible(); |
| 1571 | } |
| 1572 | |
| 1573 | // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want |
| 1574 | // these semantics. |
| 1575 | static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { |
| 1576 | if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) |
| 1577 | return false; |
| 1578 | return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); |
| 1579 | } |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 | bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { |
| 1582 | assert(D); |
| 1583 | |
| 1584 | if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) |
| 1585 | return false; |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 | // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions |
| 1588 | // of members of class templates. |
| 1589 | if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || |
| 1590 | D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) |
| 1591 | return false; |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
| 1594 | if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) |
| 1595 | return false; |
| 1596 | // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly |
| 1597 | // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. |
| 1598 | if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && |
| 1599 | FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) |
| 1600 | return false; |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { |
| 1603 | if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) |
| 1604 | return false; |
| 1605 | } else { |
| 1606 | // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. |
| 1607 | if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) |
| 1608 | return false; |
| 1609 | } |
| 1610 | |
| 1611 | if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && |
| 1612 | Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) |
| 1613 | return false; |
| 1614 | } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| 1615 | // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal |
| 1616 | // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker |
| 1617 | // like "inline".) |
| 1618 | if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) |
| 1619 | return false; |
| 1620 | |
| 1621 | if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) |
| 1622 | return false; |
| 1623 | |
| 1624 | if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && |
| 1625 | VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) |
| 1626 | return false; |
| 1627 | if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && |
| 1628 | VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && |
| 1629 | VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) |
| 1630 | return false; |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) |
| 1633 | return false; |
| 1634 | } else { |
| 1635 | return false; |
| 1636 | } |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 | // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. |
| 1639 | // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function |
| 1640 | // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. |
| 1641 | return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); |
| 1642 | } |
| 1643 | |
| 1644 | void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { |
| 1645 | if (!D) |
| 1646 | return; |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
| 1649 | const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); |
| 1650 | if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) |
| 1651 | return; // First should already be in the vector. |
| 1652 | } |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| 1655 | const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); |
| 1656 | if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) |
| 1657 | return; // First should already be in the vector. |
| 1658 | } |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) |
| 1661 | UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); |
| 1662 | } |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { |
| 1665 | if (D->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 1666 | return false; |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 | bool Referenced = false; |
| 1669 | if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) { |
| 1670 | // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are |
| 1671 | // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which |
| 1672 | // it is, by the bindings' expressions). |
| 1673 | for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { |
| 1674 | if (BD->isReferenced()) { |
| 1675 | Referenced = true; |
| 1676 | break; |
| 1677 | } |
| 1678 | } |
| 1679 | } else if (!D->getDeclName()) { |
| 1680 | return false; |
| 1681 | } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) { |
| 1682 | Referenced = true; |
| 1683 | } |
| 1684 | |
| 1685 | if (Referenced || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || |
| 1686 | D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) |
| 1687 | return false; |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) |
| 1690 | return true; |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to |
| 1693 | // functions. |
| 1694 | bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); |
| 1695 | if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) |
| 1696 | // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. |
| 1697 | WithinFunction = |
| 1698 | WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); |
| 1699 | if (!WithinFunction) |
| 1700 | return false; |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) |
| 1703 | return true; |
| 1704 | |
| 1705 | // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. |
| 1706 | if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) |
| 1707 | return false; |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. |
| 1710 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. |
| 1713 | const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); |
| 1714 | |
| 1715 | // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. |
| 1716 | if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { |
| 1717 | if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) |
| 1718 | return false; |
| 1719 | } |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 | // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is |
| 1722 | // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. |
| 1723 | if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) |
| 1724 | return false; |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is |
| 1727 | // consistent for both scalars and arrays. |
| 1728 | Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
| 1729 | |
| 1730 | if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { |
| 1731 | const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); |
| 1732 | if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) |
| 1733 | return false; |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { |
| 1736 | if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) |
| 1737 | return false; |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 | if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { |
| 1740 | if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = |
| 1741 | dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) |
| 1742 | Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); |
| 1743 | const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = |
| 1744 | dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); |
| 1745 | if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { |
| 1746 | CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); |
| 1747 | if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() && |
| 1748 | (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) |
| 1749 | return false; |
| 1750 | } |
| 1751 | } |
| 1752 | } |
| 1753 | } |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? |
| 1756 | } |
| 1757 | |
| 1758 | return true; |
| 1759 | } |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 1762 | FixItHint &Hint) { |
| 1763 | if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { |
| 1764 | SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( |
| 1765 | D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), |
| 1766 | true); |
| 1767 | if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) |
| 1768 | return; |
| 1769 | Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval( |
| 1770 | CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon)); |
| 1771 | } |
| 1772 | } |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 | void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { |
| 1775 | if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) |
| 1776 | return; |
| 1777 | |
| 1778 | for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { |
| 1779 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) |
| 1780 | DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); |
| 1781 | else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) |
| 1782 | DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); |
| 1783 | } |
| 1784 | } |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used |
| 1787 | /// unless they are marked attr(unused). |
| 1788 | void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { |
| 1789 | if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) |
| 1790 | return; |
| 1791 | |
| 1792 | if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { |
| 1793 | // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted |
| 1794 | // at end-of-translation-unit. |
| 1795 | UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); |
| 1796 | return; |
| 1797 | } |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 | FixItHint Hint; |
| 1800 | GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); |
| 1801 | |
| 1802 | unsigned DiagID; |
| 1803 | if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) |
| 1804 | DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; |
| 1805 | else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) |
| 1806 | DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; |
| 1807 | else |
| 1808 | DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint; |
| 1811 | } |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { |
| 1814 | // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto |
| 1815 | // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd |
| 1816 | // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved |
| 1817 | // MS inline assembly label name. |
| 1818 | bool Diagnose = false; |
| 1819 | if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) |
| 1820 | Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); |
| 1821 | else |
| 1822 | Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; |
| 1823 | if (Diagnose) |
| 1824 | S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); |
| 1825 | } |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { |
| 1828 | S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 | if (S->decl_empty()) return; |
| 1831 | assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && |
| 1832 | "Scope shouldn't contain decls!" ); |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 | for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { |
| 1835 | assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??" ); |
| 1836 | |
| 1837 | assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?" ); |
| 1838 | NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 | // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. |
| 1841 | if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { |
| 1842 | DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); |
| 1843 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) |
| 1844 | DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); |
| 1845 | } |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 | if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 | // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. |
| 1850 | if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) |
| 1851 | CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 | // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't |
| 1854 | // already. |
| 1855 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); |
| 1856 | auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); |
| 1857 | if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { |
| 1858 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { |
| 1859 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) |
| 1860 | << D << FD << FD->getParent(); |
| 1861 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 1862 | } |
| 1863 | ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); |
| 1864 | } |
| 1865 | } |
| 1866 | } |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. |
| 1869 | /// |
| 1870 | /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If |
| 1871 | /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated |
| 1872 | /// to the fixed name. |
| 1873 | /// |
| 1874 | /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. |
| 1875 | /// |
| 1876 | /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction |
| 1877 | /// if there is no class with the given name. |
| 1878 | /// |
| 1879 | /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the |
| 1880 | /// class could not be found. |
| 1881 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, |
| 1882 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 1883 | bool DoTypoCorrection) { |
| 1884 | // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in |
| 1885 | // creation from this context. |
| 1886 | NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 | if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { |
| 1889 | // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we |
| 1890 | // find an Objective-C class name. |
| 1891 | DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{}; |
| 1892 | if (TypoCorrection C = |
| 1893 | CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, |
| 1894 | TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { |
| 1895 | diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); |
| 1896 | IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); |
| 1897 | Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); |
| 1898 | } |
| 1899 | } |
| 1900 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); |
| 1901 | // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. |
| 1902 | if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) |
| 1903 | Def = Def->getDefinition(); |
| 1904 | return Def; |
| 1905 | } |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting |
| 1908 | /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes |
| 1909 | /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and |
| 1910 | /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but |
| 1911 | /// ill-formed in C++: |
| 1912 | /// @code |
| 1913 | /// struct S6 { |
| 1914 | /// enum { BAR } e; |
| 1915 | /// }; |
| 1916 | /// |
| 1917 | /// void test_S6() { |
| 1918 | /// struct S6 a; |
| 1919 | /// a.e = BAR; |
| 1920 | /// } |
| 1921 | /// @endcode |
| 1922 | /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different |
| 1923 | /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration |
| 1924 | /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated |
| 1925 | /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent |
| 1926 | /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this |
| 1927 | /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the |
| 1928 | /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot |
| 1929 | /// contain non-field names. |
| 1930 | Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { |
| 1931 | while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || |
| 1932 | (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || |
| 1933 | (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) |
| 1934 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 1935 | return S; |
| 1936 | } |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 | /// Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and |
| 1939 | /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of |
| 1940 | /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such |
| 1941 | /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. |
| 1942 | static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, |
| 1943 | IdentifierInfo *II) { |
| 1944 | if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper" )) |
| 1945 | return; |
| 1946 | ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super" ), |
| 1949 | SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); |
| 1950 | ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); |
| 1951 | if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) |
| 1952 | if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) |
| 1953 | Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); |
| 1954 | } |
| 1955 | |
| 1956 | static StringRef (Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID, |
| 1957 | ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { |
| 1958 | switch (Error) { |
| 1959 | case ASTContext::GE_None: |
| 1960 | return "" ; |
| 1961 | case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type: |
| 1962 | return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID); |
| 1963 | case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: |
| 1964 | return "stdio.h" ; |
| 1965 | case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: |
| 1966 | return "setjmp.h" ; |
| 1967 | case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: |
| 1968 | return "ucontext.h" ; |
| 1969 | case ASTContext::GE_Missing_pthread: |
| 1970 | return "pthread.h" ; |
| 1971 | } |
| 1972 | llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind" ); |
| 1973 | } |
| 1974 | |
| 1975 | /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at |
| 1976 | /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true |
| 1977 | /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the |
| 1978 | /// built-in. |
| 1979 | NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, |
| 1980 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
| 1981 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
| 1982 | LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 | ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; |
| 1985 | QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); |
| 1986 | if (Error) { |
| 1987 | if (ForRedeclaration) |
| 1988 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) |
| 1989 | << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error) |
| 1990 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); |
| 1991 | return nullptr; |
| 1992 | } |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 | if (!ForRedeclaration && |
| 1995 | (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || |
| 1996 | Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { |
| 1997 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) |
| 1998 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; |
| 1999 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && |
| 2000 | !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) |
| 2001 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) |
| 2002 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) |
| 2003 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); |
| 2004 | } |
| 2005 | |
| 2006 | if (R.isNull()) |
| 2007 | return nullptr; |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 | DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 2010 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2011 | LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = |
| 2012 | LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, |
| 2013 | LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); |
| 2014 | CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); |
| 2015 | Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); |
| 2016 | Parent = CLinkageDecl; |
| 2017 | } |
| 2018 | |
| 2019 | FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, |
| 2020 | Parent, |
| 2021 | Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, |
| 2022 | SC_Extern, |
| 2023 | false, |
| 2024 | R->isFunctionProtoType()); |
| 2025 | New->setImplicit(); |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the |
| 2028 | // FunctionDecl. |
| 2029 | if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { |
| 2030 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| 2031 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 2032 | ParmVarDecl *parm = |
| 2033 | ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), |
| 2034 | nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, |
| 2035 | SC_None, nullptr); |
| 2036 | parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); |
| 2037 | Params.push_back(parm); |
| 2038 | } |
| 2039 | New->setParams(Params); |
| 2040 | } |
| 2041 | |
| 2042 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); |
| 2043 | RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 | // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. |
| 2046 | // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to |
| 2047 | // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext |
| 2048 | // entirely, but we're not there yet. |
| 2049 | DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; |
| 2050 | CurContext = Parent; |
| 2051 | PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); |
| 2052 | CurContext = SavedContext; |
| 2053 | return New; |
| 2054 | } |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 | /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same |
| 2057 | /// entity if their types are the same. |
| 2058 | /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's |
| 2059 | /// isSameEntity. |
| 2060 | static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, |
| 2061 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl, |
| 2062 | LookupResult &Previous) { |
| 2063 | // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. |
| 2064 | if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) |
| 2065 | return; |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 | // Empty sets are uninteresting. |
| 2068 | if (Previous.empty()) |
| 2069 | return; |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); |
| 2072 | while (Filter.hasNext()) { |
| 2073 | NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); |
| 2074 | |
| 2075 | // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. |
| 2076 | if (S.isVisible(Old)) |
| 2077 | continue; |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 | // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have |
| 2080 | // different linkages. |
| 2081 | if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { |
| 2082 | if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), |
| 2083 | Decl->getUnderlyingType())) |
| 2084 | continue; |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 | // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage |
| 2087 | // purposes, then they declare the same entity. |
| 2088 | if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && |
| 2089 | Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) |
| 2090 | continue; |
| 2091 | } |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 | Filter.erase(); |
| 2094 | } |
| 2095 | |
| 2096 | Filter.done(); |
| 2097 | } |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 | bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { |
| 2100 | QualType OldType; |
| 2101 | if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) |
| 2102 | OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); |
| 2103 | else |
| 2104 | OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); |
| 2105 | QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| 2108 | // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. |
| 2109 | int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; |
| 2110 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) |
| 2111 | << Kind << NewType; |
| 2112 | if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) |
| 2113 | notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); |
| 2114 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2115 | return true; |
| 2116 | } |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 | if (OldType != NewType && |
| 2119 | !OldType->isDependentType() && |
| 2120 | !NewType->isDependentType() && |
| 2121 | !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { |
| 2122 | int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; |
| 2123 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) |
| 2124 | << Kind << NewType << OldType; |
| 2125 | if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) |
| 2126 | notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); |
| 2127 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2128 | return true; |
| 2129 | } |
| 2130 | return false; |
| 2131 | } |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 | /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the |
| 2134 | /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out |
| 2135 | /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting |
| 2136 | /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. |
| 2137 | /// |
| 2138 | void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, |
| 2139 | LookupResult &OldDecls) { |
| 2140 | // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any |
| 2141 | // merging checks. |
| 2142 | if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 | // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. |
| 2145 | // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! |
| 2146 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC) { |
| 2147 | const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); |
| 2148 | switch (TypeID->getLength()) { |
| 2149 | default: break; |
| 2150 | case 2: |
| 2151 | { |
| 2152 | if (!TypeID->isStr("id" )) |
| 2153 | break; |
| 2154 | QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); |
| 2155 | if (!T->isPointerType()) |
| 2156 | break; |
| 2157 | if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { |
| 2158 | QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); |
| 2159 | if (!PT->isStructureType()) |
| 2160 | break; |
| 2161 | } |
| 2162 | Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); |
| 2163 | // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. |
| 2164 | New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); |
| 2165 | return; |
| 2166 | } |
| 2167 | case 5: |
| 2168 | if (!TypeID->isStr("Class" )) |
| 2169 | break; |
| 2170 | Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); |
| 2171 | // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. |
| 2172 | New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); |
| 2173 | return; |
| 2174 | case 3: |
| 2175 | if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL" )) |
| 2176 | break; |
| 2177 | Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); |
| 2178 | // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. |
| 2179 | New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); |
| 2180 | return; |
| 2181 | } |
| 2182 | // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. |
| 2183 | } |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 | // Verify the old decl was also a type. |
| 2186 | TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); |
| 2187 | if (!Old) { |
| 2188 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
| 2189 | << New->getDeclName(); |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 | NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); |
| 2192 | if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) |
| 2193 | notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); |
| 2194 | |
| 2195 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2196 | } |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 | // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. |
| 2199 | if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 2200 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2201 | |
| 2202 | if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { |
| 2203 | auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); |
| 2204 | auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); |
| 2205 | NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; |
| 2206 | if (OldTag && NewTag && |
| 2207 | OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && |
| 2208 | !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { |
| 2209 | // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it |
| 2210 | // instead of our tag. |
| 2211 | New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); |
| 2212 | if (OldTD->isModed()) |
| 2213 | New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), |
| 2214 | OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); |
| 2215 | else |
| 2216 | New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 | // Make the old tag definition visible. |
| 2219 | makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 | // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators |
| 2222 | // out of the scope. |
| 2223 | if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { |
| 2224 | Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); |
| 2225 | for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { |
| 2226 | auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); |
| 2227 | assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); |
| 2228 | EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); |
| 2229 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); |
| 2230 | ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); |
| 2231 | } |
| 2232 | } |
| 2233 | } |
| 2234 | } |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and |
| 2237 | // with any extensions enabled. |
| 2238 | if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) |
| 2239 | return; |
| 2240 | |
| 2241 | // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if |
| 2242 | // the old declaration was a typedef. |
| 2243 | if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { |
| 2244 | New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); |
| 2245 | mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); |
| 2246 | } |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) |
| 2249 | return; |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2252 | // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: |
| 2253 | // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to |
| 2254 | // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer |
| 2255 | // to the type to which it already refers. |
| 2256 | if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) |
| 2257 | return; |
| 2258 | |
| 2259 | // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: |
| 2260 | // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine |
| 2261 | // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name |
| 2262 | // to refer to the type to which it already refers. |
| 2263 | // |
| 2264 | // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the |
| 2265 | // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: |
| 2266 | // |
| 2267 | // struct S { |
| 2268 | // typedef struct A { } A; |
| 2269 | // }; |
| 2270 | // |
| 2271 | // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which |
| 2272 | // allow the above but disallow |
| 2273 | // |
| 2274 | // struct S { |
| 2275 | // typedef int I; |
| 2276 | // typedef int I; |
| 2277 | // }; |
| 2278 | // |
| 2279 | // since that was the intent of DR56. |
| 2280 | if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) |
| 2281 | return; |
| 2282 | |
| 2283 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) |
| 2284 | << New->getDeclName(); |
| 2285 | notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); |
| 2286 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2287 | } |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 | // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. |
| 2290 | if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) |
| 2291 | return; |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 | // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning |
| 2294 | // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with |
| 2295 | // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is |
| 2296 | // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. |
| 2297 | if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && |
| 2298 | // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). |
| 2299 | (Old->isImplicit() || |
| 2300 | Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || |
| 2301 | Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) |
| 2302 | return; |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) |
| 2305 | << New->getDeclName(); |
| 2306 | notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); |
| 2307 | } |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target |
| 2310 | /// attribute. |
| 2311 | static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { |
| 2312 | const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); |
| 2313 | const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); |
| 2314 | for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) |
| 2315 | if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { |
| 2316 | if (Ann) { |
| 2317 | if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) |
| 2318 | return true; |
| 2319 | continue; |
| 2320 | } |
| 2321 | // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check |
| 2322 | if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) |
| 2323 | return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); |
| 2324 | return true; |
| 2325 | } |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 | return false; |
| 2328 | } |
| 2329 | |
| 2330 | static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { |
| 2331 | if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) |
| 2332 | return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); |
| 2333 | if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) |
| 2334 | return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); |
| 2335 | return true; |
| 2336 | } |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 | /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the |
| 2339 | /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. |
| 2340 | /// |
| 2341 | /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. |
| 2342 | static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { |
| 2343 | // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute |
| 2344 | // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. |
| 2345 | AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; |
| 2346 | AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; |
| 2347 | unsigned OldAlign = 0; |
| 2348 | for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { |
| 2349 | // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments |
| 2350 | // in a case like: |
| 2351 | // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; |
| 2352 | // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; |
| 2353 | // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the |
| 2354 | // definition in such a case. |
| 2355 | if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) |
| 2356 | return false; |
| 2357 | |
| 2358 | if (I->isAlignas()) |
| 2359 | OldAlignasAttr = I; |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 | unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); |
| 2362 | if (Align > OldAlign) { |
| 2363 | OldAlign = Align; |
| 2364 | OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; |
| 2365 | } |
| 2366 | } |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | // Look for alignas attributes on New. |
| 2369 | AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; |
| 2370 | unsigned NewAlign = 0; |
| 2371 | for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { |
| 2372 | if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) |
| 2373 | return false; |
| 2374 | |
| 2375 | if (I->isAlignas()) |
| 2376 | NewAlignasAttr = I; |
| 2377 | |
| 2378 | unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); |
| 2379 | if (Align > NewAlign) |
| 2380 | NewAlign = Align; |
| 2381 | } |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 | if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { |
| 2384 | // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. |
| 2385 | // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but |
| 2386 | // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match |
| 2387 | // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) |
| 2388 | |
| 2389 | // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it |
| 2390 | // specifies the natural alignment for the type. |
| 2391 | if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { |
| 2392 | QualType Ty; |
| 2393 | if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) |
| 2394 | Ty = VD->getType(); |
| 2395 | else |
| 2396 | Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 | if (OldAlign == 0) |
| 2399 | OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); |
| 2400 | if (NewAlign == 0) |
| 2401 | NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); |
| 2402 | } |
| 2403 | |
| 2404 | if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { |
| 2405 | S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) |
| 2406 | << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() |
| 2407 | << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); |
| 2408 | S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 2409 | } |
| 2410 | } |
| 2411 | |
| 2412 | if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { |
| 2413 | // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: |
| 2414 | // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, |
| 2415 | // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an |
| 2416 | // equivalent alignment. |
| 2417 | // C11 6.7.5/7: |
| 2418 | // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment |
| 2419 | // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also |
| 2420 | // have no alignment specifier. |
| 2421 | S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) |
| 2422 | << OldAlignasAttr; |
| 2423 | S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) |
| 2424 | << OldAlignasAttr; |
| 2425 | } |
| 2426 | |
| 2427 | bool AnyAdded = false; |
| 2428 | |
| 2429 | // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. |
| 2430 | if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { |
| 2431 | AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); |
| 2432 | Clone->setInherited(true); |
| 2433 | New->addAttr(Clone); |
| 2434 | AnyAdded = true; |
| 2435 | } |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 | // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. |
| 2438 | if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && |
| 2439 | !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { |
| 2440 | AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); |
| 2441 | Clone->setInherited(true); |
| 2442 | New->addAttr(Clone); |
| 2443 | AnyAdded = true; |
| 2444 | } |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 | return AnyAdded; |
| 2447 | } |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, |
| 2450 | const InheritableAttr *Attr, |
| 2451 | Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { |
| 2452 | // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the |
| 2453 | // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute |
| 2454 | // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. |
| 2455 | // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from |
| 2456 | // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from |
| 2457 | // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent |
| 2458 | // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. |
| 2459 | InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; |
| 2460 | unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); |
| 2461 | if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2462 | NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr( |
| 2463 | D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), |
| 2464 | AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), |
| 2465 | AA->getUnavailable(), AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), |
| 2466 | AA->getReplacement(), AMK, AA->getPriority(), AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2467 | else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2468 | NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), |
| 2469 | AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2470 | else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2471 | NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), |
| 2472 | AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2473 | else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2474 | NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), |
| 2475 | AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2476 | else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2477 | NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), |
| 2478 | AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2479 | else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2480 | NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), |
| 2481 | FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), |
| 2482 | AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2483 | else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2484 | NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), |
| 2485 | AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2486 | else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2487 | NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, CSA->getRange(), CSA->getName(), |
| 2488 | AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2489 | else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2490 | NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), |
| 2491 | AttrSpellingListIndex, |
| 2492 | IA->getSemanticSpelling()); |
| 2493 | else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2494 | NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), |
| 2495 | &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), |
| 2496 | AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2497 | else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && |
| 2498 | (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || |
| 2499 | isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { |
| 2500 | // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for |
| 2501 | // overloading purposes and must not be merged. |
| 2502 | return false; |
| 2503 | } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2504 | NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2505 | else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2506 | NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); |
| 2507 | else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2508 | NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA); |
| 2509 | else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2510 | NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, *CommonA); |
| 2511 | else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2512 | // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all |
| 2513 | // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. |
| 2514 | NewAttr = nullptr; |
| 2515 | else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && |
| 2516 | (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || |
| 2517 | AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) |
| 2518 | NewAttr = nullptr; |
| 2519 | else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2520 | NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, |
| 2521 | UA->getGuid()); |
| 2522 | else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2523 | NewAttr = S.mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA); |
| 2524 | else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr)) |
| 2525 | NewAttr = S.mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA); |
| 2526 | else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) |
| 2527 | NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); |
| 2528 | |
| 2529 | if (NewAttr) { |
| 2530 | NewAttr->setInherited(true); |
| 2531 | D->addAttr(NewAttr); |
| 2532 | if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) |
| 2533 | S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); |
| 2534 | return true; |
| 2535 | } |
| 2536 | |
| 2537 | return false; |
| 2538 | } |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 | static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { |
| 2541 | if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) |
| 2542 | return TD->getDefinition(); |
| 2543 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| 2544 | const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); |
| 2545 | if (Def) |
| 2546 | return Def; |
| 2547 | return VD->getActingDefinition(); |
| 2548 | } |
| 2549 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) |
| 2550 | return FD->getDefinition(); |
| 2551 | return nullptr; |
| 2552 | } |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 | static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { |
| 2555 | for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) |
| 2556 | if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) |
| 2557 | return true; |
| 2558 | return false; |
| 2559 | } |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 | /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that |
| 2562 | /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. |
| 2563 | static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { |
| 2564 | if (!New->hasAttrs()) |
| 2565 | return; |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); |
| 2568 | if (!Def || Def == New) |
| 2569 | return; |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 | AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); |
| 2572 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { |
| 2573 | const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { |
| 2576 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { |
| 2577 | Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; |
| 2578 | S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. |
| 2581 | if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { |
| 2582 | NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); |
| 2583 | --E; |
| 2584 | continue; |
| 2585 | } |
| 2586 | } else { |
| 2587 | VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); |
| 2588 | unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == |
| 2589 | VarDecl::TentativeDefinition |
| 2590 | ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative |
| 2591 | : diag::err_redefinition; |
| 2592 | S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); |
| 2593 | if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) |
| 2594 | S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); |
| 2595 | else |
| 2596 | S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 2597 | VD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2598 | } |
| 2599 | ++I; |
| 2600 | continue; |
| 2601 | } |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { |
| 2604 | // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. |
| 2605 | if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { |
| 2606 | ++I; |
| 2607 | continue; |
| 2608 | } |
| 2609 | } |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 | if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { |
| 2612 | ++I; |
| 2613 | continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. |
| 2614 | } |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 | if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { |
| 2617 | // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. |
| 2618 | ++I; |
| 2619 | continue; |
| 2620 | } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { |
| 2621 | if (AA->isAlignas()) { |
| 2622 | // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: |
| 2623 | // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, |
| 2624 | // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an |
| 2625 | // equivalent alignment. |
| 2626 | // C11 6.7.5/7: |
| 2627 | // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment |
| 2628 | // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also |
| 2629 | // have no alignment specifier. |
| 2630 | S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) |
| 2631 | << AA; |
| 2632 | S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) |
| 2633 | << AA; |
| 2634 | NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); |
| 2635 | --E; |
| 2636 | continue; |
| 2637 | } |
| 2638 | } |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 | S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), |
| 2641 | diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); |
| 2642 | S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 2643 | NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); |
| 2644 | --E; |
| 2645 | } |
| 2646 | } |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 | /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. |
| 2649 | void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, |
| 2650 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { |
| 2651 | if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { |
| 2652 | UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); |
| 2653 | NewAttr->setInherited(true); |
| 2654 | New->addAttr(NewAttr); |
| 2655 | } |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) |
| 2658 | return; |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. |
| 2661 | checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 | if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { |
| 2664 | if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { |
| 2665 | if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { |
| 2666 | // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. |
| 2667 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); |
| 2668 | Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 2669 | } |
| 2670 | } else if (Old->isUsed()) { |
| 2671 | // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has |
| 2672 | // already been ODR-used. |
| 2673 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) |
| 2674 | << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); |
| 2675 | } |
| 2676 | } |
| 2677 | |
| 2678 | // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. |
| 2679 | if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { |
| 2680 | if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { |
| 2681 | for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { |
| 2682 | if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), |
| 2683 | NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { |
| 2684 | Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), |
| 2685 | diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) |
| 2686 | << NewTag; |
| 2687 | Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 2688 | } |
| 2689 | } |
| 2690 | } else { |
| 2691 | Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); |
| 2692 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 2693 | } |
| 2694 | } |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | // This redeclaration adds a section attribute. |
| 2697 | if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { |
| 2698 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) { |
| 2699 | if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) { |
| 2700 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration); |
| 2701 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 2702 | } |
| 2703 | } |
| 2704 | } |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute. |
| 2707 | const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>(); |
| 2708 | if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() && |
| 2709 | !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) { |
| 2710 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) |
| 2711 | << 0 /*codeseg*/; |
| 2712 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 2713 | } |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 | if (!Old->hasAttrs()) |
| 2716 | return; |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 | bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 | // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before |
| 2721 | // we process them. |
| 2722 | if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 | for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { |
| 2725 | // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. |
| 2726 | AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; |
| 2727 | if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || |
| 2728 | isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || |
| 2729 | isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { |
| 2730 | switch (AMK) { |
| 2731 | case AMK_None: |
| 2732 | continue; |
| 2733 | |
| 2734 | case AMK_Redeclaration: |
| 2735 | case AMK_Override: |
| 2736 | case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: |
| 2737 | LocalAMK = AMK; |
| 2738 | break; |
| 2739 | } |
| 2740 | } |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 | // Already handled. |
| 2743 | if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) |
| 2744 | continue; |
| 2745 | |
| 2746 | if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) |
| 2747 | foundAny = true; |
| 2748 | } |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 | if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) |
| 2751 | foundAny = true; |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 | if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); |
| 2754 | } |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 | /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter |
| 2757 | /// to the new one. |
| 2758 | static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, |
| 2759 | const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, |
| 2760 | Sema &S) { |
| 2761 | // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: |
| 2762 | // The first declaration of a function shall specify the |
| 2763 | // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration |
| 2764 | // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. |
| 2765 | const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); |
| 2766 | if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { |
| 2767 | S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), |
| 2768 | diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; |
| 2769 | // Find the first declaration of the parameter. |
| 2770 | // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? |
| 2771 | const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = |
| 2772 | cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); |
| 2773 | const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = |
| 2774 | FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); |
| 2775 | S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), |
| 2776 | diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; |
| 2777 | } |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 | if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) |
| 2780 | return; |
| 2781 | |
| 2782 | bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); |
| 2783 | |
| 2784 | // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is |
| 2785 | // done before we process them. |
| 2786 | if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { |
| 2789 | if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { |
| 2790 | InheritableAttr *newAttr = |
| 2791 | cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); |
| 2792 | newAttr->setInherited(true); |
| 2793 | newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); |
| 2794 | foundAny = true; |
| 2795 | } |
| 2796 | } |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 | if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); |
| 2799 | } |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, |
| 2802 | const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, |
| 2803 | Sema &S) { |
| 2804 | if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { |
| 2805 | if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { |
| 2806 | if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { |
| 2807 | S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) |
| 2808 | << DiagNullabilityKind( |
| 2809 | *Newnullability, |
| 2810 | ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) |
| 2811 | != 0)) |
| 2812 | << DiagNullabilityKind( |
| 2813 | *Oldnullability, |
| 2814 | ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) |
| 2815 | != 0)); |
| 2816 | S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 2817 | } |
| 2818 | } else { |
| 2819 | QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); |
| 2820 | NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( |
| 2821 | AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), |
| 2822 | NewT, NewT); |
| 2823 | NewParam->setType(NewT); |
| 2824 | } |
| 2825 | } |
| 2826 | } |
| 2827 | |
| 2828 | namespace { |
| 2829 | |
| 2830 | /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in |
| 2831 | /// C. |
| 2832 | struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { |
| 2833 | ParmVarDecl *OldParm; |
| 2834 | ParmVarDecl *NewParm; |
| 2835 | QualType PromotedType; |
| 2836 | }; |
| 2837 | |
| 2838 | } // end anonymous namespace |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. |
| 2841 | Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { |
| 2842 | if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { |
| 2843 | if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) |
| 2844 | return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 | if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) |
| 2847 | return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 | if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) |
| 2850 | return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; |
| 2851 | } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { |
| 2852 | return Sema::CXXDestructor; |
| 2853 | } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { |
| 2854 | return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; |
| 2855 | } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { |
| 2856 | return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; |
| 2857 | } |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 | return Sema::CXXInvalid; |
| 2860 | } |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 | // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit |
| 2863 | // declaration, or a declaration. |
| 2864 | template <typename T> |
| 2865 | static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> |
| 2866 | getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { |
| 2867 | diag::kind PrevDiag; |
| 2868 | SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); |
| 2869 | if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 2870 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; |
| 2871 | else if (Old->isImplicit()) { |
| 2872 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; |
| 2873 | if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) |
| 2874 | OldLocation = New->getLocation(); |
| 2875 | } else |
| 2876 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; |
| 2877 | return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); |
| 2878 | } |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 | /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, |
| 2881 | /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in |
| 2882 | /// GNU89 mode. |
| 2883 | static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 2884 | const LangOptions& LangOpts) { |
| 2885 | return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && |
| 2886 | !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && |
| 2887 | FD->isInlineSpecified() && |
| 2888 | FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); |
| 2889 | } |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 | const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { |
| 2892 | const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); |
| 2893 | while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) |
| 2894 | AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); |
| 2895 | return AT; |
| 2896 | } |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 | template <typename T> |
| 2899 | static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { |
| 2900 | const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); |
| 2901 | if (DC->isRecord()) |
| 2902 | return false; |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 | LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); |
| 2905 | if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) |
| 2906 | return true; |
| 2907 | if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) |
| 2908 | return true; |
| 2909 | return false; |
| 2910 | } |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 | template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } |
| 2913 | static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } |
| 2914 | |
| 2915 | /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a |
| 2916 | /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload |
| 2917 | /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). |
| 2918 | template<typename ExpectedDecl> |
| 2919 | static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, |
| 2920 | ExpectedDecl *New) { |
| 2921 | // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: |
| 2922 | // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of |
| 2923 | // which specifies the same unqualified name, |
| 2924 | // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions |
| 2925 | // and function templates; or |
| 2926 | // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration |
| 2927 | // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all |
| 2928 | // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions |
| 2929 | // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration |
| 2930 | // name is hidden (3.3.10). |
| 2931 | |
| 2932 | // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: |
| 2933 | // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the |
| 2934 | // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced |
| 2935 | // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same |
| 2936 | // function, the program is ill-formed. |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 | auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); |
| 2939 | if (Old && |
| 2940 | !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( |
| 2941 | New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && |
| 2942 | !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) |
| 2943 | Old = nullptr; |
| 2944 | |
| 2945 | if (!Old) { |
| 2946 | S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); |
| 2947 | S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); |
| 2948 | S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; |
| 2949 | return true; |
| 2950 | } |
| 2951 | return false; |
| 2952 | } |
| 2953 | |
| 2954 | static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, |
| 2955 | const FunctionDecl *B) { |
| 2956 | assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); |
| 2957 | |
| 2958 | auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { |
| 2959 | const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); |
| 2960 | const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); |
| 2961 | if (AttrA == AttrB) |
| 2962 | return true; |
| 2963 | return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() && |
| 2964 | AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic(); |
| 2965 | }; |
| 2966 | |
| 2967 | return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); |
| 2968 | } |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified |
| 2971 | /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier. |
| 2972 | static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD, |
| 2973 | DeclaratorDecl *OldD) { |
| 2974 | // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when |
| 2975 | // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration |
| 2976 | // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier: |
| 2977 | // |
| 2978 | // inline namespace N { int f(); } |
| 2979 | // int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::. |
| 2980 | // |
| 2981 | // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change |
| 2982 | // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations, |
| 2983 | // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular). |
| 2984 | if (!NewD->getQualifier()) |
| 2985 | return; |
| 2986 | |
| 2987 | // NewD is probably already in the right context. |
| 2988 | auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 2989 | auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 2990 | if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC)) |
| 2991 | return; |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 | assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) || |
| 2994 | NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) && |
| 2995 | "unexpected context for redeclaration" ); |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
| 2998 | auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) { |
| 2999 | if (!D) |
| 3000 | return; |
| 3001 | D->setDeclContext(SemaDC); |
| 3002 | D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC); |
| 3003 | }; |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 | FixSemaDC(NewD); |
| 3006 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD)) |
| 3007 | FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()); |
| 3008 | else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD)) |
| 3009 | FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()); |
| 3010 | } |
| 3011 | |
| 3012 | /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from |
| 3013 | /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous |
| 3014 | /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, |
| 3015 | /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. |
| 3016 | /// |
| 3017 | /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not |
| 3018 | /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are |
| 3019 | /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be |
| 3020 | /// merged with. |
| 3021 | /// |
| 3022 | /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. |
| 3023 | bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, |
| 3024 | Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { |
| 3025 | // Verify the old decl was also a function. |
| 3026 | FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); |
| 3027 | if (!Old) { |
| 3028 | if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { |
| 3029 | if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { |
| 3030 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); |
| 3031 | Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), |
| 3032 | diag::note_using_decl_target); |
| 3033 | Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), |
| 3034 | diag::note_using_decl) << 0; |
| 3035 | return true; |
| 3036 | } |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. |
| 3039 | if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) |
| 3040 | return true; |
| 3041 | OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); |
| 3042 | } else { |
| 3043 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
| 3044 | << New->getDeclName(); |
| 3045 | notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); |
| 3046 | return true; |
| 3047 | } |
| 3048 | } |
| 3049 | |
| 3050 | // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. |
| 3051 | if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 3052 | return true; |
| 3053 | |
| 3054 | // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins. |
| 3055 | if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) { |
| 3056 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName(); |
| 3057 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) |
| 3058 | << Old << Old->getType(); |
| 3059 | return true; |
| 3060 | } |
| 3061 | |
| 3062 | diag::kind PrevDiag; |
| 3063 | SourceLocation OldLocation; |
| 3064 | std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = |
| 3065 | getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function |
| 3068 | // is an extern inline function. |
| 3069 | // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have |
| 3070 | // storage classes. |
| 3071 | if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && |
| 3072 | New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && |
| 3073 | Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && |
| 3074 | !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && |
| 3075 | !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { |
| 3076 | if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { |
| 3077 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; |
| 3078 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 3079 | } else { |
| 3080 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; |
| 3081 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 3082 | return true; |
| 3083 | } |
| 3084 | } |
| 3085 | |
| 3086 | if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && |
| 3087 | !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { |
| 3088 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) |
| 3089 | << New->getDeclName(); |
| 3090 | notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); |
| 3091 | New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); |
| 3092 | } |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 | if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) |
| 3095 | return true; |
| 3096 | |
| 3097 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 3098 | bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); |
| 3099 | if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { |
| 3100 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) |
| 3101 | << New << OldOvl; |
| 3102 | |
| 3103 | // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable |
| 3104 | // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one |
| 3105 | // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. |
| 3106 | // |
| 3107 | // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in |
| 3108 | // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. |
| 3109 | const Decl *DiagOld = Old; |
| 3110 | if (OldOvl) { |
| 3111 | auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { |
| 3112 | const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); |
| 3113 | return A && !A->isImplicit(); |
| 3114 | }); |
| 3115 | // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this |
| 3116 | // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. |
| 3117 | DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; |
| 3118 | } |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 | if (DiagOld) |
| 3121 | Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), |
| 3122 | diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) |
| 3123 | << OldOvl; |
| 3124 | |
| 3125 | if (OldOvl) |
| 3126 | New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); |
| 3127 | else |
| 3128 | New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); |
| 3129 | } |
| 3130 | } |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 | // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later |
| 3133 | // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling |
| 3134 | // convention of the first. |
| 3135 | // |
| 3136 | // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, |
| 3137 | // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. |
| 3138 | // |
| 3139 | // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for |
| 3140 | // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or |
| 3141 | // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. |
| 3142 | // |
| 3143 | // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have |
| 3144 | // other tests to run. |
| 3145 | QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); |
| 3146 | QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); |
| 3147 | const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); |
| 3148 | const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); |
| 3149 | FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); |
| 3150 | FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); |
| 3151 | bool RequiresAdjustment = false; |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 | if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { |
| 3154 | FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); |
| 3155 | const FunctionType *FT = |
| 3156 | First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
| 3157 | FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); |
| 3158 | bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); |
| 3159 | if (!NewCCExplicit) { |
| 3160 | // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified |
| 3161 | // there but not here. |
| 3162 | NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); |
| 3163 | RequiresAdjustment = true; |
| 3164 | } else if (New->getBuiltinID()) { |
| 3165 | // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a |
| 3166 | // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is |
| 3167 | // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration. |
| 3168 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_ignored) |
| 3169 | << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) |
| 3170 | << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction; |
| 3171 | NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); |
| 3172 | RequiresAdjustment = true; |
| 3173 | } else { |
| 3174 | // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. |
| 3175 | bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); |
| 3176 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) |
| 3177 | << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) |
| 3178 | << !FirstCCExplicit |
| 3179 | << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : |
| 3180 | FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 | // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. |
| 3183 | Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3184 | return true; |
| 3185 | } |
| 3186 | } |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? |
| 3189 | if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { |
| 3190 | NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); |
| 3191 | RequiresAdjustment = true; |
| 3192 | } |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 | // Merge regparm attribute. |
| 3195 | if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || |
| 3196 | OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { |
| 3197 | if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { |
| 3198 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) |
| 3199 | << NewType->getRegParmType() |
| 3200 | << OldType->getRegParmType(); |
| 3201 | Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3202 | return true; |
| 3203 | } |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); |
| 3206 | RequiresAdjustment = true; |
| 3207 | } |
| 3208 | |
| 3209 | // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. |
| 3210 | if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { |
| 3211 | if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { |
| 3212 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) |
| 3213 | << "'ns_returns_retained'" ; |
| 3214 | Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3215 | return true; |
| 3216 | } |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 | NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); |
| 3219 | RequiresAdjustment = true; |
| 3220 | } |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != |
| 3223 | NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { |
| 3224 | if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { |
| 3225 | AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = |
| 3226 | New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); |
| 3227 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; |
| 3228 | Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3229 | return true; |
| 3230 | } |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 | NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); |
| 3233 | RequiresAdjustment = true; |
| 3234 | } |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | if (RequiresAdjustment) { |
| 3237 | const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
| 3238 | AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); |
| 3239 | New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); |
| 3240 | NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); |
| 3241 | NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); |
| 3242 | } |
| 3243 | |
| 3244 | // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to |
| 3245 | // UndefinedButUsed. |
| 3246 | if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && |
| 3247 | !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && |
| 3248 | !getLangOpts().GNUInline && |
| 3249 | Old->isUsed(false) && |
| 3250 | !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 3251 | UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), |
| 3252 | SourceLocation())); |
| 3253 | |
| 3254 | // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn |
| 3255 | // about it. |
| 3256 | if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && |
| 3257 | Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { |
| 3258 | UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); |
| 3259 | } |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 | // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid |
| 3262 | // redeclaration. |
| 3263 | if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && |
| 3264 | !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { |
| 3265 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) |
| 3266 | << New->getDeclName(); |
| 3267 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
| 3268 | return true; |
| 3269 | } |
| 3270 | |
| 3271 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 3272 | // C++1z [over.load]p2 |
| 3273 | // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: |
| 3274 | // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, |
| 3275 | // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 | // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of |
| 3278 | // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the |
| 3279 | // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before |
| 3280 | // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType |
| 3281 | // but do not necessarily update the type of New. |
| 3282 | if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) |
| 3283 | return true; |
| 3284 | OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); |
| 3285 | NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, |
| 3288 | // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: |
| 3289 | // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template |
| 3290 | // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also |
| 3291 | // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. |
| 3292 | QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType(); |
| 3293 | QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType(); |
| 3294 | if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && |
| 3295 | canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType, |
| 3296 | OldDeclaredReturnType)) { |
| 3297 | QualType ResQT; |
| 3298 | if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
| 3299 | OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) |
| 3300 | // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type. |
| 3301 | ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); |
| 3302 | if (ResQT.isNull()) { |
| 3303 | if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) |
| 3304 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) |
| 3305 | << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); |
| 3306 | else |
| 3307 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) |
| 3308 | << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); |
| 3309 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() |
| 3310 | << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); |
| 3311 | return true; |
| 3312 | } |
| 3313 | else |
| 3314 | NewQType = ResQT; |
| 3315 | } |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 | QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); |
| 3318 | QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); |
| 3319 | if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { |
| 3320 | // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been |
| 3321 | // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. |
| 3322 | AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); |
| 3323 | if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { |
| 3324 | New->setType( |
| 3325 | SubstAutoType(New->getType(), |
| 3326 | OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy |
| 3327 | : OldAT->getDeducedType())); |
| 3328 | NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( |
| 3329 | SubstAutoType(NewQType, |
| 3330 | OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy |
| 3331 | : OldAT->getDeducedType())); |
| 3332 | } |
| 3333 | } |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 | const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); |
| 3336 | CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); |
| 3337 | if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { |
| 3338 | // Preserve triviality. |
| 3339 | NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); |
| 3340 | |
| 3341 | // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: |
| 3342 | // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. |
| 3343 | // We don't want a redeclaration error. |
| 3344 | bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = |
| 3345 | OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && |
| 3346 | NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); |
| 3347 | bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); |
| 3348 | |
| 3349 | if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && |
| 3350 | !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { |
| 3351 | // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the |
| 3352 | // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them |
| 3353 | // is a static member function declaration. |
| 3354 | if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { |
| 3355 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); |
| 3356 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
| 3357 | return true; |
| 3358 | } |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | // C++ [class.mem]p1: |
| 3361 | // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the |
| 3362 | // member-specification, except that a nested class or member |
| 3363 | // class template can be declared and then later defined. |
| 3364 | if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { |
| 3365 | unsigned NewDiag; |
| 3366 | if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) |
| 3367 | NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; |
| 3368 | else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) |
| 3369 | NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; |
| 3370 | else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) |
| 3371 | NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; |
| 3372 | else |
| 3373 | NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 | Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); |
| 3376 | } else { |
| 3377 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) |
| 3378 | << New << New->getType(); |
| 3379 | } |
| 3380 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
| 3381 | return true; |
| 3382 | |
| 3383 | // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special |
| 3384 | // member that was initially declared implicitly. |
| 3385 | // |
| 3386 | // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order |
| 3387 | // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. |
| 3388 | } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { |
| 3389 | if (isFriend) { |
| 3390 | NewMethod->setImplicit(); |
| 3391 | } else { |
| 3392 | Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), |
| 3393 | diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) |
| 3394 | << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); |
| 3395 | return true; |
| 3396 | } |
| 3397 | } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { |
| 3398 | Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), |
| 3399 | diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) |
| 3400 | << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); |
| 3401 | return true; |
| 3402 | } |
| 3403 | } |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: |
| 3406 | // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn |
| 3407 | // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn |
| 3408 | // attribute. |
| 3409 | const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); |
| 3410 | if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { |
| 3411 | Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); |
| 3412 | Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), |
| 3413 | diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); |
| 3414 | } |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: |
| 3417 | // The first declaration of a function shall specify the |
| 3418 | // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration |
| 3419 | // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. |
| 3420 | const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); |
| 3421 | if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { |
| 3422 | Diag(CDA->getLocation(), |
| 3423 | diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; |
| 3424 | Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), |
| 3425 | diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; |
| 3426 | } |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 | // (C++98 8.3.5p3): |
| 3429 | // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the |
| 3430 | // return type and the parameter-type-list. |
| 3431 | // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 | // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. |
| 3434 | QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; |
| 3435 | if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { |
| 3436 | auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 3437 | const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison |
| 3438 | = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); |
| 3439 | OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); |
| 3440 | assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); |
| 3441 | } |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 | if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { |
| 3444 | // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous |
| 3445 | // declarations of a friend function as an extension. |
| 3446 | // |
| 3447 | // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC |
| 3448 | // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language |
| 3449 | // linkage within class scope. |
| 3450 | // |
| 3451 | // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. |
| 3452 | if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { |
| 3453 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; |
| 3454 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 3455 | } else { |
| 3456 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; |
| 3457 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 3458 | return true; |
| 3459 | } |
| 3460 | } |
| 3461 | |
| 3462 | if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) |
| 3463 | return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 | // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or |
| 3466 | // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again |
| 3467 | // during instantiation. |
| 3468 | if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType)) |
| 3469 | return false; |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 | // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. |
| 3472 | } |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles |
| 3475 | // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. |
| 3476 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| 3477 | Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { |
| 3478 | const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
| 3479 | const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
| 3480 | const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; |
| 3481 | if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && |
| 3482 | (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { |
| 3483 | // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the |
| 3484 | // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. |
| 3485 | assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C" ); |
| 3486 | SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); |
| 3487 | NewQType = |
| 3488 | Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, |
| 3489 | OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); |
| 3490 | New->setType(NewQType); |
| 3491 | New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 | // Synthesize parameters with the same types. |
| 3494 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| 3495 | for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { |
| 3496 | ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), |
| 3497 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, |
| 3498 | ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, |
| 3499 | SC_None, nullptr); |
| 3500 | Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); |
| 3501 | Param->setImplicit(); |
| 3502 | Params.push_back(Param); |
| 3503 | } |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 | New->setParams(Params); |
| 3506 | } |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 | return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); |
| 3509 | } |
| 3510 | |
| 3511 | // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration |
| 3512 | // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition |
| 3513 | // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the |
| 3514 | // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ |
| 3515 | // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from |
| 3516 | // the prototype. |
| 3517 | // |
| 3518 | // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, |
| 3519 | // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but |
| 3520 | // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and |
| 3521 | // C99 6.9.1p8. |
| 3522 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| 3523 | Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && |
| 3524 | New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && |
| 3525 | Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { |
| 3526 | SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; |
| 3527 | SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; |
| 3528 | const FunctionProtoType *OldProto |
| 3529 | = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 3530 | const FunctionProtoType *NewProto |
| 3531 | = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 3532 | |
| 3533 | // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. |
| 3534 | QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), |
| 3535 | NewProto->getReturnType()); |
| 3536 | bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); |
| 3537 | for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); |
| 3538 | LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { |
| 3539 | ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); |
| 3540 | ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); |
| 3541 | if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), |
| 3542 | NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { |
| 3543 | ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); |
| 3544 | } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), |
| 3545 | NewParm->getType(), |
| 3546 | /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { |
| 3547 | GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, |
| 3548 | NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; |
| 3549 | Warnings.push_back(Warn); |
| 3550 | ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); |
| 3551 | } else |
| 3552 | LooseCompatible = false; |
| 3553 | } |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 | if (LooseCompatible) { |
| 3556 | for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { |
| 3557 | Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), |
| 3558 | diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) |
| 3559 | << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType |
| 3560 | << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); |
| 3561 | if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) |
| 3562 | Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), |
| 3563 | diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3564 | } |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 | if (MergeTypeWithOld) |
| 3567 | New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, |
| 3568 | OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); |
| 3569 | return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); |
| 3570 | } |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 | // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. |
| 3573 | } |
| 3574 | |
| 3575 | // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or |
| 3576 | // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. |
| 3577 | |
| 3578 | // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin |
| 3579 | // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. |
| 3580 | unsigned BuiltinID; |
| 3581 | if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { |
| 3582 | // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' |
| 3583 | // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. |
| 3584 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { |
| 3585 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; |
| 3586 | Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) |
| 3587 | << Old << Old->getType(); |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 | // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter |
| 3590 | // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. |
| 3591 | // |
| 3592 | // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If |
| 3593 | // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid |
| 3594 | // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't |
| 3595 | // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is |
| 3596 | // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. |
| 3597 | if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 3598 | New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 | return false; |
| 3601 | } |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; |
| 3604 | } |
| 3605 | |
| 3606 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); |
| 3607 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
| 3608 | return true; |
| 3609 | } |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are |
| 3612 | /// known to be compatible. |
| 3613 | /// |
| 3614 | /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other |
| 3615 | /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to |
| 3616 | /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a |
| 3617 | /// redeclaration of Old. |
| 3618 | /// |
| 3619 | /// \returns false |
| 3620 | bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, |
| 3621 | Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { |
| 3622 | // Merge the attributes |
| 3623 | mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 | // Merge "pure" flag. |
| 3626 | if (Old->isPure()) |
| 3627 | New->setPure(); |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | // Merge "used" flag. |
| 3630 | if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) |
| 3631 | New->setIsUsed(); |
| 3632 | |
| 3633 | // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R |
| 3634 | // declarations. |
| 3635 | if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) |
| 3636 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 3637 | ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); |
| 3638 | ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); |
| 3639 | mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); |
| 3640 | mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); |
| 3641 | } |
| 3642 | |
| 3643 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 3644 | return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return |
| 3647 | // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl |
| 3648 | // was visible. |
| 3649 | QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); |
| 3650 | if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) |
| 3651 | New->setType(Merged); |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 | return false; |
| 3654 | } |
| 3655 | |
| 3656 | void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, |
| 3657 | ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { |
| 3658 | // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable |
| 3659 | AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = |
| 3660 | isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) |
| 3661 | ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation |
| 3662 | : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration |
| 3663 | : AMK_Override; |
| 3664 | |
| 3665 | mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); |
| 3666 | |
| 3667 | // Merge attributes from the parameters. |
| 3668 | ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), |
| 3669 | oe = oldMethod->param_end(); |
| 3670 | for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator |
| 3671 | ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); |
| 3672 | ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) |
| 3673 | mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); |
| 3676 | } |
| 3677 | |
| 3678 | static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { |
| 3679 | assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 | S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() |
| 3682 | ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type |
| 3683 | : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) |
| 3684 | << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); |
| 3685 | |
| 3686 | diag::kind PrevDiag; |
| 3687 | SourceLocation OldLocation; |
| 3688 | std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) |
| 3689 | = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); |
| 3690 | S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 3691 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3692 | } |
| 3693 | |
| 3694 | /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and |
| 3695 | /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, |
| 3696 | /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. |
| 3697 | /// |
| 3698 | /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back |
| 3699 | /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer |
| 3700 | /// is attached. |
| 3701 | void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, |
| 3702 | bool MergeTypeWithOld) { |
| 3703 | if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 3704 | return; |
| 3705 | |
| 3706 | QualType MergedT; |
| 3707 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 3708 | if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { |
| 3709 | // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. |
| 3710 | return; |
| 3711 | } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { |
| 3712 | // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. |
| 3713 | return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); |
| 3714 | } |
| 3715 | // C++ [basic.link]p10: |
| 3716 | // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given |
| 3717 | // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an |
| 3718 | // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or |
| 3719 | // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). |
| 3720 | else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { |
| 3721 | const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); |
| 3722 | const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 | // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array |
| 3725 | // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the |
| 3726 | // mismatch. |
| 3727 | if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { |
| 3728 | for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; |
| 3729 | PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { |
| 3730 | const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); |
| 3731 | if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) |
| 3732 | continue; |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 | if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) |
| 3735 | return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); |
| 3736 | } |
| 3737 | } |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 | if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { |
| 3740 | if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), |
| 3741 | NewArray->getElementType())) |
| 3742 | MergedT = New->getType(); |
| 3743 | } |
| 3744 | // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New |
| 3745 | // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not |
| 3746 | // visible. |
| 3747 | else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { |
| 3748 | if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), |
| 3749 | NewArray->getElementType())) |
| 3750 | MergedT = Old->getType(); |
| 3751 | } |
| 3752 | } |
| 3753 | else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
| 3754 | Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { |
| 3755 | MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), |
| 3756 | Old->getType()); |
| 3757 | } |
| 3758 | } else { |
| 3759 | // C 6.2.7p2: |
| 3760 | // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have |
| 3761 | // compatible type. |
| 3762 | MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); |
| 3763 | } |
| 3764 | if (MergedT.isNull()) { |
| 3765 | // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a |
| 3766 | // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class |
| 3767 | // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be |
| 3768 | // equivalent. |
| 3769 | // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. |
| 3770 | if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || |
| 3771 | Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { |
| 3772 | // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type |
| 3773 | // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we |
| 3774 | // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. |
| 3775 | if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) |
| 3776 | New->setType(Context.DependentTy); |
| 3777 | return; |
| 3778 | } |
| 3779 | return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); |
| 3780 | } |
| 3781 | |
| 3782 | // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old |
| 3783 | // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. |
| 3784 | if (MergeTypeWithOld) |
| 3785 | New->setType(MergedT); |
| 3786 | } |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 | static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, |
| 3789 | LookupResult &Previous) { |
| 3790 | // C11 6.2.7p4: |
| 3791 | // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared |
| 3792 | // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is |
| 3793 | // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or |
| 3794 | // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later |
| 3795 | // declaration becomes the composite type. |
| 3796 | // |
| 3797 | // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. |
| 3798 | if (Previous.isShadowed()) |
| 3799 | return false; |
| 3800 | |
| 3801 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 3802 | // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: |
| 3803 | // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same |
| 3804 | // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound |
| 3805 | // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. |
| 3806 | return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || |
| 3807 | (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && |
| 3808 | !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); |
| 3809 | } else { |
| 3810 | // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its |
| 3811 | // type unless we're in the same function. |
| 3812 | return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || |
| 3813 | OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
| 3814 | } |
| 3815 | } |
| 3816 | |
| 3817 | /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name |
| 3818 | /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this |
| 3819 | /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. |
| 3820 | /// |
| 3821 | /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by |
| 3822 | /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative |
| 3823 | /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. |
| 3824 | /// |
| 3825 | void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { |
| 3826 | // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. |
| 3827 | if (New->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 3828 | return; |
| 3829 | |
| 3830 | if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) |
| 3831 | return; |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 | VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); |
| 3834 | |
| 3835 | // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. |
| 3836 | VarDecl *Old = nullptr; |
| 3837 | VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; |
| 3838 | if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { |
| 3839 | if (NewTemplate) { |
| 3840 | OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); |
| 3841 | Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 | if (auto *Shadow = |
| 3844 | dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) |
| 3845 | if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) |
| 3846 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3847 | } else { |
| 3848 | Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 | if (auto *Shadow = |
| 3851 | dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) |
| 3852 | if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) |
| 3853 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3854 | } |
| 3855 | } |
| 3856 | if (!Old) { |
| 3857 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
| 3858 | << New->getDeclName(); |
| 3859 | notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), |
| 3860 | New->getLocation()); |
| 3861 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3862 | } |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 | // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. |
| 3865 | if (NewTemplate && |
| 3866 | !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), |
| 3867 | OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), |
| 3868 | /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) |
| 3869 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 | // C++ [class.mem]p1: |
| 3872 | // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] |
| 3873 | // |
| 3874 | // Here, we need only consider static data members. |
| 3875 | if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { |
| 3876 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) |
| 3877 | << New->getIdentifier(); |
| 3878 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3879 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3880 | } |
| 3881 | |
| 3882 | mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); |
| 3883 | // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent |
| 3884 | // declaration |
| 3885 | if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && |
| 3886 | Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && |
| 3887 | !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { |
| 3888 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); |
| 3889 | notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); |
| 3890 | // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. |
| 3891 | New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); |
| 3892 | } |
| 3893 | |
| 3894 | if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && |
| 3895 | !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { |
| 3896 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) |
| 3897 | << New->getDeclName(); |
| 3898 | notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); |
| 3899 | New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); |
| 3900 | } |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | // Merge the types. |
| 3903 | VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); |
| 3904 | if (MostRecent != Old) { |
| 3905 | MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, |
| 3906 | mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); |
| 3907 | if (New->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 3908 | return; |
| 3909 | } |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); |
| 3912 | if (New->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 3913 | return; |
| 3914 | |
| 3915 | diag::kind PrevDiag; |
| 3916 | SourceLocation OldLocation; |
| 3917 | std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = |
| 3918 | getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); |
| 3919 | |
| 3920 | // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. |
| 3921 | if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && |
| 3922 | !New->isStaticDataMember() && |
| 3923 | Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { |
| 3924 | if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { |
| 3925 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) |
| 3926 | << New->getDeclName(); |
| 3927 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 3928 | } else { |
| 3929 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) |
| 3930 | << New->getDeclName(); |
| 3931 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 3932 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3933 | } |
| 3934 | } |
| 3935 | // C99 6.2.2p4: |
| 3936 | // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier |
| 3937 | // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that |
| 3938 | // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies |
| 3939 | // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at |
| 3940 | // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at |
| 3941 | // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or |
| 3942 | // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the |
| 3943 | // identifier has external linkage. |
| 3944 | if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) |
| 3945 | /* Okay */; |
| 3946 | else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && |
| 3947 | !New->isStaticDataMember() && |
| 3948 | Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { |
| 3949 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); |
| 3950 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 3951 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3952 | } |
| 3953 | |
| 3954 | // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. |
| 3955 | if (New->hasExternalStorage() && |
| 3956 | !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { |
| 3957 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); |
| 3958 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 3959 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3960 | } |
| 3961 | if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && |
| 3962 | !New->hasExternalStorage()) { |
| 3963 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); |
| 3964 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 3965 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3966 | } |
| 3967 | |
| 3968 | if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) |
| 3969 | return; |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 | // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. |
| 3972 | |
| 3973 | // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still |
| 3974 | // need to check for mismatches. |
| 3975 | if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && |
| 3976 | // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. |
| 3977 | !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && |
| 3978 | !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { |
| 3979 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); |
| 3980 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 3981 | return New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3982 | } |
| 3983 | |
| 3984 | if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { |
| 3985 | if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { |
| 3986 | // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: |
| 3987 | // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before |
| 3988 | // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. |
| 3989 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; |
| 3990 | Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 3991 | } |
| 3992 | } |
| 3993 | |
| 3994 | // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to |
| 3995 | // UndefinedButUsed. |
| 3996 | if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && |
| 3997 | !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 3998 | UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), |
| 3999 | SourceLocation())); |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { |
| 4002 | if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { |
| 4003 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); |
| 4004 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 4005 | } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { |
| 4006 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); |
| 4007 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 4008 | } else { |
| 4009 | // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring |
| 4010 | // static and dynamic initialization. |
| 4011 | // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first |
| 4012 | // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? |
| 4013 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) |
| 4014 | << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); |
| 4015 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 4016 | } |
| 4017 | } |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 | // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. |
| 4020 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| 4021 | New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { |
| 4022 | if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && |
| 4023 | Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { |
| 4024 | // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. |
| 4025 | Diag(New->getLocation(), |
| 4026 | diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); |
| 4027 | } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { |
| 4028 | if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) |
| 4029 | return; |
| 4030 | } |
| 4031 | } |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { |
| 4034 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; |
| 4035 | Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); |
| 4036 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 4037 | return; |
| 4038 | } |
| 4039 | |
| 4040 | // Merge "used" flag. |
| 4041 | if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) |
| 4042 | New->setIsUsed(); |
| 4043 | |
| 4044 | // Keep a chain of previous declarations. |
| 4045 | New->setPreviousDecl(Old); |
| 4046 | if (NewTemplate) |
| 4047 | NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); |
| 4048 | adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old); |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | // Inherit access appropriately. |
| 4051 | New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); |
| 4052 | if (NewTemplate) |
| 4053 | NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); |
| 4054 | |
| 4055 | if (Old->isInline()) |
| 4056 | New->setImplicitlyInline(); |
| 4057 | } |
| 4058 | |
| 4059 | void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { |
| 4060 | SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); |
| 4061 | auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); |
| 4062 | auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); |
| 4063 | auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); |
| 4064 | auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); |
| 4065 | auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); |
| 4066 | StringRef HdrFilename = |
| 4067 | SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); |
| 4068 | |
| 4069 | auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, |
| 4070 | SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { |
| 4071 | // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped |
| 4072 | // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets |
| 4073 | // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition |
| 4074 | // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. |
| 4075 | if (IncLoc.isValid()) { |
| 4076 | if (Mod) { |
| 4077 | Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) |
| 4078 | << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); |
| 4079 | if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) |
| 4080 | Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) |
| 4081 | << Mod->getFullModuleName(); |
| 4082 | } else { |
| 4083 | Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) |
| 4084 | << HdrFilename.str(); |
| 4085 | } |
| 4086 | return true; |
| 4087 | } |
| 4088 | |
| 4089 | return false; |
| 4090 | }; |
| 4091 | |
| 4092 | // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why |
| 4093 | // this leads to a redefinition error. |
| 4094 | bool EmittedDiag = false; |
| 4095 | if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { |
| 4096 | SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); |
| 4097 | SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); |
| 4098 | EmittedDiag = noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); |
| 4099 | EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); |
| 4100 | |
| 4101 | // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. |
| 4102 | if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) |
| 4103 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); |
| 4104 | |
| 4105 | if (EmittedDiag) |
| 4106 | return; |
| 4107 | } |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 | // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. |
| 4110 | if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) |
| 4111 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 4112 | } |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 | /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions |
| 4115 | /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. |
| 4116 | bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { |
| 4117 | if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && |
| 4118 | (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || |
| 4119 | New->isInline() || |
| 4120 | New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || |
| 4121 | New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || |
| 4122 | New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { |
| 4123 | // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are |
| 4124 | // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. |
| 4125 | New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 | // Make the canonical definition visible. |
| 4128 | if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) |
| 4129 | makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); |
| 4130 | makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); |
| 4131 | return false; |
| 4132 | } else { |
| 4133 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; |
| 4134 | notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); |
| 4135 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 4136 | return true; |
| 4137 | } |
| 4138 | } |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with |
| 4141 | /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. |
| 4142 | Decl * |
| 4143 | Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 4144 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { |
| 4145 | return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, |
| 4146 | AnonRecord); |
| 4147 | } |
| 4148 | |
| 4149 | // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to |
| 4150 | // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. |
| 4151 | // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks |
| 4152 | // compatibility. |
| 4153 | // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being |
| 4154 | // targeted. |
| 4155 | static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { |
| 4156 | return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) |
| 4157 | ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() |
| 4158 | : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); |
| 4159 | } |
| 4160 | |
| 4161 | void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { |
| 4162 | if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 4163 | return; |
| 4164 | |
| 4165 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { |
| 4166 | // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if |
| 4167 | // it is anonymous. |
| 4168 | if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) |
| 4169 | return; |
| 4170 | MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = |
| 4171 | Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); |
| 4172 | Context.setManglingNumber( |
| 4173 | Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( |
| 4174 | Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); |
| 4175 | return; |
| 4176 | } |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 | // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. |
| 4179 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
| 4180 | if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( |
| 4181 | Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { |
| 4182 | Context.setManglingNumber( |
| 4183 | Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( |
| 4184 | Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); |
| 4185 | } |
| 4186 | } |
| 4187 | |
| 4188 | void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, |
| 4189 | TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { |
| 4190 | if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 4191 | return; |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 | // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. |
| 4194 | if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) |
| 4195 | return; |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 | // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. |
| 4198 | assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); |
| 4199 | |
| 4200 | // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. |
| 4201 | if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), |
| 4202 | Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { |
| 4203 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 4204 | Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); |
| 4205 | return; |
| 4206 | } |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 | // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then |
| 4209 | // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that |
| 4210 | // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as |
| 4211 | // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should |
| 4212 | // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule |
| 4213 | // for how to handle it. |
| 4214 | if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { |
| 4215 | Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); |
| 4216 | |
| 4217 | SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); |
| 4218 | tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 | llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; |
| 4221 | textToInsert += ' '; |
| 4222 | textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); |
| 4223 | Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) |
| 4224 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); |
| 4225 | return; |
| 4226 | } |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 | // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. |
| 4229 | TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); |
| 4230 | } |
| 4231 | |
| 4232 | static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { |
| 4233 | switch (T) { |
| 4234 | case DeclSpec::TST_class: |
| 4235 | return 0; |
| 4236 | case DeclSpec::TST_struct: |
| 4237 | return 1; |
| 4238 | case DeclSpec::TST_interface: |
| 4239 | return 2; |
| 4240 | case DeclSpec::TST_union: |
| 4241 | return 3; |
| 4242 | case DeclSpec::TST_enum: |
| 4243 | return 4; |
| 4244 | default: |
| 4245 | llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier" ); |
| 4246 | } |
| 4247 | } |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 | /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with |
| 4250 | /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template |
| 4251 | /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. |
| 4252 | Decl * |
| 4253 | Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 4254 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
| 4255 | bool IsExplicitInstantiation, |
| 4256 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { |
| 4257 | Decl *TagD = nullptr; |
| 4258 | TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; |
| 4259 | if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || |
| 4260 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || |
| 4261 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || |
| 4262 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || |
| 4263 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { |
| 4264 | TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 | if (!TagD) // We probably had an error |
| 4267 | return nullptr; |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 | // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the |
| 4270 | // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others |
| 4271 | // it's a Type. |
| 4272 | if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) |
| 4273 | Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); |
| 4274 | else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) |
| 4275 | Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 4276 | } |
| 4277 | |
| 4278 | if (Tag) { |
| 4279 | handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); |
| 4280 | Tag->setFreeStanding(); |
| 4281 | if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 4282 | return Tag; |
| 4283 | } |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 | if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { |
| 4286 | // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object |
| 4287 | // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." |
| 4288 | if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) |
| 4289 | Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), |
| 4290 | diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) |
| 4291 | << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| 4292 | } |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 | if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) |
| 4295 | Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) |
| 4296 | << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; |
| 4297 | |
| 4298 | if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { |
| 4299 | // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations |
| 4300 | // and definitions of functions and variables. |
| 4301 | if (Tag) |
| 4302 | Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) |
| 4303 | << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); |
| 4304 | else |
| 4305 | Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); |
| 4306 | // Don't emit warnings after this error. |
| 4307 | return TagD; |
| 4308 | } |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 | DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); |
| 4311 | |
| 4312 | if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { |
| 4313 | // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that |
| 4314 | // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. |
| 4315 | if (TagD && !Tag) |
| 4316 | return nullptr; |
| 4317 | return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); |
| 4318 | } |
| 4319 | |
| 4320 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); |
| 4321 | bool IsExplicitSpecialization = |
| 4322 | !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; |
| 4323 | if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && |
| 4324 | !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && |
| 4325 | !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { |
| 4326 | // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a |
| 4327 | // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation |
| 4328 | // or an explicit specialization. |
| 4329 | // |
| 4330 | // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the |
| 4331 | // obvious intent of DR1819. |
| 4332 | // |
| 4333 | // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. |
| 4334 | Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) |
| 4335 | << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); |
| 4336 | return nullptr; |
| 4337 | } |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 | // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. |
| 4340 | bool DeclaresAnything = true; |
| 4341 | |
| 4342 | // Handle anonymous struct definitions. |
| 4343 | if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { |
| 4344 | if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && |
| 4345 | DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { |
| 4346 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || |
| 4347 | Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { |
| 4348 | // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, |
| 4349 | // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that |
| 4350 | // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. |
| 4351 | // Also store them here so that they can be part of the |
| 4352 | // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. |
| 4353 | // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by |
| 4354 | // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? |
| 4355 | if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 4356 | AnonRecord = Record; |
| 4357 | return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, |
| 4358 | Context.getPrintingPolicy()); |
| 4359 | } |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 | DeclaresAnything = false; |
| 4362 | } |
| 4363 | } |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 | // C11 6.7.2.1p2: |
| 4366 | // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or |
| 4367 | // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. |
| 4368 | // |
| 4369 | // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration |
| 4370 | // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. |
| 4371 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && |
| 4372 | DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { |
| 4373 | // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. |
| 4374 | // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: |
| 4375 | // struct STRUCT; |
| 4376 | // union UNION; |
| 4377 | // and |
| 4378 | // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. |
| 4379 | // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. |
| 4380 | if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || |
| 4381 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { |
| 4382 | RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; |
| 4383 | if (Tag) |
| 4384 | Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); |
| 4385 | else if (const RecordType *RT = |
| 4386 | DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) |
| 4387 | Record = RT->getDecl(); |
| 4388 | else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) |
| 4389 | Record = UT->getDecl(); |
| 4390 | |
| 4391 | if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { |
| 4392 | Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) |
| 4393 | << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| 4394 | return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); |
| 4395 | } |
| 4396 | |
| 4397 | DeclaresAnything = false; |
| 4398 | } |
| 4399 | } |
| 4400 | |
| 4401 | // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. |
| 4402 | if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || |
| 4403 | (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) |
| 4404 | return TagD; |
| 4405 | |
| 4406 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| 4407 | DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
| 4408 | if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) |
| 4409 | if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && |
| 4410 | !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 4411 | DeclaresAnything = false; |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 | if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { |
| 4414 | // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. |
| 4415 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
| 4416 | Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) |
| 4417 | << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| 4418 | else |
| 4419 | DeclaresAnything = false; |
| 4420 | } |
| 4421 | |
| 4422 | if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && |
| 4423 | Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 4424 | Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) |
| 4425 | << Tag->getTagKind() |
| 4426 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); |
| 4427 | |
| 4428 | ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 | // C 6.7/2: |
| 4431 | // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, |
| 4432 | // or the members of an enumeration. |
| 4433 | // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: |
| 4434 | // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an |
| 4435 | // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more |
| 4436 | // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a |
| 4437 | // previous declaration. |
| 4438 | if (!DeclaresAnything) { |
| 4439 | // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother |
| 4440 | // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. |
| 4441 | Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| 4442 | return TagD; |
| 4443 | } |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 | // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: |
| 4446 | // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the |
| 4447 | // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. |
| 4448 | // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: |
| 4449 | // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the |
| 4450 | // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. |
| 4451 | // |
| 4452 | // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. |
| 4453 | unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; |
| 4454 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 4455 | DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 | // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but |
| 4458 | // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically |
| 4459 | // useless. |
| 4460 | if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 4461 | if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) |
| 4462 | // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is |
| 4463 | // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. |
| 4464 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); |
| 4465 | else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
| 4466 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) |
| 4467 | << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); |
| 4468 | } |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 | if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) |
| 4471 | Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) |
| 4472 | << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); |
| 4473 | if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { |
| 4474 | if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) |
| 4475 | Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const" ; |
| 4476 | if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) |
| 4477 | Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile" ; |
| 4478 | // Restrict is covered above. |
| 4479 | if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) |
| 4480 | Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic" ; |
| 4481 | if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) |
| 4482 | Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned" ; |
| 4483 | } |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 | // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: |
| 4486 | // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; |
| 4487 | // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. |
| 4488 | if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { |
| 4489 | DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); |
| 4490 | if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || |
| 4491 | TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || |
| 4492 | TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || |
| 4493 | TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || |
| 4494 | TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { |
| 4495 | for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes()) |
| 4496 | Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) |
| 4497 | << AL.getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); |
| 4498 | } |
| 4499 | } |
| 4500 | |
| 4501 | return TagD; |
| 4502 | } |
| 4503 | |
| 4504 | /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; |
| 4505 | /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. |
| 4506 | /// |
| 4507 | /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration |
| 4508 | static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, |
| 4509 | Scope *S, |
| 4510 | DeclContext *Owner, |
| 4511 | DeclarationName Name, |
| 4512 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 4513 | bool IsUnion) { |
| 4514 | LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, |
| 4515 | Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); |
| 4516 | if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 | // Pick a representative declaration. |
| 4519 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); |
| 4520 | assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl" ); |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 | if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) |
| 4523 | return false; |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 | SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) |
| 4526 | << IsUnion << Name; |
| 4527 | SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | return true; |
| 4530 | } |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the |
| 4533 | /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner |
| 4534 | /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize |
| 4535 | /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or |
| 4536 | /// struct, e.g., |
| 4537 | /// |
| 4538 | /// @code |
| 4539 | /// union { |
| 4540 | /// int i; |
| 4541 | /// float f; |
| 4542 | /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and |
| 4543 | /// // f into the surrounding scope.x |
| 4544 | /// @endcode |
| 4545 | /// |
| 4546 | /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous |
| 4547 | /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. |
| 4548 | static bool |
| 4549 | InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, |
| 4550 | RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 4551 | SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { |
| 4552 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. |
| 4555 | for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { |
| 4556 | if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && |
| 4557 | cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { |
| 4558 | ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); |
| 4559 | if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), |
| 4560 | VD->getLocation(), |
| 4561 | AnonRecord->isUnion())) { |
| 4562 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 4563 | // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be |
| 4564 | // distinct from the names of any other entity in the |
| 4565 | // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. |
| 4566 | Invalid = true; |
| 4567 | } else { |
| 4568 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 4569 | // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union |
| 4570 | // definition, the members of the anonymous union are |
| 4571 | // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the |
| 4572 | // anonymous union is declared. |
| 4573 | unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); |
| 4574 | if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) |
| 4575 | Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); |
| 4576 | else |
| 4577 | Chaining.push_back(VD); |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 | assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); |
| 4580 | NamedDecl **NamedChain = |
| 4581 | new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; |
| 4582 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) |
| 4583 | NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 | IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( |
| 4586 | SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), |
| 4587 | VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 | for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) |
| 4590 | IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 | IndirectField->setAccess(AS); |
| 4593 | IndirectField->setImplicit(); |
| 4594 | SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 | // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. |
| 4597 | if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 | Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); |
| 4600 | } |
| 4601 | } |
| 4602 | } |
| 4603 | |
| 4604 | return Invalid; |
| 4605 | } |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to |
| 4608 | /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: |
| 4609 | /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. |
| 4610 | static StorageClass |
| 4611 | StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { |
| 4612 | DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); |
| 4613 | assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && |
| 4614 | "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl." ); |
| 4615 | switch (StorageClassSpec) { |
| 4616 | case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; |
| 4617 | case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: |
| 4618 | if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) |
| 4619 | return SC_None; |
| 4620 | return SC_Extern; |
| 4621 | case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; |
| 4622 | case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; |
| 4623 | case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; |
| 4624 | case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; |
| 4625 | // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. |
| 4626 | case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. |
| 4627 | case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; |
| 4628 | } |
| 4629 | llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier" ); |
| 4630 | } |
| 4631 | |
| 4632 | static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { |
| 4633 | assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); |
| 4634 | |
| 4635 | for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { |
| 4636 | const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); |
| 4637 | if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) |
| 4638 | FD = IFD->getAnonField(); |
| 4639 | if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) |
| 4640 | return FD->getLocation(); |
| 4641 | } |
| 4642 | |
| 4643 | llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer" ); |
| 4644 | } |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 | static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, |
| 4647 | SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { |
| 4648 | if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) |
| 4649 | return; |
| 4650 | |
| 4651 | S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); |
| 4652 | S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; |
| 4653 | } |
| 4654 | |
| 4655 | static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, |
| 4656 | CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { |
| 4657 | if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) |
| 4658 | return; |
| 4659 | |
| 4660 | checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); |
| 4661 | } |
| 4662 | |
| 4663 | /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an |
| 4664 | /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature |
| 4665 | /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures |
| 4666 | /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. |
| 4667 | Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 4668 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 4669 | RecordDecl *Record, |
| 4670 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
| 4671 | DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); |
| 4672 | |
| 4673 | // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. |
| 4674 | if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) |
| 4675 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); |
| 4676 | else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 4677 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); |
| 4678 | else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) |
| 4679 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); |
| 4680 | |
| 4681 | // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous |
| 4682 | // structs/unions. |
| 4683 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 4684 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 4685 | const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; |
| 4686 | unsigned DiagID; |
| 4687 | if (Record->isUnion()) { |
| 4688 | // C++ [class.union]p6: |
| 4689 | // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2: |
| 4690 | // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the |
| 4691 | // global namespace shall be declared static. |
| 4692 | DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext(); |
| 4693 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && |
| 4694 | (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() || |
| 4695 | (OwnerScope->isNamespace() && |
| 4696 | !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) { |
| 4697 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) |
| 4698 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static " ); |
| 4699 | |
| 4700 | // Recover by adding 'static'. |
| 4701 | DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), |
| 4702 | PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); |
| 4703 | } |
| 4704 | // C++ [class.union]p6: |
| 4705 | // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an |
| 4706 | // anonymous union in a class scope. |
| 4707 | else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && |
| 4708 | isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { |
| 4709 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 4710 | diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) |
| 4711 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 | // Recover by removing the storage specifier. |
| 4714 | DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, |
| 4715 | SourceLocation(), |
| 4716 | PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); |
| 4717 | } |
| 4718 | } |
| 4719 | |
| 4720 | // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. |
| 4721 | if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { |
| 4722 | if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) |
| 4723 | Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) |
| 4724 | << Record->isUnion() << "const" |
| 4725 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); |
| 4726 | if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) |
| 4727 | Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), |
| 4728 | diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) |
| 4729 | << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" |
| 4730 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); |
| 4731 | if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) |
| 4732 | Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), |
| 4733 | diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) |
| 4734 | << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" |
| 4735 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); |
| 4736 | if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) |
| 4737 | Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), |
| 4738 | diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) |
| 4739 | << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" |
| 4740 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); |
| 4741 | if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) |
| 4742 | Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), |
| 4743 | diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) |
| 4744 | << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" |
| 4745 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 | DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); |
| 4748 | } |
| 4749 | |
| 4750 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 4751 | // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only |
| 4752 | // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and |
| 4753 | // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] |
| 4754 | for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { |
| 4755 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { |
| 4756 | // C++ [class.union]p3: |
| 4757 | // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected |
| 4758 | // members (clause 11). |
| 4759 | assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); |
| 4760 | if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { |
| 4761 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) |
| 4762 | << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); |
| 4763 | Invalid = true; |
| 4764 | } |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 | // C++ [class.union]p1 |
| 4767 | // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial |
| 4768 | // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy |
| 4769 | // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an |
| 4770 | // array of such objects. |
| 4771 | if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) |
| 4772 | Invalid = true; |
| 4773 | } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { |
| 4774 | // Any implicit members are fine. |
| 4775 | } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { |
| 4776 | // This is a type that showed up in an |
| 4777 | // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or |
| 4778 | // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the |
| 4779 | // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. |
| 4780 | } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { |
| 4781 | if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && |
| 4782 | MemRecord->getDeclName()) { |
| 4783 | // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. |
| 4784 | if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) |
| 4785 | Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) |
| 4786 | << Record->isUnion(); |
| 4787 | else { |
| 4788 | // This is a nested type declaration. |
| 4789 | Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) |
| 4790 | << Record->isUnion(); |
| 4791 | Invalid = true; |
| 4792 | } |
| 4793 | } else { |
| 4794 | // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. |
| 4795 | // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but |
| 4796 | // not part of standard C++. |
| 4797 | Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), |
| 4798 | diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) |
| 4799 | << Record->isUnion(); |
| 4800 | } |
| 4801 | } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { |
| 4802 | // Any access specifier is fine. |
| 4803 | } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { |
| 4804 | // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. |
| 4805 | } else { |
| 4806 | // We have something that isn't a non-static data |
| 4807 | // member. Complain about it. |
| 4808 | unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; |
| 4809 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) |
| 4810 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; |
| 4811 | else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) |
| 4812 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; |
| 4813 | else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) |
| 4814 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; |
| 4815 | |
| 4816 | // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. |
| 4817 | if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && |
| 4818 | DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) |
| 4819 | Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) |
| 4820 | << Record->isUnion(); |
| 4821 | else { |
| 4822 | Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); |
| 4823 | Invalid = true; |
| 4824 | } |
| 4825 | } |
| 4826 | } |
| 4827 | |
| 4828 | // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): |
| 4829 | // At most one variant member of a union may have a |
| 4830 | // brace-or-equal-initializer. |
| 4831 | if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && |
| 4832 | Owner->isRecord()) |
| 4833 | checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), |
| 4834 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); |
| 4835 | } |
| 4836 | |
| 4837 | if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { |
| 4838 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) |
| 4839 | << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
| 4840 | Invalid = true; |
| 4841 | } |
| 4842 | |
| 4843 | // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: |
| 4844 | // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an |
| 4845 | // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more |
| 4846 | // names into the program |
| 4847 | // C++ [class.mem]p2: |
| 4848 | // each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member |
| 4849 | // name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field |
| 4850 | // |
| 4851 | // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere. |
| 4852 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty()) |
| 4853 | Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| 4854 | |
| 4855 | // Mock up a declarator. |
| 4856 | Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::MemberContext); |
| 4857 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); |
| 4858 | assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union" ); |
| 4859 | |
| 4860 | // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. |
| 4861 | NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; |
| 4862 | if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { |
| 4863 | Anon = FieldDecl::Create( |
| 4864 | Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(), |
| 4865 | /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, |
| 4866 | /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, |
| 4867 | /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); |
| 4868 | Anon->setAccess(AS); |
| 4869 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 4870 | FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); |
| 4871 | } else { |
| 4872 | DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); |
| 4873 | StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); |
| 4874 | if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { |
| 4875 | // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always |
| 4876 | // an error here |
| 4877 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); |
| 4878 | Invalid = true; |
| 4879 | SC = SC_None; |
| 4880 | } |
| 4881 | |
| 4882 | Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(), |
| 4883 | Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, |
| 4884 | Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC); |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be |
| 4887 | // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class |
| 4888 | // initializer: |
| 4889 | // union { int n = 0; }; |
| 4890 | ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); |
| 4891 | } |
| 4892 | Anon->setImplicit(); |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 | // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. |
| 4895 | Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); |
| 4896 | |
| 4897 | // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current |
| 4898 | // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of |
| 4899 | // its members. |
| 4900 | Owner->addDecl(Anon); |
| 4901 | |
| 4902 | // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning |
| 4903 | // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup |
| 4904 | // purposes. |
| 4905 | SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; |
| 4906 | Chain.push_back(Anon); |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) |
| 4909 | Invalid = true; |
| 4910 | |
| 4911 | if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { |
| 4912 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { |
| 4913 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
| 4914 | if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( |
| 4915 | NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { |
| 4916 | Context.setManglingNumber( |
| 4917 | NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( |
| 4918 | NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); |
| 4919 | Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); |
| 4920 | } |
| 4921 | } |
| 4922 | } |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 | if (Invalid) |
| 4925 | Anon->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 4926 | |
| 4927 | return Anon; |
| 4928 | } |
| 4929 | |
| 4930 | /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an |
| 4931 | /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. |
| 4932 | /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx |
| 4933 | /// Example: |
| 4934 | /// |
| 4935 | /// struct A { int a; }; |
| 4936 | /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; |
| 4937 | /// |
| 4938 | /// void foo() { |
| 4939 | /// B var; |
| 4940 | /// var.a = 3; |
| 4941 | /// } |
| 4942 | /// |
| 4943 | Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 4944 | RecordDecl *Record) { |
| 4945 | assert(Record && "expected a record!" ); |
| 4946 | |
| 4947 | // Mock up a declarator. |
| 4948 | Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext); |
| 4949 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); |
| 4950 | assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct" ); |
| 4951 | |
| 4952 | auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); |
| 4953 | QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); |
| 4954 | |
| 4955 | // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. |
| 4956 | NamedDecl *Anon = |
| 4957 | FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(), |
| 4958 | /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo, |
| 4959 | /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, |
| 4960 | /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); |
| 4961 | Anon->setImplicit(); |
| 4962 | |
| 4963 | // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. |
| 4964 | CurContext->addDecl(Anon); |
| 4965 | |
| 4966 | // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current |
| 4967 | // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup |
| 4968 | // purposes. |
| 4969 | SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; |
| 4970 | Chain.push_back(Anon); |
| 4971 | |
| 4972 | RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); |
| 4973 | if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, |
| 4974 | diag::err_field_incomplete) || |
| 4975 | InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, |
| 4976 | AS_none, Chain)) { |
| 4977 | Anon->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 4978 | ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 4979 | } |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | return Anon; |
| 4982 | } |
| 4983 | |
| 4984 | /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the |
| 4985 | /// given Declarator. |
| 4986 | DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { |
| 4987 | return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); |
| 4988 | } |
| 4989 | |
| 4990 | /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. |
| 4991 | DeclarationNameInfo |
| 4992 | Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { |
| 4993 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; |
| 4994 | NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); |
| 4995 | |
| 4996 | switch (Name.getKind()) { |
| 4997 | |
| 4998 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: |
| 4999 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: |
| 5000 | NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); |
| 5001 | return NameInfo; |
| 5002 | |
| 5003 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: { |
| 5004 | // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: |
| 5005 | // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. |
| 5006 | // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name |
| 5007 | // of the simple-template-id. |
| 5008 | // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a |
| 5009 | // class template. |
| 5010 | // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; |
| 5011 | // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; |
| 5012 | // Y(int) -> Y<int>; |
| 5013 | // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. |
| 5014 | TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); |
| 5015 | auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); |
| 5016 | if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { |
| 5017 | Diag(Name.StartLocation, |
| 5018 | diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) |
| 5019 | << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; |
| 5020 | if (Template) |
| 5021 | Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); |
| 5022 | return DeclarationNameInfo(); |
| 5023 | } |
| 5024 | |
| 5025 | NameInfo.setName( |
| 5026 | Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); |
| 5027 | return NameInfo; |
| 5028 | } |
| 5029 | |
| 5030 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: |
| 5031 | NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( |
| 5032 | Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); |
| 5033 | NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc |
| 5034 | = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; |
| 5035 | NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc |
| 5036 | = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); |
| 5037 | return NameInfo; |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: |
| 5040 | NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( |
| 5041 | Name.Identifier)); |
| 5042 | NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); |
| 5043 | return NameInfo; |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { |
| 5046 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
| 5047 | QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); |
| 5048 | if (Ty.isNull()) |
| 5049 | return DeclarationNameInfo(); |
| 5050 | NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( |
| 5051 | Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); |
| 5052 | NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); |
| 5053 | return NameInfo; |
| 5054 | } |
| 5055 | |
| 5056 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: { |
| 5057 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
| 5058 | QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); |
| 5059 | if (Ty.isNull()) |
| 5060 | return DeclarationNameInfo(); |
| 5061 | NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( |
| 5062 | Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); |
| 5063 | NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); |
| 5064 | return NameInfo; |
| 5065 | } |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { |
| 5068 | // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor |
| 5069 | // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there |
| 5070 | // to find the actual type being constructed. |
| 5071 | CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); |
| 5072 | if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) |
| 5073 | return DeclarationNameInfo(); |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 | // Determine the type of the class being constructed. |
| 5076 | QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); |
| 5077 | |
| 5078 | // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as |
| 5079 | // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name |
| 5080 | // was qualified. |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 | NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( |
| 5083 | Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); |
| 5084 | // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? |
| 5085 | NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); |
| 5086 | return NameInfo; |
| 5087 | } |
| 5088 | |
| 5089 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: { |
| 5090 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; |
| 5091 | QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); |
| 5092 | if (Ty.isNull()) |
| 5093 | return DeclarationNameInfo(); |
| 5094 | NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( |
| 5095 | Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); |
| 5096 | NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); |
| 5097 | return NameInfo; |
| 5098 | } |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 | case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: { |
| 5101 | TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); |
| 5102 | SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; |
| 5103 | return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); |
| 5104 | } |
| 5105 | |
| 5106 | } // switch (Name.getKind()) |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind" ); |
| 5109 | } |
| 5110 | |
| 5111 | static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { |
| 5112 | do { |
| 5113 | if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) |
| 5114 | Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); |
| 5115 | else if (Ty->isArrayType()) |
| 5116 | Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); |
| 5117 | else |
| 5118 | return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); |
| 5119 | } while (true); |
| 5120 | } |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 | /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration |
| 5123 | /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is |
| 5124 | /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function |
| 5125 | /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. |
| 5126 | /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ |
| 5127 | /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters |
| 5128 | /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. |
| 5129 | static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, |
| 5130 | FunctionDecl *Declaration, |
| 5131 | FunctionDecl *Definition, |
| 5132 | SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { |
| 5133 | Params.clear(); |
| 5134 | if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) |
| 5135 | return false; |
| 5136 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { |
| 5137 | QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); |
| 5138 | QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); |
| 5139 | |
| 5140 | // The parameter types are identical |
| 5141 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) |
| 5142 | continue; |
| 5143 | |
| 5144 | QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); |
| 5145 | QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); |
| 5146 | const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); |
| 5147 | const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); |
| 5148 | |
| 5149 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || |
| 5150 | (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) |
| 5151 | Params.push_back(Idx); |
| 5152 | else // The two parameters aren't even close |
| 5153 | return false; |
| 5154 | } |
| 5155 | |
| 5156 | return true; |
| 5157 | } |
| 5158 | |
| 5159 | /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given |
| 5160 | /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. |
| 5161 | /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for |
| 5162 | /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec |
| 5163 | /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. |
| 5164 | static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, |
| 5165 | DeclarationName Name) { |
| 5166 | // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: |
| 5167 | // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes |
| 5168 | // - types which will become injected class names |
| 5169 | // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a |
| 5170 | // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a |
| 5171 | // few cases here. |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 | DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); |
| 5174 | switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { |
| 5175 | case DeclSpec::TST_typename: |
| 5176 | case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: |
| 5177 | case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: |
| 5178 | case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { |
| 5179 | // Grab the type from the parser. |
| 5180 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; |
| 5181 | QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); |
| 5182 | if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; |
| 5183 | |
| 5184 | // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much |
| 5185 | // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info |
| 5186 | // attached already. |
| 5187 | if (!TSI) |
| 5188 | TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); |
| 5189 | |
| 5190 | // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. |
| 5191 | TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); |
| 5192 | if (!TSI) return true; |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 | // Store the new type back in the decl spec. |
| 5195 | ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); |
| 5196 | DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); |
| 5197 | break; |
| 5198 | } |
| 5199 | |
| 5200 | case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: |
| 5201 | case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { |
| 5202 | Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); |
| 5203 | ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); |
| 5204 | if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; |
| 5205 | DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); |
| 5206 | break; |
| 5207 | } |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 | default: |
| 5210 | // Nothing to do for these decl specs. |
| 5211 | break; |
| 5212 | } |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 | // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. |
| 5215 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 5216 | DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); |
| 5217 | |
| 5218 | // The only type information in the declarator which can come |
| 5219 | // before the declaration name is the base type of a member |
| 5220 | // pointer. |
| 5221 | if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) |
| 5222 | continue; |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 | // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. |
| 5225 | CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); |
| 5226 | if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) |
| 5227 | return true; |
| 5228 | } |
| 5229 | |
| 5230 | return false; |
| 5231 | } |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 | Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { |
| 5234 | D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); |
| 5235 | Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); |
| 5236 | |
| 5237 | if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && |
| 5238 | Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) |
| 5239 | Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); |
| 5240 | |
| 5241 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) |
| 5242 | setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 | return Dcl; |
| 5245 | } |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 | /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: |
| 5248 | /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a |
| 5249 | /// name different from T: |
| 5250 | /// - every static data member of class T; |
| 5251 | /// - every member function of class T |
| 5252 | /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; |
| 5253 | /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. |
| 5254 | bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, |
| 5255 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { |
| 5256 | DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); |
| 5257 | |
| 5258 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); |
| 5259 | while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) |
| 5260 | Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); |
| 5261 | if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { |
| 5262 | Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; |
| 5263 | return true; |
| 5264 | } |
| 5265 | |
| 5266 | return false; |
| 5267 | } |
| 5268 | |
| 5269 | /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given |
| 5270 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
| 5271 | /// |
| 5272 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. |
| 5273 | /// |
| 5274 | /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier |
| 5275 | /// resolves. |
| 5276 | /// |
| 5277 | /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. |
| 5278 | /// |
| 5279 | /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. |
| 5280 | /// |
| 5281 | /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus |
| 5282 | /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation. |
| 5283 | /// |
| 5284 | /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. |
| 5285 | bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, |
| 5286 | DeclarationName Name, |
| 5287 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) { |
| 5288 | DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; |
| 5289 | while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) |
| 5290 | Cur = Cur->getParent(); |
| 5291 | |
| 5292 | // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the |
| 5293 | // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. |
| 5294 | // |
| 5295 | // class X { |
| 5296 | // void X::f(); |
| 5297 | // }; |
| 5298 | // |
| 5299 | // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all |
| 5300 | // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. |
| 5301 | if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { |
| 5302 | if (Cur->isRecord()) { |
| 5303 | Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification |
| 5304 | : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) |
| 5305 | << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); |
| 5306 | SS.clear(); |
| 5307 | } else { |
| 5308 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; |
| 5309 | } |
| 5310 | return false; |
| 5311 | } |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 | // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original |
| 5314 | // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in |
| 5315 | // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope. |
| 5316 | if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) { |
| 5317 | if (Cur->isRecord()) |
| 5318 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) |
| 5319 | << Name << SS.getRange(); |
| 5320 | else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) |
| 5321 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) |
| 5322 | << Name << SS.getRange(); |
| 5323 | else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) |
| 5324 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) |
| 5325 | << Name << SS.getRange(); |
| 5326 | else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) |
| 5327 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) |
| 5328 | << Name << SS.getRange(); |
| 5329 | else |
| 5330 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) |
| 5331 | << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); |
| 5332 | |
| 5333 | return true; |
| 5334 | } |
| 5335 | |
| 5336 | if (Cur->isRecord()) { |
| 5337 | // Cannot qualify members within a class. |
| 5338 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) |
| 5339 | << Name << SS.getRange(); |
| 5340 | SS.clear(); |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 | // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break |
| 5343 | // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If |
| 5344 | // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. |
| 5345 | if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || |
| 5346 | Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && |
| 5347 | !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), |
| 5348 | Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) |
| 5349 | return true; |
| 5350 | |
| 5351 | return false; |
| 5352 | } |
| 5353 | |
| 5354 | // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: |
| 5355 | // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall |
| 5356 | // not begin with a decltype-specifer" |
| 5357 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); |
| 5358 | while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) |
| 5359 | SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); |
| 5360 | if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( |
| 5361 | SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) |
| 5362 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) |
| 5363 | << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); |
| 5364 | |
| 5365 | return false; |
| 5366 | } |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 | NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 5369 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { |
| 5370 | // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. |
| 5371 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 5372 | DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); |
| 5373 | |
| 5374 | // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have |
| 5375 | // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. |
| 5376 | if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { |
| 5377 | return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); |
| 5378 | } else if (!Name) { |
| 5379 | if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. |
| 5380 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident) |
| 5381 | << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); |
| 5382 | return nullptr; |
| 5383 | } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) |
| 5384 | return nullptr; |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 | // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until |
| 5387 | // we find one that is. |
| 5388 | while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || |
| 5389 | (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) |
| 5390 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 5391 | |
| 5392 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; |
| 5393 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) |
| 5394 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 5395 | else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 5396 | if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), |
| 5397 | UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) |
| 5398 | return nullptr; |
| 5399 | |
| 5400 | bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); |
| 5401 | DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); |
| 5402 | if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { |
| 5403 | // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the |
| 5404 | // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, |
| 5405 | // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain |
| 5406 | // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. |
| 5407 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 5408 | diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) |
| 5409 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() |
| 5410 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 5411 | return nullptr; |
| 5412 | } |
| 5413 | bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); |
| 5414 | |
| 5415 | if (!IsDependentContext && |
| 5416 | RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) |
| 5417 | return nullptr; |
| 5418 | |
| 5419 | // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. |
| 5420 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { |
| 5421 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 5422 | diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) |
| 5423 | << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 5424 | return nullptr; |
| 5425 | } |
| 5426 | if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { |
| 5427 | if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration( |
| 5428 | D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 5429 | D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) { |
| 5430 | if (DC->isRecord()) |
| 5431 | return nullptr; |
| 5432 | |
| 5433 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 5434 | } |
| 5435 | } |
| 5436 | |
| 5437 | // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given |
| 5438 | // declaration in the current instantiation. |
| 5439 | if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && |
| 5440 | TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { |
| 5441 | ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); |
| 5442 | if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) |
| 5443 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 5444 | } |
| 5445 | } |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| 5448 | QualType R = TInfo->getType(); |
| 5449 | |
| 5450 | if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, |
| 5451 | UPPC_DeclarationType)) |
| 5452 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 5453 | |
| 5454 | LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, |
| 5455 | forRedeclarationInCurContext()); |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 | // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. |
| 5458 | if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 5459 | bool IsLinkageLookup = false; |
| 5460 | bool CreateBuiltins = false; |
| 5461 | |
| 5462 | // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function |
| 5463 | // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with |
| 5464 | // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). |
| 5465 | // |
| 5466 | // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with |
| 5467 | // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with |
| 5468 | // the same name. |
| 5469 | if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
| 5470 | /* Do nothing*/; |
| 5471 | else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && |
| 5472 | (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || |
| 5473 | R->isFunctionType())) { |
| 5474 | IsLinkageLookup = true; |
| 5475 | CreateBuiltins = |
| 5476 | CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); |
| 5477 | } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && |
| 5478 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) |
| 5479 | CreateBuiltins = true; |
| 5480 | |
| 5481 | if (IsLinkageLookup) { |
| 5482 | Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); |
| 5483 | Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration); |
| 5484 | } |
| 5485 | |
| 5486 | LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); |
| 5487 | } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" |
| 5488 | LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); |
| 5489 | |
| 5490 | // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: |
| 5491 | // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a |
| 5492 | // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the |
| 5493 | // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the |
| 5494 | // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization |
| 5495 | // thereof; [...] |
| 5496 | // |
| 5497 | // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have |
| 5498 | // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration |
| 5499 | // we want to match. For example, given: |
| 5500 | // |
| 5501 | // class X { |
| 5502 | // void f(); |
| 5503 | // void f(float); |
| 5504 | // }; |
| 5505 | // |
| 5506 | // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed |
| 5507 | // |
| 5508 | // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set |
| 5509 | // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them |
| 5510 | // matches. |
| 5511 | |
| 5512 | // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: |
| 5513 | // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a |
| 5514 | // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by |
| 5515 | // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. |
| 5516 | RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); |
| 5517 | } |
| 5518 | |
| 5519 | if (Previous.isSingleResult() && |
| 5520 | Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { |
| 5521 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 5522 | if (!D.isInvalidType()) |
| 5523 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 5524 | Previous.getFoundDecl()); |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 5527 | Previous.clear(); |
| 5528 | } |
| 5529 | |
| 5530 | if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) |
| 5531 | // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name. |
| 5532 | Previous.clear(); |
| 5533 | |
| 5534 | // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type |
| 5535 | // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the |
| 5536 | // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and |
| 5537 | // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates. |
| 5538 | if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && |
| 5539 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && |
| 5540 | (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType())) |
| 5541 | Previous.clear(); |
| 5542 | |
| 5543 | // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters |
| 5544 | // of a function declaration (C++ only). |
| 5545 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 5546 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| 5547 | |
| 5548 | NamedDecl *New; |
| 5549 | |
| 5550 | bool AddToScope = true; |
| 5551 | if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { |
| 5552 | if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { |
| 5553 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); |
| 5554 | return nullptr; |
| 5555 | } |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 | New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); |
| 5558 | } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { |
| 5559 | New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, |
| 5560 | TemplateParamLists, |
| 5561 | AddToScope); |
| 5562 | } else { |
| 5563 | New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, |
| 5564 | AddToScope); |
| 5565 | } |
| 5566 | |
| 5567 | if (!New) |
| 5568 | return nullptr; |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 | // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, |
| 5571 | // add it to the scope stack. |
| 5572 | if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) |
| 5573 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
| 5574 | |
| 5575 | if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) |
| 5576 | checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); |
| 5577 | |
| 5578 | return New; |
| 5579 | } |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 | /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array |
| 5582 | /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for |
| 5583 | /// GCC compatibility). |
| 5584 | static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, |
| 5585 | ASTContext &Context, |
| 5586 | bool &SizeIsNegative, |
| 5587 | llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { |
| 5588 | // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant |
| 5589 | // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary |
| 5590 | // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy |
| 5591 | // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} |
| 5592 | SizeIsNegative = false; |
| 5593 | Oversized = 0; |
| 5594 | |
| 5595 | if (T->isDependentType()) |
| 5596 | return QualType(); |
| 5597 | |
| 5598 | QualifierCollector Qs; |
| 5599 | const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); |
| 5600 | |
| 5601 | if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { |
| 5602 | QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); |
| 5603 | QualType FixedType = |
| 5604 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, |
| 5605 | Oversized); |
| 5606 | if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; |
| 5607 | FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); |
| 5608 | return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); |
| 5609 | } |
| 5610 | if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { |
| 5611 | QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); |
| 5612 | QualType FixedType = |
| 5613 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, |
| 5614 | Oversized); |
| 5615 | if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; |
| 5616 | FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); |
| 5617 | return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); |
| 5618 | } |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 | const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); |
| 5621 | if (!VLATy) |
| 5622 | return QualType(); |
| 5623 | // FIXME: We should probably handle this case |
| 5624 | if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) |
| 5625 | return QualType(); |
| 5626 | |
| 5627 | Expr::EvalResult Result; |
| 5628 | if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || |
| 5629 | !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) |
| 5630 | return QualType(); |
| 5631 | |
| 5632 | llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt(); |
| 5633 | |
| 5634 | // Check whether the array size is negative. |
| 5635 | if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { |
| 5636 | SizeIsNegative = true; |
| 5637 | return QualType(); |
| 5638 | } |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. |
| 5641 | unsigned ActiveSizeBits |
| 5642 | = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), |
| 5643 | Res); |
| 5644 | if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { |
| 5645 | Oversized = Res; |
| 5646 | return QualType(); |
| 5647 | } |
| 5648 | |
| 5649 | return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), |
| 5650 | Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); |
| 5651 | } |
| 5652 | |
| 5653 | static void |
| 5654 | FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { |
| 5655 | SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); |
| 5656 | DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); |
| 5657 | if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { |
| 5658 | PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); |
| 5659 | FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), |
| 5660 | DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); |
| 5661 | DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); |
| 5662 | return; |
| 5663 | } |
| 5664 | if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { |
| 5665 | ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); |
| 5666 | FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), |
| 5667 | DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); |
| 5668 | DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); |
| 5669 | DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); |
| 5670 | return; |
| 5671 | } |
| 5672 | ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); |
| 5673 | ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); |
| 5674 | TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); |
| 5675 | TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); |
| 5676 | DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); |
| 5677 | DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); |
| 5678 | DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); |
| 5679 | DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); |
| 5680 | } |
| 5681 | |
| 5682 | /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array |
| 5683 | /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for |
| 5684 | /// GCC compatibility). |
| 5685 | static TypeSourceInfo* |
| 5686 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 5687 | ASTContext &Context, |
| 5688 | bool &SizeIsNegative, |
| 5689 | llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { |
| 5690 | QualType FixedTy |
| 5691 | = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, |
| 5692 | SizeIsNegative, Oversized); |
| 5693 | if (FixedTy.isNull()) |
| 5694 | return nullptr; |
| 5695 | TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); |
| 5696 | FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), |
| 5697 | FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); |
| 5698 | return FixedTInfo; |
| 5699 | } |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 | /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so |
| 5702 | /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" |
| 5703 | /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just |
| 5704 | /// function-scope declarations. |
| 5705 | void |
| 5706 | Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { |
| 5707 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| 5708 | ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) |
| 5709 | // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. |
| 5710 | return; |
| 5711 | |
| 5712 | // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. |
| 5713 | Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); |
| 5714 | } |
| 5715 | |
| 5716 | NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { |
| 5717 | // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). |
| 5718 | auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); |
| 5719 | return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); |
| 5720 | } |
| 5721 | |
| 5722 | /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that |
| 5723 | /// does not identify a function. |
| 5724 | void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { |
| 5725 | // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid |
| 5726 | // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" |
| 5727 | if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) |
| 5728 | Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| 5729 | diag::err_virtual_non_function); |
| 5730 | |
| 5731 | if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier()) |
| 5732 | Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), |
| 5733 | diag::err_explicit_non_function); |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 | if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) |
| 5736 | Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), |
| 5737 | diag::err_noreturn_non_function); |
| 5738 | } |
| 5739 | |
| 5740 | NamedDecl* |
| 5741 | Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
| 5742 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { |
| 5743 | // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 5744 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 5745 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) |
| 5746 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 5747 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 5748 | // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. |
| 5749 | DC = CurContext; |
| 5750 | Previous.clear(); |
| 5751 | } |
| 5752 | |
| 5753 | DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); |
| 5754 | |
| 5755 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) |
| 5756 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) |
| 5757 | << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; |
| 5758 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) |
| 5759 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) |
| 5760 | << 1; |
| 5761 | |
| 5762 | if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) { |
| 5763 | if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) |
| 5764 | Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, |
| 5765 | diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) |
| 5766 | << "typedef" ; |
| 5767 | else |
| 5768 | Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) |
| 5769 | << D.getName().getSourceRange(); |
| 5770 | return nullptr; |
| 5771 | } |
| 5772 | |
| 5773 | TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); |
| 5774 | if (!NewTD) return nullptr; |
| 5775 | |
| 5776 | // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl |
| 5777 | ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); |
| 5778 | |
| 5779 | CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); |
| 5780 | |
| 5781 | bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); |
| 5782 | NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); |
| 5783 | D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); |
| 5784 | return ND; |
| 5785 | } |
| 5786 | |
| 5787 | void |
| 5788 | Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { |
| 5789 | // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type |
| 5790 | // then it shall have block scope. |
| 5791 | // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so |
| 5792 | // that redeclarations will match. |
| 5793 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); |
| 5794 | QualType T = TInfo->getType(); |
| 5795 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| 5796 | setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
| 5797 | |
| 5798 | if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { |
| 5799 | bool SizeIsNegative; |
| 5800 | llvm::APSInt Oversized; |
| 5801 | TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = |
| 5802 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, |
| 5803 | SizeIsNegative, |
| 5804 | Oversized); |
| 5805 | if (FixedTInfo) { |
| 5806 | Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| 5807 | NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); |
| 5808 | } else { |
| 5809 | if (SizeIsNegative) |
| 5810 | Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); |
| 5811 | else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) |
| 5812 | Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); |
| 5813 | else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) |
| 5814 | Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) |
| 5815 | << Oversized.toString(10); |
| 5816 | else |
| 5817 | Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); |
| 5818 | NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 5819 | } |
| 5820 | } |
| 5821 | } |
| 5822 | } |
| 5823 | |
| 5824 | /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which |
| 5825 | /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via |
| 5826 | /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. |
| 5827 | NamedDecl* |
| 5828 | Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, |
| 5829 | LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 | // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. |
| 5832 | NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 | // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is |
| 5835 | // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. |
| 5836 | FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, |
| 5837 | /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); |
| 5838 | filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); |
| 5839 | if (!Previous.empty()) { |
| 5840 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 5841 | MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); |
| 5842 | } |
| 5843 | |
| 5844 | if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) |
| 5845 | CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 | // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. |
| 5848 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) |
| 5849 | if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 5850 | NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { |
| 5851 | if (II->isStr("FILE" )) |
| 5852 | Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); |
| 5853 | else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf" )) |
| 5854 | Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); |
| 5855 | else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf" )) |
| 5856 | Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); |
| 5857 | else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t" )) |
| 5858 | Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); |
| 5859 | else if (II->isStr("pthread_t" )) |
| 5860 | Context.setpthread_tDecl(NewTD); |
| 5861 | else if (II->isStr("pthread_attr_t" )) |
| 5862 | Context.setpthread_attr_tDecl(NewTD); |
| 5863 | } |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 | if (isa<TypedefDecl>(NewTD) && NewTD->hasAttrs()) |
| 5866 | CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewTD); |
| 5867 | |
| 5868 | return NewTD; |
| 5869 | } |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 | /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope |
| 5872 | /// previous declaration. |
| 5873 | /// |
| 5874 | /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a |
| 5875 | /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a |
| 5876 | /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new |
| 5877 | /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with |
| 5878 | /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 |
| 5879 | /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). |
| 5880 | /// |
| 5881 | /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name |
| 5882 | /// lookup |
| 5883 | /// |
| 5884 | /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being |
| 5885 | /// declared. |
| 5886 | /// |
| 5887 | /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration |
| 5888 | /// for a new delcaration with the same name. |
| 5889 | static bool |
| 5890 | isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, |
| 5891 | ASTContext &Context) { |
| 5892 | if (!PrevDecl) |
| 5893 | return false; |
| 5894 | |
| 5895 | if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) |
| 5896 | return false; |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 | if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 5899 | // C++ [basic.link]p6: |
| 5900 | // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage |
| 5901 | // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared |
| 5902 | // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block |
| 5903 | // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the |
| 5904 | // linkage of the previous declaration. |
| 5905 | DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); |
| 5906 | if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 5907 | // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. |
| 5908 | return false; |
| 5909 | |
| 5910 | DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); |
| 5911 | if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) |
| 5912 | // We found a member function: ignore it. |
| 5913 | return false; |
| 5914 | |
| 5915 | // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and |
| 5916 | // previous declarations. |
| 5917 | OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); |
| 5918 | PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); |
| 5919 | |
| 5920 | // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it |
| 5921 | // isn't the same function. |
| 5922 | if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) |
| 5923 | return false; |
| 5924 | } |
| 5925 | |
| 5926 | return true; |
| 5927 | } |
| 5928 | |
| 5929 | static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { |
| 5930 | CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); |
| 5931 | if (!SS.isSet()) return; |
| 5932 | DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context)); |
| 5933 | } |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { |
| 5936 | QualType type = decl->getType(); |
| 5937 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); |
| 5938 | if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { |
| 5939 | // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. |
| 5940 | unsigned kind = -1U; |
| 5941 | if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { |
| 5942 | if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
| 5943 | kind = 0; // __block |
| 5944 | else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) |
| 5945 | kind = 1; // global |
| 5946 | } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { |
| 5947 | kind = 3; // ivar |
| 5948 | } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { |
| 5949 | kind = 2; // field |
| 5950 | } |
| 5951 | |
| 5952 | if (kind != -1U) { |
| 5953 | Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) |
| 5954 | << kind; |
| 5955 | } |
| 5956 | } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { |
| 5957 | // Try to infer lifetime. |
| 5958 | if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) |
| 5959 | return false; |
| 5960 | |
| 5961 | lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); |
| 5962 | type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); |
| 5963 | decl->setType(type); |
| 5964 | } |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 | if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { |
| 5967 | // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. |
| 5968 | if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && |
| 5969 | var->getTLSKind()) { |
| 5970 | Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) |
| 5971 | << var->getType(); |
| 5972 | return true; |
| 5973 | } |
| 5974 | } |
| 5975 | |
| 5976 | return false; |
| 5977 | } |
| 5978 | |
| 5979 | static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { |
| 5980 | // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache |
| 5981 | // the wrong linkage. |
| 5982 | assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 | // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. |
| 5985 | if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { |
| 5986 | if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { |
| 5987 | S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); |
| 5988 | ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); |
| 5989 | } |
| 5990 | } |
| 5991 | if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { |
| 5992 | if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { |
| 5993 | S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); |
| 5994 | ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); |
| 5995 | ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); |
| 5996 | } |
| 5997 | } |
| 5998 | |
| 5999 | if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { |
| 6000 | if (VD->hasInit()) { |
| 6001 | if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { |
| 6002 | assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && |
| 6003 | !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!" ); |
| 6004 | S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; |
| 6005 | VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); |
| 6006 | } |
| 6007 | } |
| 6008 | } |
| 6009 | |
| 6010 | // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. |
| 6011 | // It does not apply to functions. |
| 6012 | if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { |
| 6013 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { |
| 6014 | S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), |
| 6015 | diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); |
| 6016 | ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); |
| 6017 | } |
| 6018 | } |
| 6019 | |
| 6020 | if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { |
| 6021 | auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); |
| 6022 | bool IsAnonymousNS = false; |
| 6023 | bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); |
| 6024 | if (VD) { |
| 6025 | const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext()); |
| 6026 | while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) { |
| 6027 | IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace(); |
| 6028 | NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent()); |
| 6029 | } |
| 6030 | } |
| 6031 | // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external |
| 6032 | // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. |
| 6033 | // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have |
| 6034 | // external linkage in order to be exported. |
| 6035 | bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft; |
| 6036 | if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) || |
| 6037 | (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode && |
| 6038 | (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) { |
| 6039 | S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) |
| 6040 | << &ND << Attr; |
| 6041 | ND.setInvalidDecl(); |
| 6042 | } |
| 6043 | } |
| 6044 | |
| 6045 | // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. |
| 6046 | if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) |
| 6047 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) |
| 6048 | if (MD->isVirtual()) { |
| 6049 | S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), |
| 6050 | diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) |
| 6051 | << Attr; |
| 6052 | ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); |
| 6053 | } |
| 6054 | |
| 6055 | // Check the attributes on the function type, if any. |
| 6056 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) { |
| 6057 | // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement; |
| 6058 | // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the |
| 6059 | // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769. |
| 6060 | AttributedTypeLoc ATL; |
| 6061 | for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); |
| 6062 | (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>()); |
| 6063 | TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) { |
| 6064 | // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object |
| 6065 | // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor) |
| 6066 | // by applying it to the function type. |
| 6067 | if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) { |
| 6068 | const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); |
| 6069 | if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) { |
| 6070 | S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param) |
| 6071 | << !MD << A->getRange(); |
| 6072 | } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { |
| 6073 | S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor) |
| 6074 | << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange(); |
| 6075 | } |
| 6076 | } |
| 6077 | } |
| 6078 | } |
| 6079 | } |
| 6080 | |
| 6081 | static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, |
| 6082 | NamedDecl *NewDecl, |
| 6083 | bool IsSpecialization, |
| 6084 | bool IsDefinition) { |
| 6085 | if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 6086 | return; |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 | bool IsTemplate = false; |
| 6089 | if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { |
| 6090 | OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 6091 | IsTemplate = true; |
| 6092 | if (!IsSpecialization) |
| 6093 | IsDefinition = false; |
| 6094 | } |
| 6095 | if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { |
| 6096 | NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 6097 | IsTemplate = true; |
| 6098 | } |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 | if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) |
| 6101 | return; |
| 6102 | |
| 6103 | const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); |
| 6104 | const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); |
| 6105 | const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); |
| 6106 | const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); |
| 6107 | |
| 6108 | // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude |
| 6109 | // inherited attribute instances. |
| 6110 | bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || |
| 6111 | (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); |
| 6112 | |
| 6113 | // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, |
| 6114 | // the only exception being explicit specializations. |
| 6115 | // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there |
| 6116 | // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. |
| 6117 | bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; |
| 6118 | |
| 6119 | if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { |
| 6120 | // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. |
| 6121 | bool JustWarn = false; |
| 6122 | if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { |
| 6123 | auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); |
| 6124 | if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) |
| 6125 | JustWarn = true; |
| 6126 | auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); |
| 6127 | if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) |
| 6128 | JustWarn = true; |
| 6129 | } |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 | // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already |
| 6132 | // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo |
| 6133 | // address equality) as they can use the thunk. |
| 6134 | if (OldDecl->isUsed()) |
| 6135 | if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) |
| 6136 | JustWarn = false; |
| 6137 | |
| 6138 | unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration |
| 6139 | : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; |
| 6140 | S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) |
| 6141 | << NewDecl |
| 6142 | << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); |
| 6143 | S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 6144 | if (!JustWarn) { |
| 6145 | NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 6146 | return; |
| 6147 | } |
| 6148 | } |
| 6149 | |
| 6150 | // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only |
| 6151 | // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function |
| 6152 | // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or |
| 6153 | // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if |
| 6154 | // it were marked dllexport. |
| 6155 | bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; |
| 6156 | bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); |
| 6157 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { |
| 6158 | // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed |
| 6159 | // separately. |
| 6160 | IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); |
| 6161 | IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != |
| 6162 | VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; |
| 6163 | } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { |
| 6164 | IsInline = FD->isInlined(); |
| 6165 | IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && |
| 6166 | FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; |
| 6167 | } |
| 6168 | |
| 6169 | if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && |
| 6170 | (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && |
| 6171 | !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { |
| 6172 | if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { |
| 6173 | S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), |
| 6174 | diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) |
| 6175 | << NewDecl; |
| 6176 | S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 6177 | NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); |
| 6178 | NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( |
| 6179 | NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, |
| 6180 | NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); |
| 6181 | } else { |
| 6182 | S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), |
| 6183 | diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) |
| 6184 | << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; |
| 6185 | S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 6186 | S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); |
| 6187 | OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); |
| 6188 | NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); |
| 6189 | } |
| 6190 | } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { |
| 6191 | // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport |
| 6192 | // attribute. |
| 6193 | OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); |
| 6194 | NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); |
| 6195 | S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), |
| 6196 | diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) |
| 6197 | << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; |
| 6198 | } |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 | // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here |
| 6201 | // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the |
| 6202 | // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically |
| 6203 | // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later. |
| 6204 | if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) { |
| 6205 | if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization && |
| 6206 | !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) { |
| 6207 | if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr = |
| 6208 | MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { |
| 6209 | DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context); |
| 6210 | NewAttr->setInherited(true); |
| 6211 | NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr); |
| 6212 | } |
| 6213 | } |
| 6214 | } |
| 6215 | } |
| 6216 | |
| 6217 | /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, |
| 6218 | /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the |
| 6219 | /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? |
| 6220 | static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 6221 | // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. |
| 6222 | |
| 6223 | // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. |
| 6224 | if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; |
| 6225 | |
| 6226 | // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. |
| 6227 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) |
| 6228 | return false; |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 | // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. |
| 6231 | return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; |
| 6232 | } |
| 6233 | |
| 6234 | /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching |
| 6235 | /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that |
| 6236 | /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally |
| 6237 | /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. |
| 6238 | /// |
| 6239 | /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a |
| 6240 | /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. |
| 6241 | /// |
| 6242 | /// For instance: |
| 6243 | /// |
| 6244 | /// auto x = []{}; |
| 6245 | /// |
| 6246 | /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally |
| 6247 | /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. |
| 6248 | /// |
| 6249 | /// FIXME: This is a hack. |
| 6250 | template<typename T> |
| 6251 | static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { |
| 6252 | if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 6253 | // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". |
| 6254 | if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) |
| 6255 | return false; |
| 6256 | |
| 6257 | // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. |
| 6258 | if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || |
| 6259 | D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) |
| 6260 | return false; |
| 6261 | } |
| 6262 | return D->isExternC(); |
| 6263 | } |
| 6264 | |
| 6265 | static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { |
| 6266 | const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 6267 | if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || |
| 6268 | isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) |
| 6269 | return VD->hasExternalStorage(); |
| 6270 | if (DC->isFileContext()) |
| 6271 | return true; |
| 6272 | if (DC->isRecord()) |
| 6273 | return false; |
| 6274 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context" ); |
| 6275 | } |
| 6276 | |
| 6277 | static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 6278 | const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 6279 | if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || |
| 6280 | isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) |
| 6281 | return true; |
| 6282 | if (DC->isRecord()) |
| 6283 | return false; |
| 6284 | llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context" ); |
| 6285 | } |
| 6286 | |
| 6287 | static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, |
| 6288 | ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) { |
| 6289 | // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. |
| 6290 | if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind)) |
| 6291 | return true; |
| 6292 | |
| 6293 | // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type |
| 6294 | // position to the decl itself. |
| 6295 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 6296 | if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind)) |
| 6297 | return true; |
| 6298 | } |
| 6299 | |
| 6300 | // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. |
| 6301 | return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind); |
| 6302 | } |
| 6303 | |
| 6304 | /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a |
| 6305 | /// function-local external declaration. |
| 6306 | bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { |
| 6307 | if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 6308 | return false; |
| 6309 | |
| 6310 | // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function |
| 6311 | // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is |
| 6312 | // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. |
| 6313 | if (DC->isDependentContext()) |
| 6314 | return true; |
| 6315 | |
| 6316 | // C++11 [basic.link]p7: |
| 6317 | // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to |
| 6318 | // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the |
| 6319 | // innermost enclosing namespace. |
| 6320 | // |
| 6321 | // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a |
| 6322 | // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. |
| 6323 | while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) |
| 6324 | DC = DC->getParent(); |
| 6325 | return true; |
| 6326 | } |
| 6327 | |
| 6328 | /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. |
| 6329 | static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { |
| 6330 | if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) |
| 6331 | return FD->isExternC(); |
| 6332 | if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) |
| 6333 | return VD->isExternC(); |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!" ); |
| 6336 | } |
| 6337 | |
| 6338 | template <typename AttrTy> |
| 6339 | static void copyAttrFromTypedefToDecl(Sema &S, Decl *D, const TypedefType *TT) { |
| 6340 | const TypedefNameDecl *TND = TT->getDecl(); |
| 6341 | if (const auto *Attribute = TND->getAttr<AttrTy>()) { |
| 6342 | AttrTy *Clone = Attribute->clone(S.Context); |
| 6343 | Clone->setInherited(true); |
| 6344 | D->addAttr(Clone); |
| 6345 | } |
| 6346 | } |
| 6347 | |
| 6348 | NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( |
| 6349 | Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 6350 | LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
| 6351 | bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { |
| 6352 | QualType R = TInfo->getType(); |
| 6353 | DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); |
| 6354 | |
| 6355 | IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 | if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { |
| 6358 | // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic |
| 6359 | // purposes. |
| 6360 | auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); |
| 6361 | if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { |
| 6362 | II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; |
| 6363 | Name = II; |
| 6364 | } |
| 6365 | } else if (!II) { |
| 6366 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; |
| 6367 | return nullptr; |
| 6368 | } |
| 6369 | |
| 6370 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
| 6371 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. |
| 6372 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function |
| 6373 | // argument. |
| 6374 | if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { |
| 6375 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 6376 | diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) |
| 6377 | << R; |
| 6378 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 6379 | return nullptr; |
| 6380 | } |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: |
| 6383 | // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. |
| 6384 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: |
| 6385 | // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program scope. |
| 6386 | if (NULL == S->getParent()) { |
| 6387 | if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { |
| 6388 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 6389 | diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) << R; |
| 6390 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 6391 | return nullptr; |
| 6392 | } |
| 6393 | } |
| 6394 | |
| 6395 | // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. |
| 6396 | QualType NR = R; |
| 6397 | while (NR->isPointerType()) { |
| 6398 | if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { |
| 6399 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); |
| 6400 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 6401 | break; |
| 6402 | } |
| 6403 | NR = NR->getPointeeType(); |
| 6404 | } |
| 6405 | |
| 6406 | if (!getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16" )) { |
| 6407 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and |
| 6408 | // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). |
| 6409 | if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { |
| 6410 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; |
| 6411 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 6412 | } |
| 6413 | } |
| 6414 | |
| 6415 | if (R->isSamplerT()) { |
| 6416 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: |
| 6417 | // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address |
| 6418 | // space qualifiers. |
| 6419 | if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || |
| 6420 | R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { |
| 6421 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); |
| 6422 | } |
| 6423 | |
| 6424 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: |
| 6425 | // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address |
| 6426 | // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. |
| 6427 | if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && |
| 6428 | !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || |
| 6429 | R.isConstQualified())) { |
| 6430 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); |
| 6431 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 6432 | } |
| 6433 | } |
| 6434 | |
| 6435 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: |
| 6436 | // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global |
| 6437 | // address space qualifiers. |
| 6438 | if (R->isEventT()) { |
| 6439 | if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { |
| 6440 | Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); |
| 6441 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 6442 | } |
| 6443 | } |
| 6444 | |
| 6445 | // OpenCL C++ 1.0 s2.9: the thread_local storage qualifier is not |
| 6446 | // supported. OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and |
| 6447 | // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers. |
| 6448 | DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec(); |
| 6449 | if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) { |
| 6450 | bool IsCXX = getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus; |
| 6451 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 6452 | diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier) |
| 6453 | << IsCXX << getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString() |
| 6454 | << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1; |
| 6455 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 6456 | return nullptr; |
| 6457 | } |
| 6458 | } |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 | DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); |
| 6461 | StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); |
| 6462 | |
| 6463 | // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We |
| 6464 | // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. |
| 6465 | if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && |
| 6466 | hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) && |
| 6467 | !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport)) |
| 6468 | SC = SC_Extern; |
| 6469 | |
| 6470 | DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; |
| 6471 | bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && |
| 6472 | adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); |
| 6473 | |
| 6474 | if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { |
| 6475 | // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always |
| 6476 | // an error here |
| 6477 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); |
| 6478 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 6479 | SC = SC_None; |
| 6480 | } |
| 6481 | |
| 6482 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && |
| 6483 | !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( |
| 6484 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { |
| 6485 | // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. |
| 6486 | // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some |
| 6487 | // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. |
| 6488 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 6489 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class |
| 6490 | : diag::warn_deprecated_register) |
| 6491 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| 6492 | } |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 | DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 | if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { |
| 6497 | // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not |
| 6498 | // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. |
| 6499 | // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. |
| 6500 | if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { |
| 6501 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); |
| 6502 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 6503 | } |
| 6504 | } |
| 6505 | |
| 6506 | bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; |
| 6507 | bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; |
| 6508 | bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; |
| 6509 | bool IsVariableTemplate = false; |
| 6510 | VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; |
| 6511 | VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; |
| 6512 | TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; |
| 6513 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 6514 | NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 6515 | II, R, TInfo, SC); |
| 6516 | |
| 6517 | if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) |
| 6518 | ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); |
| 6519 | |
| 6520 | if (D.isInvalidType()) |
| 6521 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 6522 | } else { |
| 6523 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 | if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 6526 | // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. |
| 6527 | switch (SC) { |
| 6528 | case SC_None: |
| 6529 | break; |
| 6530 | case SC_Static: |
| 6531 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 6532 | diag::err_static_out_of_line) |
| 6533 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| 6534 | break; |
| 6535 | case SC_Auto: |
| 6536 | case SC_Register: |
| 6537 | case SC_Extern: |
| 6538 | // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only |
| 6539 | // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. |
| 6540 | // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration |
| 6541 | // of class members |
| 6542 | |
| 6543 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 6544 | diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) |
| 6545 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| 6546 | break; |
| 6547 | case SC_PrivateExtern: |
| 6548 | llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!" ); |
| 6549 | } |
| 6550 | } |
| 6551 | |
| 6552 | if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 6553 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { |
| 6554 | if (RD->isLocalClass()) |
| 6555 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 6556 | diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) |
| 6557 | << Name << RD->getDeclName(); |
| 6558 | |
| 6559 | // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, |
| 6560 | // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. |
| 6561 | if (RD->isUnion()) |
| 6562 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 6563 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 |
| 6564 | ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union |
| 6565 | : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; |
| 6566 | // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. |
| 6567 | else if (!RD->getDeclName()) |
| 6568 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 6569 | diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) |
| 6570 | << Name << RD->isUnion(); |
| 6571 | } |
| 6572 | } |
| 6573 | |
| 6574 | // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then |
| 6575 | // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. |
| 6576 | TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( |
| 6577 | D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 6578 | D.getCXXScopeSpec(), |
| 6579 | D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId |
| 6580 | ? D.getName().TemplateId |
| 6581 | : nullptr, |
| 6582 | TemplateParamLists, |
| 6583 | /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 | if (TemplateParams) { |
| 6586 | if (!TemplateParams->size() && |
| 6587 | D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { |
| 6588 | // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain |
| 6589 | // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. |
| 6590 | Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), |
| 6591 | diag::err_template_variable_noparams) |
| 6592 | << II |
| 6593 | << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), |
| 6594 | TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); |
| 6595 | TemplateParams = nullptr; |
| 6596 | } else { |
| 6597 | if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { |
| 6598 | // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. |
| 6599 | // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. |
| 6600 | IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; |
| 6601 | IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; |
| 6602 | } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) |
| 6603 | // This is a template declaration. |
| 6604 | IsVariableTemplate = true; |
| 6605 | |
| 6606 | // Check that we can declare a template here. |
| 6607 | if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) |
| 6608 | return nullptr; |
| 6609 | |
| 6610 | // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). |
| 6611 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 6612 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 |
| 6613 | ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template |
| 6614 | : diag::ext_variable_template); |
| 6615 | } |
| 6616 | } |
| 6617 | } else { |
| 6618 | assert((Invalid || |
| 6619 | D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) && |
| 6620 | "should have a 'template<>' for this decl" ); |
| 6621 | } |
| 6622 | |
| 6623 | if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { |
| 6624 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = |
| 6625 | TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 |
| 6626 | ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() |
| 6627 | : SourceLocation(); |
| 6628 | DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( |
| 6629 | S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, |
| 6630 | IsPartialSpecialization); |
| 6631 | if (Res.isInvalid()) |
| 6632 | return nullptr; |
| 6633 | NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); |
| 6634 | AddToScope = false; |
| 6635 | } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { |
| 6636 | NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), |
| 6637 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, |
| 6638 | Bindings); |
| 6639 | } else |
| 6640 | NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), |
| 6641 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); |
| 6642 | |
| 6643 | // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. |
| 6644 | if (IsVariableTemplate) { |
| 6645 | NewTemplate = |
| 6646 | VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, |
| 6647 | TemplateParams, NewVD); |
| 6648 | NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); |
| 6649 | } |
| 6650 | |
| 6651 | // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the |
| 6652 | // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. |
| 6653 | if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) |
| 6654 | ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); |
| 6655 | |
| 6656 | if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { |
| 6657 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 6658 | if (NewTemplate) |
| 6659 | NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 6660 | } |
| 6661 | |
| 6662 | SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D); |
| 6663 | |
| 6664 | // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to |
| 6665 | // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. |
| 6666 | unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; |
| 6667 | if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) |
| 6668 | NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( |
| 6669 | Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); |
| 6670 | |
| 6671 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { |
| 6672 | NewVD->setConstexpr(true); |
| 6673 | // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: |
| 6674 | // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is |
| 6675 | // implicitly an inline variable. |
| 6676 | if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) |
| 6677 | NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); |
| 6678 | } |
| 6679 | } |
| 6680 | |
| 6681 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { |
| 6682 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 6683 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) |
| 6684 | << 0; |
| 6685 | } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { |
| 6686 | // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. |
| 6687 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), |
| 6688 | diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name |
| 6689 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); |
| 6690 | } else { |
| 6691 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), |
| 6692 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable |
| 6693 | : diag::ext_inline_variable); |
| 6694 | NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); |
| 6695 | } |
| 6696 | } |
| 6697 | |
| 6698 | // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the |
| 6699 | // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. |
| 6700 | NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| 6701 | if (NewTemplate) |
| 6702 | NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| 6703 | |
| 6704 | if (IsLocalExternDecl) { |
| 6705 | if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) |
| 6706 | for (auto *B : Bindings) |
| 6707 | B->setLocalExternDecl(); |
| 6708 | else |
| 6709 | NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); |
| 6710 | } |
| 6711 | |
| 6712 | bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; |
| 6713 | if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 6714 | // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: |
| 6715 | // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the |
| 6716 | // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear |
| 6717 | // explicitly. |
| 6718 | // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared |
| 6719 | // 'extern'. |
| 6720 | if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && |
| 6721 | (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || |
| 6722 | TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || |
| 6723 | !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) |
| 6724 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 6725 | diag::err_thread_non_global) |
| 6726 | << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); |
| 6727 | else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { |
| 6728 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { |
| 6729 | // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to |
| 6730 | // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the |
| 6731 | // error should be ignored. |
| 6732 | EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; |
| 6733 | // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with |
| 6734 | // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going |
| 6735 | // to emit any code for it. |
| 6736 | NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); |
| 6737 | } else |
| 6738 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 6739 | diag::err_thread_unsupported); |
| 6740 | } else |
| 6741 | NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); |
| 6742 | } |
| 6743 | |
| 6744 | // C99 6.7.4p3 |
| 6745 | // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall |
| 6746 | // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or |
| 6747 | // thread storage duration... |
| 6748 | // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined |
| 6749 | // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note |
| 6750 | // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to |
| 6751 | // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these |
| 6752 | // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). |
| 6753 | if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && |
| 6754 | !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { |
| 6755 | FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); |
| 6756 | if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { |
| 6757 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 6758 | diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); |
| 6759 | MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); |
| 6760 | } |
| 6761 | } |
| 6762 | |
| 6763 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { |
| 6764 | if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) |
| 6765 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) |
| 6766 | << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) |
| 6767 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( |
| 6768 | D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); |
| 6769 | else if (IsMemberSpecialization) |
| 6770 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) |
| 6771 | << 2 |
| 6772 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); |
| 6773 | else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) |
| 6774 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) |
| 6775 | << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() |
| 6776 | << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) |
| 6777 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); |
| 6778 | else { |
| 6779 | NewVD->setModulePrivate(); |
| 6780 | if (NewTemplate) |
| 6781 | NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); |
| 6782 | for (auto *B : Bindings) |
| 6783 | B->setModulePrivate(); |
| 6784 | } |
| 6785 | } |
| 6786 | |
| 6787 | // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl |
| 6788 | ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); |
| 6789 | |
| 6790 | // FIXME: this is probably the wrong location to be doing this and we should |
| 6791 | // probably be doing this for more attributes (especially for function |
| 6792 | // pointer attributes (such as format, warn_unused_result, etc) |
| 6793 | if (R->isFunctionPointerType()) |
| 6794 | if (const auto* TT = R->getAs<TypedefType>()) |
| 6795 | copyAttrFromTypedefToDecl<AllocSizeAttr>(*this, NewVD, TT); |
| 6796 | |
| 6797 | |
| 6798 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { |
| 6799 | if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && |
| 6800 | ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || |
| 6801 | (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && |
| 6802 | NewVD->hasAttr<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr>()))) |
| 6803 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 6804 | diag::err_thread_unsupported); |
| 6805 | // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static |
| 6806 | // storage [duration]." |
| 6807 | if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && |
| 6808 | (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || |
| 6809 | NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { |
| 6810 | NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); |
| 6811 | } |
| 6812 | } |
| 6813 | |
| 6814 | // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as |
| 6815 | // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can |
| 6816 | // check the VarDecl itself. |
| 6817 | assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || |
| 6818 | NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || |
| 6819 | NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); |
| 6820 | |
| 6821 | // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of |
| 6822 | // retainable type. |
| 6823 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) |
| 6824 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 6825 | |
| 6826 | // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). |
| 6827 | if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { |
| 6828 | // The parser guarantees this is a string. |
| 6829 | StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); |
| 6830 | StringRef Label = SE->getString(); |
| 6831 | if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { |
| 6832 | switch (SC) { |
| 6833 | case SC_None: |
| 6834 | case SC_Auto: |
| 6835 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; |
| 6836 | break; |
| 6837 | case SC_Register: |
| 6838 | // Local Named register |
| 6839 | if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && |
| 6840 | DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) |
| 6841 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; |
| 6842 | break; |
| 6843 | case SC_Static: |
| 6844 | case SC_Extern: |
| 6845 | case SC_PrivateExtern: |
| 6846 | break; |
| 6847 | } |
| 6848 | } else if (SC == SC_Register) { |
| 6849 | // Global Named register |
| 6850 | if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { |
| 6851 | const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); |
| 6852 | bool HasSizeMismatch; |
| 6853 | |
| 6854 | if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) |
| 6855 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; |
| 6856 | else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, |
| 6857 | Context.getTypeSize(R), |
| 6858 | HasSizeMismatch)) |
| 6859 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; |
| 6860 | else if (HasSizeMismatch) |
| 6861 | Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; |
| 6862 | } |
| 6863 | |
| 6864 | if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { |
| 6865 | Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); |
| 6866 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); |
| 6867 | } |
| 6868 | } |
| 6869 | |
| 6870 | NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), |
| 6871 | Context, Label, 0)); |
| 6872 | } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { |
| 6873 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = |
| 6874 | ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); |
| 6875 | if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { |
| 6876 | if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { |
| 6877 | NewVD->addAttr(I->second); |
| 6878 | ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); |
| 6879 | } else |
| 6880 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) |
| 6881 | << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; |
| 6882 | } |
| 6883 | } |
| 6884 | |
| 6885 | // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. |
| 6886 | NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() |
| 6887 | ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) |
| 6888 | : nullptr; |
| 6889 | |
| 6890 | // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different |
| 6891 | // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new |
| 6892 | // declaration has linkage). |
| 6893 | FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), |
| 6894 | D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || |
| 6895 | IsMemberSpecialization || |
| 6896 | IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); |
| 6897 | |
| 6898 | // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This |
| 6899 | // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. |
| 6900 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| 6901 | NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) |
| 6902 | NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( |
| 6903 | Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && |
| 6904 | isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); |
| 6905 | |
| 6906 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 6907 | D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); |
| 6908 | } else { |
| 6909 | // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. |
| 6910 | if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 6911 | CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) |
| 6912 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 6913 | |
| 6914 | // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. |
| 6915 | if (!Previous.empty()) { |
| 6916 | if (Previous.isSingleResult() && |
| 6917 | isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && |
| 6918 | D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 6919 | // The user tried to define a non-static data member |
| 6920 | // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 6921 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) |
| 6922 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 6923 | Previous.clear(); |
| 6924 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 6925 | } |
| 6926 | } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 6927 | // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. |
| 6928 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) |
| 6929 | << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) |
| 6930 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 6931 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 6932 | } |
| 6933 | |
| 6934 | if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) |
| 6935 | D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); |
| 6936 | |
| 6937 | if (NewTemplate) { |
| 6938 | VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = |
| 6939 | NewVD->getPreviousDecl() |
| 6940 | ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() |
| 6941 | : nullptr; |
| 6942 | |
| 6943 | // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly |
| 6944 | // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable |
| 6945 | // template declaration. |
| 6946 | if (CheckTemplateParameterList( |
| 6947 | TemplateParams, |
| 6948 | PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() |
| 6949 | : nullptr, |
| 6950 | (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && |
| 6951 | DC->isDependentContext()) |
| 6952 | ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember |
| 6953 | : TPC_VarTemplate)) |
| 6954 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 6955 | |
| 6956 | // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable |
| 6957 | // template, make a note of that. |
| 6958 | if (PrevVarTemplate && |
| 6959 | PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) |
| 6960 | PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); |
| 6961 | } |
| 6962 | } |
| 6963 | |
| 6964 | // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. |
| 6965 | if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) |
| 6966 | CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); |
| 6967 | |
| 6968 | ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); |
| 6969 | |
| 6970 | // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update |
| 6971 | // the map of such variables. |
| 6972 | if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 6973 | isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) |
| 6974 | RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); |
| 6975 | |
| 6976 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { |
| 6977 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
| 6978 | if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( |
| 6979 | NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { |
| 6980 | Context.setManglingNumber( |
| 6981 | NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( |
| 6982 | NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); |
| 6983 | Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); |
| 6984 | } |
| 6985 | } |
| 6986 | |
| 6987 | // Special handling of variable named 'main'. |
| 6988 | if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main" ) && |
| 6989 | NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && |
| 6990 | !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { |
| 6991 | |
| 6992 | // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 |
| 6993 | // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. |
| 6994 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 6995 | Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable); |
| 6996 | |
| 6997 | // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined |
| 6998 | // behavior. |
| 6999 | else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) |
| 7000 | Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined); |
| 7001 | } |
| 7002 | |
| 7003 | if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { |
| 7004 | NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); |
| 7005 | checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization, |
| 7006 | D.isFunctionDefinition()); |
| 7007 | } |
| 7008 | |
| 7009 | if (NewTemplate) { |
| 7010 | if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 7011 | NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7012 | ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); |
| 7013 | return NewTemplate; |
| 7014 | } |
| 7015 | |
| 7016 | if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 7017 | CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 | return NewVD; |
| 7020 | } |
| 7021 | |
| 7022 | /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. |
| 7023 | enum ShadowedDeclKind { |
| 7024 | SDK_Local, |
| 7025 | SDK_Global, |
| 7026 | SDK_StaticMember, |
| 7027 | SDK_Field, |
| 7028 | SDK_Typedef, |
| 7029 | SDK_Using |
| 7030 | }; |
| 7031 | |
| 7032 | /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. |
| 7033 | static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, |
| 7034 | const DeclContext *OldDC) { |
| 7035 | if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) |
| 7036 | return SDK_Using; |
| 7037 | else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) |
| 7038 | return SDK_Typedef; |
| 7039 | else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) |
| 7040 | return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; |
| 7041 | |
| 7042 | return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; |
| 7043 | } |
| 7044 | |
| 7045 | /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given |
| 7046 | /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. |
| 7047 | static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, |
| 7048 | const VarDecl *VD) { |
| 7049 | for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { |
| 7050 | if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) |
| 7051 | return Capture.getLocation(); |
| 7052 | } |
| 7053 | return SourceLocation(); |
| 7054 | } |
| 7055 | |
| 7056 | static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, |
| 7057 | const LookupResult &R) { |
| 7058 | // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. |
| 7059 | if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) |
| 7060 | return false; |
| 7061 | |
| 7062 | // Return false if warning is ignored. |
| 7063 | return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); |
| 7064 | } |
| 7065 | |
| 7066 | /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null |
| 7067 | /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. |
| 7068 | NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, |
| 7069 | const LookupResult &R) { |
| 7070 | if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) |
| 7071 | return nullptr; |
| 7072 | |
| 7073 | // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. |
| 7074 | if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) |
| 7075 | return nullptr; |
| 7076 | |
| 7077 | NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); |
| 7078 | return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) |
| 7079 | ? ShadowedDecl |
| 7080 | : nullptr; |
| 7081 | } |
| 7082 | |
| 7083 | /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null |
| 7084 | /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. |
| 7085 | NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, |
| 7086 | const LookupResult &R) { |
| 7087 | // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class |
| 7088 | if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) |
| 7089 | return nullptr; |
| 7090 | |
| 7091 | if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) |
| 7092 | return nullptr; |
| 7093 | |
| 7094 | NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); |
| 7095 | return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; |
| 7096 | } |
| 7097 | |
| 7098 | /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements |
| 7099 | /// -Wshadow. |
| 7100 | /// |
| 7101 | /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" |
| 7102 | /// scope. |
| 7103 | /// |
| 7104 | /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable |
| 7105 | /// \param R the lookup of the name |
| 7106 | /// |
| 7107 | void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, |
| 7108 | const LookupResult &R) { |
| 7109 | DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); |
| 7110 | |
| 7111 | if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { |
| 7112 | // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. |
| 7113 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) |
| 7114 | if (MD->isStatic()) |
| 7115 | return; |
| 7116 | |
| 7117 | // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually |
| 7118 | // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. |
| 7119 | if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) |
| 7120 | if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { |
| 7121 | // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its |
| 7122 | // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. |
| 7123 | ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); |
| 7124 | return; |
| 7125 | } |
| 7126 | } |
| 7127 | |
| 7128 | if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) |
| 7129 | if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { |
| 7130 | // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global |
| 7131 | // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. |
| 7132 | for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) |
| 7133 | if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { |
| 7134 | ShadowedDecl = I; |
| 7135 | break; |
| 7136 | } |
| 7137 | } |
| 7138 | |
| 7139 | DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 7140 | |
| 7141 | unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; |
| 7142 | SourceLocation CaptureLoc; |
| 7143 | if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && |
| 7144 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { |
| 7145 | if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { |
| 7146 | if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { |
| 7147 | if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { |
| 7148 | // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. |
| 7149 | const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); |
| 7150 | // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. |
| 7151 | CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); |
| 7152 | if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) |
| 7153 | WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; |
| 7154 | } else { |
| 7155 | // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the |
| 7156 | // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. |
| 7157 | cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) |
| 7158 | ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( |
| 7159 | {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); |
| 7160 | return; |
| 7161 | } |
| 7162 | } |
| 7163 | |
| 7164 | if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { |
| 7165 | // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if |
| 7166 | // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. |
| 7167 | for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; |
| 7168 | ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); |
| 7169 | ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { |
| 7170 | // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions |
| 7171 | // can capture; other scopes don't. |
| 7172 | if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && |
| 7173 | !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { |
| 7174 | return; |
| 7175 | } |
| 7176 | } |
| 7177 | } |
| 7178 | } |
| 7179 | } |
| 7180 | |
| 7181 | // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. |
| 7182 | if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { |
| 7183 | // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. |
| 7184 | if (!OldDC->isRecord()) |
| 7185 | return; |
| 7186 | |
| 7187 | // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing |
| 7188 | // static data members from base classes? |
| 7189 | |
| 7190 | // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. |
| 7191 | // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the |
| 7192 | // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. |
| 7193 | } |
| 7194 | |
| 7195 | |
| 7196 | DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); |
| 7197 | |
| 7198 | // Emit warning and note. |
| 7199 | if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) |
| 7200 | return; |
| 7201 | ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); |
| 7202 | Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; |
| 7203 | if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) |
| 7204 | Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) |
| 7205 | << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; |
| 7206 | Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 7207 | } |
| 7208 | |
| 7209 | /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD |
| 7210 | /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. |
| 7211 | void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { |
| 7212 | for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { |
| 7213 | const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; |
| 7214 | // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. |
| 7215 | SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); |
| 7216 | const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); |
| 7217 | Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() |
| 7218 | ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local |
| 7219 | : diag::warn_decl_shadow) |
| 7220 | << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() |
| 7221 | << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; |
| 7222 | if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) |
| 7223 | Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) |
| 7224 | << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; |
| 7225 | Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 7226 | } |
| 7227 | } |
| 7228 | |
| 7229 | /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. |
| 7230 | void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { |
| 7231 | if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) |
| 7232 | return; |
| 7233 | |
| 7234 | LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), |
| 7235 | Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); |
| 7236 | LookupName(R, S); |
| 7237 | if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) |
| 7238 | CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); |
| 7239 | } |
| 7240 | |
| 7241 | /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers |
| 7242 | /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. |
| 7243 | void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { |
| 7244 | // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. |
| 7245 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) |
| 7246 | return; |
| 7247 | E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
| 7248 | auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); |
| 7249 | if (!DRE) |
| 7250 | return; |
| 7251 | const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); |
| 7252 | auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); |
| 7253 | if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) |
| 7254 | return; |
| 7255 | const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; |
| 7256 | const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); |
| 7257 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; |
| 7258 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; |
| 7259 | Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 7260 | |
| 7261 | // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. |
| 7262 | ShadowingDecls.erase(I); |
| 7263 | } |
| 7264 | |
| 7265 | /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and |
| 7266 | /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. |
| 7267 | template<typename T> |
| 7268 | static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( |
| 7269 | Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { |
| 7270 | assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"" ); |
| 7271 | NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); |
| 7272 | |
| 7273 | if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { |
| 7274 | // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" |
| 7275 | // declaration. |
| 7276 | return false; |
| 7277 | } |
| 7278 | |
| 7279 | if (Prev) { |
| 7280 | if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { |
| 7281 | // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a |
| 7282 | // redeclaration. |
| 7283 | Previous.clear(); |
| 7284 | Previous.addDecl(Prev); |
| 7285 | return true; |
| 7286 | } |
| 7287 | |
| 7288 | // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous |
| 7289 | // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable |
| 7290 | // declaration. |
| 7291 | if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) |
| 7292 | return false; |
| 7293 | } else { |
| 7294 | // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the |
| 7295 | // translation unit which might conflict. |
| 7296 | if (IsGlobal) { |
| 7297 | // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. |
| 7298 | IsGlobal = false; |
| 7299 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); |
| 7300 | I != E; ++I) { |
| 7301 | if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { |
| 7302 | Prev = *I; |
| 7303 | break; |
| 7304 | } |
| 7305 | } |
| 7306 | } else { |
| 7307 | DeclContext::lookup_result R = |
| 7308 | S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); |
| 7309 | for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); |
| 7310 | I != E; ++I) { |
| 7311 | if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { |
| 7312 | Prev = *I; |
| 7313 | break; |
| 7314 | } |
| 7315 | // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, |
| 7316 | // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the |
| 7317 | // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name |
| 7318 | // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a |
| 7319 | // diagnostic. |
| 7320 | } |
| 7321 | } |
| 7322 | |
| 7323 | if (!Prev) |
| 7324 | return false; |
| 7325 | } |
| 7326 | |
| 7327 | // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which |
| 7328 | // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. |
| 7329 | assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose" ); |
| 7330 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) |
| 7331 | Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); |
| 7332 | else |
| 7333 | Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); |
| 7334 | |
| 7335 | S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) |
| 7336 | << IsGlobal << ND; |
| 7337 | S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) |
| 7338 | << IsGlobal; |
| 7339 | return false; |
| 7340 | } |
| 7341 | |
| 7342 | /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true |
| 7343 | /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. |
| 7344 | /// |
| 7345 | /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: |
| 7346 | /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage |
| 7347 | /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same |
| 7348 | /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with |
| 7349 | /// the same name as an entity in global scope. |
| 7350 | template<typename T> |
| 7351 | static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, |
| 7352 | LookupResult &Previous) { |
| 7353 | if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 7354 | // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' |
| 7355 | // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because |
| 7356 | // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. |
| 7357 | if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { |
| 7358 | if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { |
| 7359 | Previous.clear(); |
| 7360 | Previous.addDecl(Prev); |
| 7361 | return true; |
| 7362 | } |
| 7363 | } |
| 7364 | return false; |
| 7365 | } |
| 7366 | |
| 7367 | // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" |
| 7368 | // declaration. |
| 7369 | if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) |
| 7370 | return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); |
| 7371 | |
| 7372 | // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the |
| 7373 | // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration |
| 7374 | // in another scope. |
| 7375 | if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) |
| 7376 | return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); |
| 7377 | |
| 7378 | // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. |
| 7379 | return false; |
| 7380 | } |
| 7381 | |
| 7382 | void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { |
| 7383 | // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. |
| 7384 | if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 7385 | return; |
| 7386 | |
| 7387 | QualType T = NewVD->getType(); |
| 7388 | |
| 7389 | // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. |
| 7390 | if (T->isUndeducedType()) |
| 7391 | return; |
| 7392 | |
| 7393 | if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) |
| 7394 | CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); |
| 7395 | |
| 7396 | if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { |
| 7397 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) |
| 7398 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*" ); |
| 7399 | T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); |
| 7400 | NewVD->setType(T); |
| 7401 | } |
| 7402 | |
| 7403 | // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. |
| 7404 | // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not |
| 7405 | // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. |
| 7406 | // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 |
| 7407 | if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && |
| 7408 | T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { |
| 7409 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; |
| 7410 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7411 | return; |
| 7412 | } |
| 7413 | |
| 7414 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program |
| 7415 | // scope. |
| 7416 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && |
| 7417 | !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers" ) && |
| 7418 | NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { |
| 7419 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); |
| 7420 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7421 | return; |
| 7422 | } |
| 7423 | |
| 7424 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
| 7425 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. |
| 7426 | if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { |
| 7427 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); |
| 7428 | return; |
| 7429 | } |
| 7430 | |
| 7431 | if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { |
| 7432 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and |
| 7433 | // can't use 'extern' storage class. |
| 7434 | if (!T.isConstQualified()) { |
| 7435 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) |
| 7436 | << 0 /*const*/; |
| 7437 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7438 | return; |
| 7439 | } |
| 7440 | if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { |
| 7441 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); |
| 7442 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7443 | return; |
| 7444 | } |
| 7445 | } |
| 7446 | // OpenCL C v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the |
| 7447 | // __constant address space. |
| 7448 | // OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static |
| 7449 | // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global |
| 7450 | // address space. |
| 7451 | // OpenCL C++ v1.0 s2.5 inherits rule from OpenCL C v2.0 and allows local |
| 7452 | // address space additionally. |
| 7453 | // FIXME: Add local AS for OpenCL C++. |
| 7454 | if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || |
| 7455 | NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { |
| 7456 | if (!T->isSamplerT() && |
| 7457 | !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || |
| 7458 | (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && |
| 7459 | (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || |
| 7460 | getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)))) { |
| 7461 | int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; |
| 7462 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) |
| 7463 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) |
| 7464 | << Scope << "global or constant" ; |
| 7465 | else |
| 7466 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) |
| 7467 | << Scope << "constant" ; |
| 7468 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7469 | return; |
| 7470 | } |
| 7471 | } else { |
| 7472 | if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { |
| 7473 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) |
| 7474 | << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global" ; |
| 7475 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7476 | return; |
| 7477 | } |
| 7478 | if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || |
| 7479 | T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { |
| 7480 | FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); |
| 7481 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables |
| 7482 | // in functions. |
| 7483 | if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { |
| 7484 | if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) |
| 7485 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) |
| 7486 | << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant" ; |
| 7487 | else |
| 7488 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) |
| 7489 | << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local" ; |
| 7490 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7491 | return; |
| 7492 | } |
| 7493 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be |
| 7494 | // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. |
| 7495 | if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { |
| 7496 | if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { |
| 7497 | if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) |
| 7498 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) |
| 7499 | << "constant" ; |
| 7500 | else |
| 7501 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) |
| 7502 | << "local" ; |
| 7503 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7504 | return; |
| 7505 | } |
| 7506 | } |
| 7507 | } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { |
| 7508 | // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. |
| 7509 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; |
| 7510 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7511 | return; |
| 7512 | } |
| 7513 | } |
| 7514 | } |
| 7515 | |
| 7516 | if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() |
| 7517 | && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { |
| 7518 | if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) |
| 7519 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); |
| 7520 | else { |
| 7521 | assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); |
| 7522 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); |
| 7523 | } |
| 7524 | } |
| 7525 | |
| 7526 | bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); |
| 7527 | if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || |
| 7528 | NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
| 7529 | setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
| 7530 | |
| 7531 | if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || |
| 7532 | (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { |
| 7533 | bool SizeIsNegative; |
| 7534 | llvm::APSInt Oversized; |
| 7535 | TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo( |
| 7536 | NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized); |
| 7537 | QualType FixedT; |
| 7538 | if (FixedTInfo && T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()) |
| 7539 | FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType(); |
| 7540 | else if (FixedTInfo) { |
| 7541 | // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up |
| 7542 | // both types separately. |
| 7543 | FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, |
| 7544 | Oversized); |
| 7545 | } |
| 7546 | if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) { |
| 7547 | const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); |
| 7548 | // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for |
| 7549 | // int a[10][n]; |
| 7550 | SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); |
| 7551 | |
| 7552 | if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) |
| 7553 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) |
| 7554 | << SizeRange; |
| 7555 | else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) |
| 7556 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) |
| 7557 | << SizeRange; |
| 7558 | else |
| 7559 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) |
| 7560 | << SizeRange; |
| 7561 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7562 | return; |
| 7563 | } |
| 7564 | |
| 7565 | if (!FixedTInfo) { |
| 7566 | if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) |
| 7567 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); |
| 7568 | else |
| 7569 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); |
| 7570 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7571 | return; |
| 7572 | } |
| 7573 | |
| 7574 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| 7575 | NewVD->setType(FixedT); |
| 7576 | NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); |
| 7577 | } |
| 7578 | |
| 7579 | if (T->isVoidType()) { |
| 7580 | // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names |
| 7581 | // of objects and functions. |
| 7582 | if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 7583 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) |
| 7584 | << T; |
| 7585 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7586 | return; |
| 7587 | } |
| 7588 | } |
| 7589 | |
| 7590 | if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { |
| 7591 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); |
| 7592 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7593 | return; |
| 7594 | } |
| 7595 | |
| 7596 | if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { |
| 7597 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); |
| 7598 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7599 | return; |
| 7600 | } |
| 7601 | |
| 7602 | if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && |
| 7603 | RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, |
| 7604 | diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { |
| 7605 | NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7606 | return; |
| 7607 | } |
| 7608 | } |
| 7609 | |
| 7610 | /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable |
| 7611 | /// declaration. |
| 7612 | /// |
| 7613 | /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a |
| 7614 | /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to |
| 7615 | /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators |
| 7616 | /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables |
| 7617 | /// that have been instantiated from a template. |
| 7618 | /// |
| 7619 | /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. |
| 7620 | /// |
| 7621 | /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. |
| 7622 | bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { |
| 7623 | CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); |
| 7624 | |
| 7625 | // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. |
| 7626 | if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 7627 | return false; |
| 7628 | |
| 7629 | // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible |
| 7630 | // extern "C" declaration with the same name. |
| 7631 | if (Previous.empty() && |
| 7632 | checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) |
| 7633 | Previous.setShadowed(); |
| 7634 | |
| 7635 | if (!Previous.empty()) { |
| 7636 | MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); |
| 7637 | return true; |
| 7638 | } |
| 7639 | return false; |
| 7640 | } |
| 7641 | |
| 7642 | namespace { |
| 7643 | struct FindOverriddenMethod { |
| 7644 | Sema *S; |
| 7645 | CXXMethodDecl *Method; |
| 7646 | |
| 7647 | /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ |
| 7648 | /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with |
| 7649 | /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). |
| 7650 | bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { |
| 7651 | RecordDecl *BaseRecord = |
| 7652 | Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); |
| 7653 | |
| 7654 | DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); |
| 7655 | |
| 7656 | // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? |
| 7657 | if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { |
| 7658 | // We really want to find the base class destructor here. |
| 7659 | QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); |
| 7660 | CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); |
| 7661 | |
| 7662 | Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); |
| 7663 | } |
| 7664 | |
| 7665 | for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); |
| 7666 | Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { |
| 7667 | NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); |
| 7668 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { |
| 7669 | if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) |
| 7670 | return true; |
| 7671 | } |
| 7672 | } |
| 7673 | |
| 7674 | return false; |
| 7675 | } |
| 7676 | }; |
| 7677 | |
| 7678 | enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; |
| 7679 | } // end anonymous namespace |
| 7680 | |
| 7681 | /// Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant |
| 7682 | /// overridden methods. |
| 7683 | /// |
| 7684 | /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. |
| 7685 | /// \param MD the overriding method. |
| 7686 | /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. |
| 7687 | static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 7688 | OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { |
| 7689 | S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); |
| 7690 | for (const CXXMethodDecl *O : MD->overridden_methods()) { |
| 7691 | // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but |
| 7692 | // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing |
| 7693 | // out the diag loop 3 times. |
| 7694 | if ((OEK == OEK_All) || |
| 7695 | (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !O->isDeleted()) || |
| 7696 | (OEK == OEK_Deleted && O->isDeleted())) |
| 7697 | S.Diag(O->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); |
| 7698 | } |
| 7699 | } |
| 7700 | |
| 7701 | /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, |
| 7702 | /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. |
| 7703 | bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { |
| 7704 | // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. |
| 7705 | CXXBasePaths Paths; |
| 7706 | FindOverriddenMethod FOM; |
| 7707 | FOM.Method = MD; |
| 7708 | FOM.S = this; |
| 7709 | bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; |
| 7710 | bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; |
| 7711 | bool AddedAny = false; |
| 7712 | if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { |
| 7713 | for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { |
| 7714 | if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { |
| 7715 | MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); |
| 7716 | if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && |
| 7717 | !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && |
| 7718 | !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && |
| 7719 | !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { |
| 7720 | hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); |
| 7721 | hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); |
| 7722 | AddedAny = true; |
| 7723 | } |
| 7724 | } |
| 7725 | } |
| 7726 | } |
| 7727 | |
| 7728 | if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { |
| 7729 | ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); |
| 7730 | } |
| 7731 | if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { |
| 7732 | ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); |
| 7733 | } |
| 7734 | |
| 7735 | return AddedAny; |
| 7736 | } |
| 7737 | |
| 7738 | namespace { |
| 7739 | // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by |
| 7740 | // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. |
| 7741 | struct ActOnFDArgs { |
| 7742 | Scope *S; |
| 7743 | Declarator &D; |
| 7744 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; |
| 7745 | bool AddToScope; |
| 7746 | }; |
| 7747 | } // end anonymous namespace |
| 7748 | |
| 7749 | namespace { |
| 7750 | |
| 7751 | // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. |
| 7752 | // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. |
| 7753 | class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { |
| 7754 | public: |
| 7755 | DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, |
| 7756 | CXXRecordDecl *Parent) |
| 7757 | : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), |
| 7758 | ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} |
| 7759 | |
| 7760 | bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { |
| 7761 | if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) |
| 7762 | return false; |
| 7763 | |
| 7764 | SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; |
| 7765 | for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), |
| 7766 | CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); |
| 7767 | CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { |
| 7768 | FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); |
| 7769 | |
| 7770 | if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && |
| 7771 | hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { |
| 7772 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { |
| 7773 | CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); |
| 7774 | if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) |
| 7775 | return true; |
| 7776 | } else if (!ExpectedParent) { |
| 7777 | return true; |
| 7778 | } |
| 7779 | } |
| 7780 | } |
| 7781 | |
| 7782 | return false; |
| 7783 | } |
| 7784 | |
| 7785 | std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { |
| 7786 | return llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this); |
| 7787 | } |
| 7788 | |
| 7789 | private: |
| 7790 | ASTContext &Context; |
| 7791 | FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; |
| 7792 | CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; |
| 7793 | }; |
| 7794 | |
| 7795 | } // end anonymous namespace |
| 7796 | |
| 7797 | void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { |
| 7798 | TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); |
| 7799 | } |
| 7800 | |
| 7801 | /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. |
| 7802 | /// |
| 7803 | /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid |
| 7804 | /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations |
| 7805 | /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with |
| 7806 | /// the same name. |
| 7807 | /// |
| 7808 | /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in |
| 7809 | /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. |
| 7810 | static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( |
| 7811 | Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
| 7812 | ActOnFDArgs &, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { |
| 7813 | DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); |
| 7814 | DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); |
| 7815 | SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; |
| 7816 | SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; |
| 7817 | TypoCorrection Correction; |
| 7818 | bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); |
| 7819 | unsigned DiagMsg = |
| 7820 | IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend : |
| 7821 | NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match : |
| 7822 | diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; |
| 7823 | LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), |
| 7824 | IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName |
| 7825 | : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, |
| 7826 | Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); |
| 7827 | |
| 7828 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 7829 | if (IsLocalFriend) |
| 7830 | SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); |
| 7831 | else |
| 7832 | SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); |
| 7833 | assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && |
| 7834 | "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup" ); |
| 7835 | CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); |
| 7836 | DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, |
| 7837 | MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr); |
| 7838 | if (!Prev.empty()) { |
| 7839 | for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); |
| 7840 | Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { |
| 7841 | FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); |
| 7842 | if (FD && |
| 7843 | hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { |
| 7844 | // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't |
| 7845 | // involve a parameter |
| 7846 | unsigned ParamNum = |
| 7847 | MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; |
| 7848 | NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); |
| 7849 | } |
| 7850 | } |
| 7851 | // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction |
| 7852 | } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( |
| 7853 | Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, |
| 7854 | &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, |
| 7855 | IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { |
| 7856 | // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator |
| 7857 | ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), |
| 7858 | ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| 7859 | Previous.clear(); |
| 7860 | Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); |
| 7861 | for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), |
| 7862 | CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); |
| 7863 | CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { |
| 7864 | FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); |
| 7865 | if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && |
| 7866 | hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { |
| 7867 | Previous.addDecl(FD); |
| 7868 | } |
| 7869 | } |
| 7870 | bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); |
| 7871 | |
| 7872 | NamedDecl *Result; |
| 7873 | // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous |
| 7874 | // declarations, and with errors suppressed. |
| 7875 | { |
| 7876 | // Trap errors. |
| 7877 | Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); |
| 7878 | |
| 7879 | // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the |
| 7880 | // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully |
| 7881 | // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. |
| 7882 | Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( |
| 7883 | ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, |
| 7884 | Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), |
| 7885 | NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, |
| 7886 | ExtraArgs.AddToScope); |
| 7887 | |
| 7888 | if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) |
| 7889 | Result = nullptr; |
| 7890 | } |
| 7891 | |
| 7892 | if (Result) { |
| 7893 | // Determine which correction we picked. |
| 7894 | Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); |
| 7895 | for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); |
| 7896 | I != E; ++I) |
| 7897 | if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) |
| 7898 | Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); |
| 7899 | |
| 7900 | // Let Sema know about the correction. |
| 7901 | SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); |
| 7902 | SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( |
| 7903 | Correction, |
| 7904 | SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend |
| 7905 | ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest |
| 7906 | : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) |
| 7907 | << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); |
| 7908 | return Result; |
| 7909 | } |
| 7910 | |
| 7911 | // Pretend the typo correction never occurred |
| 7912 | ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), |
| 7913 | ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| 7914 | ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); |
| 7915 | Previous.clear(); |
| 7916 | Previous.setLookupName(Name); |
| 7917 | } |
| 7918 | |
| 7919 | SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) |
| 7920 | << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); |
| 7921 | |
| 7922 | bool NewFDisConst = false; |
| 7923 | if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) |
| 7924 | NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); |
| 7925 | |
| 7926 | for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator |
| 7927 | NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); |
| 7928 | NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { |
| 7929 | FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; |
| 7930 | CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); |
| 7931 | bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); |
| 7932 | bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; |
| 7933 | |
| 7934 | // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. |
| 7935 | if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { |
| 7936 | ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); |
| 7937 | SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); |
| 7938 | if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); |
| 7939 | SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match |
| 7940 | : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) |
| 7941 | << Idx << FDParam->getType() |
| 7942 | << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); |
| 7943 | } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { |
| 7944 | SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) |
| 7945 | << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); |
| 7946 | } else |
| 7947 | SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), |
| 7948 | IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match |
| 7949 | : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); |
| 7950 | } |
| 7951 | return nullptr; |
| 7952 | } |
| 7953 | |
| 7954 | static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { |
| 7955 | switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 7956 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!" ); |
| 7957 | case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: |
| 7958 | case DeclSpec::SCS_register: |
| 7959 | case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: |
| 7960 | SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 7961 | diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); |
| 7962 | D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); |
| 7963 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 7964 | break; |
| 7965 | case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; |
| 7966 | case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: |
| 7967 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) |
| 7968 | return SC_None; |
| 7969 | return SC_Extern; |
| 7970 | case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { |
| 7971 | if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { |
| 7972 | // C99 6.7.1p5: |
| 7973 | // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has |
| 7974 | // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier |
| 7975 | // other than extern |
| 7976 | // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). |
| 7977 | SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 7978 | diag::err_static_block_func); |
| 7979 | break; |
| 7980 | } else |
| 7981 | return SC_Static; |
| 7982 | } |
| 7983 | case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; |
| 7984 | } |
| 7985 | |
| 7986 | // No explicit storage class has already been returned |
| 7987 | return SC_None; |
| 7988 | } |
| 7989 | |
| 7990 | static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, |
| 7991 | DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, |
| 7992 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 7993 | StorageClass SC, |
| 7994 | bool &IsVirtualOkay) { |
| 7995 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 7996 | DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); |
| 7997 | |
| 7998 | FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; |
| 7999 | bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); |
| 8000 | |
| 8001 | if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 8002 | // Determine whether the function was written with a |
| 8003 | // prototype. This true when: |
| 8004 | // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or |
| 8005 | // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- |
| 8006 | // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a |
| 8007 | // function type). |
| 8008 | bool HasPrototype = |
| 8009 | (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || |
| 8010 | (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); |
| 8011 | |
| 8012 | NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, |
| 8013 | R, TInfo, SC, isInline, HasPrototype, false); |
| 8014 | if (D.isInvalidType()) |
| 8015 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 8016 | |
| 8017 | return NewFD; |
| 8018 | } |
| 8019 | |
| 8020 | ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier(); |
| 8021 | bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); |
| 8022 | |
| 8023 | // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. |
| 8024 | // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once |
| 8025 | // the class has been completely parsed. |
| 8026 | if (!DC->isRecord() && |
| 8027 | SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( |
| 8028 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), |
| 8029 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) |
| 8030 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 8031 | |
| 8032 | if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { |
| 8033 | // This is a C++ constructor declaration. |
| 8034 | assert(DC->isRecord() && |
| 8035 | "Constructors can only be declared in a member context" ); |
| 8036 | |
| 8037 | R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| 8038 | return CXXConstructorDecl::Create( |
| 8039 | SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, |
| 8040 | TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, isInline, |
| 8041 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, isConstexpr); |
| 8042 | |
| 8043 | } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { |
| 8044 | // This is a C++ destructor declaration. |
| 8045 | if (DC->isRecord()) { |
| 8046 | R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| 8047 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); |
| 8048 | CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = |
| 8049 | CXXDestructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), |
| 8050 | NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, |
| 8051 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); |
| 8052 | |
| 8053 | // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it |
| 8054 | // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start |
| 8055 | // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration. |
| 8056 | if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
| 8057 | SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD); |
| 8058 | |
| 8059 | IsVirtualOkay = true; |
| 8060 | return NewDD; |
| 8061 | |
| 8062 | } else { |
| 8063 | SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); |
| 8064 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 8065 | |
| 8066 | // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing |
| 8067 | // code path. |
| 8068 | return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), |
| 8069 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, SC, |
| 8070 | isInline, |
| 8071 | /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); |
| 8072 | } |
| 8073 | |
| 8074 | } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { |
| 8075 | if (!DC->isRecord()) { |
| 8076 | SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 8077 | diag::err_conv_function_not_member); |
| 8078 | return nullptr; |
| 8079 | } |
| 8080 | |
| 8081 | SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| 8082 | IsVirtualOkay = true; |
| 8083 | return CXXConversionDecl::Create( |
| 8084 | SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, |
| 8085 | TInfo, isInline, ExplicitSpecifier, isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); |
| 8086 | |
| 8087 | } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { |
| 8088 | SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| 8089 | |
| 8090 | return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), |
| 8091 | ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo, |
| 8092 | D.getEndLoc()); |
| 8093 | } else if (DC->isRecord()) { |
| 8094 | // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, |
| 8095 | // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. |
| 8096 | // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a |
| 8097 | // constructor if it has no return type). |
| 8098 | if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && |
| 8099 | Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ |
| 8100 | SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) |
| 8101 | << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) |
| 8102 | << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| 8103 | return nullptr; |
| 8104 | } |
| 8105 | |
| 8106 | // This is a C++ method declaration. |
| 8107 | CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create( |
| 8108 | SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, |
| 8109 | TInfo, SC, isInline, isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); |
| 8110 | IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); |
| 8111 | return Ret; |
| 8112 | } else { |
| 8113 | bool isFriend = |
| 8114 | SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); |
| 8115 | if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) |
| 8116 | return nullptr; |
| 8117 | |
| 8118 | // Determine whether the function was written with a |
| 8119 | // prototype. This true when: |
| 8120 | // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), |
| 8121 | return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, |
| 8122 | R, TInfo, SC, isInline, true /*HasPrototype*/, |
| 8123 | isConstexpr); |
| 8124 | } |
| 8125 | } |
| 8126 | |
| 8127 | enum OpenCLParamType { |
| 8128 | ValidKernelParam, |
| 8129 | PtrPtrKernelParam, |
| 8130 | PtrKernelParam, |
| 8131 | InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, |
| 8132 | InvalidKernelParam, |
| 8133 | RecordKernelParam |
| 8134 | }; |
| 8135 | |
| 8136 | static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) { |
| 8137 | // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types |
| 8138 | // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to |
| 8139 | // integers other than by their names. |
| 8140 | StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t" , "intptr_t" , "uintptr_t" , "ptrdiff_t" }; |
| 8141 | |
| 8142 | // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef |
| 8143 | // for a size dependent type. |
| 8144 | QualType DesugaredTy = Ty; |
| 8145 | do { |
| 8146 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames); |
| 8147 | auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getAsString()); |
| 8148 | if (Names.end() != Match) |
| 8149 | return true; |
| 8150 | |
| 8151 | Ty = DesugaredTy; |
| 8152 | DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C); |
| 8153 | } while (DesugaredTy != Ty); |
| 8154 | |
| 8155 | return false; |
| 8156 | } |
| 8157 | |
| 8158 | static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { |
| 8159 | if (PT->isPointerType()) { |
| 8160 | QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); |
| 8161 | if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) |
| 8162 | return PtrPtrKernelParam; |
| 8163 | if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || |
| 8164 | PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private || |
| 8165 | PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default) |
| 8166 | return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; |
| 8167 | return PtrKernelParam; |
| 8168 | } |
| 8169 | |
| 8170 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: |
| 8171 | // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the |
| 8172 | // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and |
| 8173 | // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one |
| 8174 | // of these built-in scalar types. |
| 8175 | if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT)) |
| 8176 | return InvalidKernelParam; |
| 8177 | |
| 8178 | if (PT->isImageType()) |
| 8179 | return PtrKernelParam; |
| 8180 | |
| 8181 | if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) |
| 8182 | return InvalidKernelParam; |
| 8183 | |
| 8184 | // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: |
| 8185 | // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in |
| 8186 | // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. |
| 8187 | if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16" ) && PT->isHalfType()) |
| 8188 | return InvalidKernelParam; |
| 8189 | |
| 8190 | if (PT->isRecordType()) |
| 8191 | return RecordKernelParam; |
| 8192 | |
| 8193 | // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type. |
| 8194 | if (PT->isArrayType()) { |
| 8195 | const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); |
| 8196 | // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the |
| 8197 | // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an |
| 8198 | // array, this recursive call only happens once. |
| 8199 | return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0)); |
| 8200 | } |
| 8201 | |
| 8202 | return ValidKernelParam; |
| 8203 | } |
| 8204 | |
| 8205 | static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( |
| 8206 | Sema &S, |
| 8207 | Declarator &D, |
| 8208 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
| 8209 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { |
| 8210 | QualType PT = Param->getType(); |
| 8211 | |
| 8212 | // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are |
| 8213 | // used again |
| 8214 | if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) |
| 8215 | return; |
| 8216 | |
| 8217 | switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { |
| 8218 | case PtrPtrKernelParam: |
| 8219 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: |
| 8220 | // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a |
| 8221 | // pointer to a pointer type. |
| 8222 | S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); |
| 8223 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 8224 | return; |
| 8225 | |
| 8226 | case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: |
| 8227 | // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: |
| 8228 | // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point |
| 8229 | // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or |
| 8230 | // __constant. |
| 8231 | S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); |
| 8232 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 8233 | return; |
| 8234 | |
| 8235 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: |
| 8236 | // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the |
| 8237 | // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and |
| 8238 | // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be |
| 8239 | // one of these built-in scalar types. |
| 8240 | |
| 8241 | case InvalidKernelParam: |
| 8242 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: |
| 8243 | // A kernel function argument cannot be declared |
| 8244 | // of event_t type. |
| 8245 | // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument |
| 8246 | // type for any function elsewhere. |
| 8247 | if (!PT->isHalfType()) { |
| 8248 | S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; |
| 8249 | |
| 8250 | // Explain what typedefs are involved. |
| 8251 | const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr; |
| 8252 | while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) { |
| 8253 | SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation(); |
| 8254 | // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type. |
| 8255 | if (Loc.isValid()) |
| 8256 | S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT; |
| 8257 | PT = Typedef->desugar(); |
| 8258 | } |
| 8259 | } |
| 8260 | |
| 8261 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 8262 | return; |
| 8263 | |
| 8264 | case PtrKernelParam: |
| 8265 | case ValidKernelParam: |
| 8266 | ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); |
| 8267 | return; |
| 8268 | |
| 8269 | case RecordKernelParam: |
| 8270 | break; |
| 8271 | } |
| 8272 | |
| 8273 | // Track nested structs we will inspect |
| 8274 | SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; |
| 8275 | |
| 8276 | // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from |
| 8277 | // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. |
| 8278 | SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; |
| 8279 | HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); |
| 8280 | |
| 8281 | // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or |
| 8282 | // an ArrayType of a RecordType. |
| 8283 | assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type." ); |
| 8284 | const RecordType *RecTy = |
| 8285 | PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>(); |
| 8286 | const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl(); |
| 8287 | |
| 8288 | VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl()); |
| 8289 | assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?" ); |
| 8290 | |
| 8291 | do { |
| 8292 | const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); |
| 8293 | if (!Next) { |
| 8294 | assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); |
| 8295 | // Found a marker, we have gone up a level |
| 8296 | if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) |
| 8297 | ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); |
| 8298 | |
| 8299 | continue; |
| 8300 | } |
| 8301 | |
| 8302 | // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a |
| 8303 | // field itself) to the history stack. |
| 8304 | const RecordDecl *RD; |
| 8305 | if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { |
| 8306 | HistoryStack.push_back(Field); |
| 8307 | |
| 8308 | QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); |
| 8309 | // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we |
| 8310 | // walk around RecordDecl::fields(). |
| 8311 | assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) && |
| 8312 | "Unexpected type." ); |
| 8313 | const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); |
| 8314 | |
| 8315 | RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); |
| 8316 | } else { |
| 8317 | RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); |
| 8318 | } |
| 8319 | |
| 8320 | // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level |
| 8321 | VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); |
| 8322 | |
| 8323 | for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { |
| 8324 | QualType QT = FD->getType(); |
| 8325 | |
| 8326 | if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) |
| 8327 | continue; |
| 8328 | |
| 8329 | OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); |
| 8330 | if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) |
| 8331 | continue; |
| 8332 | |
| 8333 | if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { |
| 8334 | VisitStack.push_back(FD); |
| 8335 | continue; |
| 8336 | } |
| 8337 | |
| 8338 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: |
| 8339 | // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union |
| 8340 | // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or |
| 8341 | // union. |
| 8342 | if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || |
| 8343 | ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { |
| 8344 | S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), |
| 8345 | diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) |
| 8346 | << PT->isUnionType() |
| 8347 | << PT; |
| 8348 | } else { |
| 8349 | S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; |
| 8350 | } |
| 8351 | |
| 8352 | S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) |
| 8353 | << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName(); |
| 8354 | |
| 8355 | // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where |
| 8356 | // the offending field came from |
| 8357 | for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator |
| 8358 | I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, |
| 8359 | E = HistoryStack.end(); |
| 8360 | I != E; ++I) { |
| 8361 | const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; |
| 8362 | S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) |
| 8363 | << OuterField->getType(); |
| 8364 | } |
| 8365 | |
| 8366 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) |
| 8367 | << QT->isPointerType() |
| 8368 | << QT; |
| 8369 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 8370 | return; |
| 8371 | } |
| 8372 | } while (!VisitStack.empty()); |
| 8373 | } |
| 8374 | |
| 8375 | /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an |
| 8376 | /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds |
| 8377 | /// nothing. |
| 8378 | static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { |
| 8379 | while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 8380 | DC = DC->getParent(); |
| 8381 | return DC; |
| 8382 | } |
| 8383 | |
| 8384 | /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an |
| 8385 | /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds |
| 8386 | /// nothing. |
| 8387 | static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { |
| 8388 | while (S->isClassScope() || |
| 8389 | (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && |
| 8390 | S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || |
| 8391 | ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || |
| 8392 | (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) |
| 8393 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 8394 | return S; |
| 8395 | } |
| 8396 | |
| 8397 | NamedDecl* |
| 8398 | Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, |
| 8399 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, |
| 8400 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
| 8401 | bool &AddToScope) { |
| 8402 | QualType R = TInfo->getType(); |
| 8403 | |
| 8404 | assert(R->isFunctionType()); |
| 8405 | |
| 8406 | // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. |
| 8407 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 8408 | DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); |
| 8409 | StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); |
| 8410 | |
| 8411 | if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) |
| 8412 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 8413 | diag::err_invalid_thread) |
| 8414 | << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); |
| 8415 | |
| 8416 | if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) |
| 8417 | adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), |
| 8418 | D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| 8419 | |
| 8420 | bool isFriend = false; |
| 8421 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; |
| 8422 | bool isMemberSpecialization = false; |
| 8423 | bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; |
| 8424 | |
| 8425 | bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; |
| 8426 | bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; |
| 8427 | TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; |
| 8428 | |
| 8429 | bool isVirtualOkay = false; |
| 8430 | |
| 8431 | DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; |
| 8432 | bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); |
| 8433 | |
| 8434 | FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, |
| 8435 | isVirtualOkay); |
| 8436 | if (!NewFD) return nullptr; |
| 8437 | |
| 8438 | if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) |
| 8439 | NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); |
| 8440 | |
| 8441 | // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a |
| 8442 | // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical |
| 8443 | // context will be different from the semantic context. |
| 8444 | NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| 8445 | |
| 8446 | if (IsLocalExternDecl) |
| 8447 | NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); |
| 8448 | |
| 8449 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 8450 | bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); |
| 8451 | bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); |
| 8452 | bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier(); |
| 8453 | bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); |
| 8454 | isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); |
| 8455 | if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { |
| 8456 | // C++ [class.friend]p5 |
| 8457 | // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a |
| 8458 | // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. |
| 8459 | NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); |
| 8460 | } |
| 8461 | |
| 8462 | // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor |
| 8463 | // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already |
| 8464 | // return true). |
| 8465 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = |
| 8466 | dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { |
| 8467 | if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) |
| 8468 | NewFD->setPure(true); |
| 8469 | |
| 8470 | // C++ [class.union]p2 |
| 8471 | // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. |
| 8472 | if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) |
| 8473 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); |
| 8474 | } |
| 8475 | |
| 8476 | SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D); |
| 8477 | isMemberSpecialization = false; |
| 8478 | isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; |
| 8479 | if (D.isInvalidType()) |
| 8480 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 8481 | |
| 8482 | // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then |
| 8483 | // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. |
| 8484 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 8485 | if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = |
| 8486 | MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( |
| 8487 | D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 8488 | D.getCXXScopeSpec(), |
| 8489 | D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId |
| 8490 | ? D.getName().TemplateId |
| 8491 | : nullptr, |
| 8492 | TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, |
| 8493 | Invalid)) { |
| 8494 | if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { |
| 8495 | // This is a function template |
| 8496 | |
| 8497 | // Check that we can declare a template here. |
| 8498 | if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) |
| 8499 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 8500 | |
| 8501 | // A destructor cannot be a template. |
| 8502 | if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { |
| 8503 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); |
| 8504 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 8505 | } |
| 8506 | |
| 8507 | // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to |
| 8508 | // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, |
| 8509 | // now that we know what the current instantiation is. |
| 8510 | if (DC->isDependentContext()) { |
| 8511 | ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); |
| 8512 | if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) |
| 8513 | Invalid = true; |
| 8514 | } |
| 8515 | |
| 8516 | FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, |
| 8517 | NewFD->getLocation(), |
| 8518 | Name, TemplateParams, |
| 8519 | NewFD); |
| 8520 | FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| 8521 | NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); |
| 8522 | |
| 8523 | // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. |
| 8524 | if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { |
| 8525 | NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, |
| 8526 | TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); |
| 8527 | } |
| 8528 | } else { |
| 8529 | // This is a function template specialization. |
| 8530 | isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; |
| 8531 | // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. |
| 8532 | if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) |
| 8533 | NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); |
| 8534 | |
| 8535 | // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". |
| 8536 | if (isFriend) { |
| 8537 | // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. |
| 8538 | SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); |
| 8539 | |
| 8540 | // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a |
| 8541 | // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: |
| 8542 | // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, |
| 8543 | // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So |
| 8544 | // we need to insert '<>' after the name. |
| 8545 | SourceLocation InsertLoc; |
| 8546 | if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { |
| 8547 | InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); |
| 8548 | InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); |
| 8549 | } |
| 8550 | |
| 8551 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) |
| 8552 | << Name << RemoveRange |
| 8553 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) |
| 8554 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>" ); |
| 8555 | } |
| 8556 | } |
| 8557 | } else { |
| 8558 | // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: |
| 8559 | // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. |
| 8560 | if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) |
| 8561 | // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. |
| 8562 | NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); |
| 8563 | } |
| 8564 | |
| 8565 | if (Invalid) { |
| 8566 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 8567 | if (FunctionTemplate) |
| 8568 | FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 8569 | } |
| 8570 | |
| 8571 | // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: |
| 8572 | // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of |
| 8573 | // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a |
| 8574 | // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. |
| 8575 | // |
| 8576 | if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 8577 | if (!isVirtualOkay) { |
| 8578 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| 8579 | diag::err_virtual_non_function); |
| 8580 | } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 8581 | // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. |
| 8582 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| 8583 | diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) |
| 8584 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); |
| 8585 | } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { |
| 8586 | // C++ [temp.mem]p3: |
| 8587 | // A member function template shall not be virtual. |
| 8588 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), |
| 8589 | diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) |
| 8590 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); |
| 8591 | } else { |
| 8592 | // Okay: Add virtual to the method. |
| 8593 | NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); |
| 8594 | } |
| 8595 | |
| 8596 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && |
| 8597 | NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) |
| 8598 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); |
| 8599 | } |
| 8600 | |
| 8601 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && |
| 8602 | (NewFD->isDependentContext() || |
| 8603 | (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && |
| 8604 | NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { |
| 8605 | // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a |
| 8606 | // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. |
| 8607 | // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane |
| 8608 | // thing to do. |
| 8609 | // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being |
| 8610 | // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. |
| 8611 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT = |
| 8612 | NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 8613 | QualType Result = |
| 8614 | SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); |
| 8615 | NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), |
| 8616 | FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); |
| 8617 | } |
| 8618 | |
| 8619 | // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: |
| 8620 | // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function |
| 8621 | // declaration. |
| 8622 | if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 8623 | if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { |
| 8624 | // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. |
| 8625 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), |
| 8626 | diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name |
| 8627 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); |
| 8628 | } |
| 8629 | } |
| 8630 | |
| 8631 | // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: |
| 8632 | // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a |
| 8633 | // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; |
| 8634 | // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. |
| 8635 | if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 8636 | !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| 8637 | if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 8638 | // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. |
| 8639 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), |
| 8640 | diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) |
| 8641 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); |
| 8642 | } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && |
| 8643 | !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| 8644 | // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor |
| 8645 | // or conversion function. |
| 8646 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), |
| 8647 | diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) |
| 8648 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); |
| 8649 | } |
| 8650 | } |
| 8651 | |
| 8652 | if (isConstexpr) { |
| 8653 | // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors |
| 8654 | // are implicitly inline. |
| 8655 | NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); |
| 8656 | |
| 8657 | // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to |
| 8658 | // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, |
| 8659 | // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. |
| 8660 | if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) |
| 8661 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); |
| 8662 | } |
| 8663 | |
| 8664 | // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. |
| 8665 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { |
| 8666 | if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { |
| 8667 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc |
| 8668 | = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); |
| 8669 | Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) |
| 8670 | << 0 |
| 8671 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); |
| 8672 | } else { |
| 8673 | NewFD->setModulePrivate(); |
| 8674 | if (FunctionTemplate) |
| 8675 | FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); |
| 8676 | } |
| 8677 | } |
| 8678 | |
| 8679 | if (isFriend) { |
| 8680 | if (FunctionTemplate) { |
| 8681 | FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); |
| 8682 | FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); |
| 8683 | } |
| 8684 | NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); |
| 8685 | NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); |
| 8686 | } |
| 8687 | |
| 8688 | // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. |
| 8689 | // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function |
| 8690 | // definition kind to FDK_Definition. |
| 8691 | switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { |
| 8692 | case FDK_Declaration: |
| 8693 | case FDK_Definition: |
| 8694 | break; |
| 8695 | |
| 8696 | case FDK_Defaulted: |
| 8697 | NewFD->setDefaulted(); |
| 8698 | break; |
| 8699 | |
| 8700 | case FDK_Deleted: |
| 8701 | NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); |
| 8702 | break; |
| 8703 | } |
| 8704 | |
| 8705 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && |
| 8706 | D.isFunctionDefinition()) { |
| 8707 | // C++ [class.mfct]p2: |
| 8708 | // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in |
| 8709 | // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) |
| 8710 | NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); |
| 8711 | } |
| 8712 | |
| 8713 | if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && |
| 8714 | !CurContext->isRecord()) { |
| 8715 | // C++ [class.static]p1: |
| 8716 | // A data or function member of a class may be declared static |
| 8717 | // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of |
| 8718 | // the class. |
| 8719 | |
| 8720 | // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line |
| 8721 | // member function definition. |
| 8722 | |
| 8723 | // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line |
| 8724 | // member function template declaration and class member template |
| 8725 | // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this. |
| 8726 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 8727 | ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) && |
| 8728 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) || |
| 8729 | (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())) |
| 8730 | ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line) |
| 8731 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| 8732 | } |
| 8733 | |
| 8734 | // C++11 [except.spec]p15: |
| 8735 | // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated |
| 8736 | // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). |
| 8737 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 8738 | if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || |
| 8739 | Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && |
| 8740 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) |
| 8741 | NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( |
| 8742 | FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), |
| 8743 | FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); |
| 8744 | } |
| 8745 | |
| 8746 | // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. |
| 8747 | FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), |
| 8748 | D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || |
| 8749 | isMemberSpecialization || |
| 8750 | isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); |
| 8751 | |
| 8752 | // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). |
| 8753 | if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { |
| 8754 | // The parser guarantees this is a string. |
| 8755 | StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); |
| 8756 | NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, |
| 8757 | SE->getString(), 0)); |
| 8758 | } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { |
| 8759 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = |
| 8760 | ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); |
| 8761 | if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { |
| 8762 | if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { |
| 8763 | NewFD->addAttr(I->second); |
| 8764 | ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); |
| 8765 | } else |
| 8766 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) |
| 8767 | << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; |
| 8768 | } |
| 8769 | } |
| 8770 | |
| 8771 | // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function |
| 8772 | // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. |
| 8773 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| 8774 | unsigned FTIIdx; |
| 8775 | if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { |
| 8776 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; |
| 8777 | |
| 8778 | // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs |
| 8779 | // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a |
| 8780 | // single void argument. |
| 8781 | // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator |
| 8782 | // already checks for that case. |
| 8783 | if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { |
| 8784 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { |
| 8785 | ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); |
| 8786 | assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?" ); |
| 8787 | Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); |
| 8788 | Params.push_back(Param); |
| 8789 | |
| 8790 | if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 8791 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 8792 | } |
| 8793 | } |
| 8794 | |
| 8795 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 8796 | // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them |
| 8797 | // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag |
| 8798 | // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always |
| 8799 | // the TU. |
| 8800 | DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = |
| 8801 | getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); |
| 8802 | for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { |
| 8803 | auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); |
| 8804 | |
| 8805 | // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum |
| 8806 | // instead. |
| 8807 | if (!TD) { |
| 8808 | if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) |
| 8809 | TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); |
| 8810 | } |
| 8811 | if (!TD) |
| 8812 | continue; |
| 8813 | DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
| 8814 | if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) |
| 8815 | continue; |
| 8816 | TagDC->removeDecl(TD); |
| 8817 | TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); |
| 8818 | NewFD->addDecl(TD); |
| 8819 | |
| 8820 | // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag |
| 8821 | // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of |
| 8822 | // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the |
| 8823 | // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: |
| 8824 | // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); |
| 8825 | if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) |
| 8826 | TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); |
| 8827 | } |
| 8828 | } |
| 8829 | } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
| 8830 | // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the |
| 8831 | // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) |
| 8832 | // parameters for use in the declaration. |
| 8833 | // |
| 8834 | // @code |
| 8835 | // typedef void fn(int); |
| 8836 | // fn f; |
| 8837 | // @endcode |
| 8838 | |
| 8839 | // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. |
| 8840 | for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { |
| 8841 | ParmVarDecl *Param = |
| 8842 | BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); |
| 8843 | Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); |
| 8844 | Params.push_back(Param); |
| 8845 | } |
| 8846 | } else { |
| 8847 | assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && |
| 8848 | "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn" ); |
| 8849 | } |
| 8850 | |
| 8851 | // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. |
| 8852 | NewFD->setParams(Params); |
| 8853 | |
| 8854 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) |
| 8855 | NewFD->addAttr( |
| 8856 | ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), |
| 8857 | Context, 0)); |
| 8858 | |
| 8859 | // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 |
| 8860 | // because all functions have linkage. |
| 8861 | if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 8862 | NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| 8863 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); |
| 8864 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 8865 | } |
| 8866 | |
| 8867 | // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active |
| 8868 | if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && |
| 8869 | !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { |
| 8870 | NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, |
| 8871 | PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, |
| 8872 | PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation)); |
| 8873 | } |
| 8874 | |
| 8875 | // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. |
| 8876 | if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && |
| 8877 | !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { |
| 8878 | NewFD->addAttr( |
| 8879 | SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, |
| 8880 | CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), |
| 8881 | CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); |
| 8882 | if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), |
| 8883 | ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | |
| 8884 | ASTContext::PSF_Read, |
| 8885 | NewFD)) |
| 8886 | NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); |
| 8887 | } |
| 8888 | |
| 8889 | // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or |
| 8890 | // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active. |
| 8891 | if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { |
| 8892 | if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD, |
| 8893 | D.isFunctionDefinition())) { |
| 8894 | NewFD->addAttr(SAttr); |
| 8895 | } |
| 8896 | } |
| 8897 | |
| 8898 | // Handle attributes. |
| 8899 | ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); |
| 8900 | |
| 8901 | if (NewFD->hasAttr<PointerInterpretationCapsAttr>()) { |
| 8902 | // FIXME: This will assert on failure - it should print a nice error. |
| 8903 | //unsigned CapAS = Context.getTargetInfo() .AddressSpaceForCapabilities(); |
| 8904 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT = |
| 8905 | NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 8906 | ArrayRef<QualType> OldParams = FPT->getParamTypes(); |
| 8907 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> NewParams; |
| 8908 | for (QualType T : OldParams) { |
| 8909 | if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) |
| 8910 | NewParams.push_back(Context.getPointerType(PT->getPointeeType(), |
| 8911 | ASTContext::PIK_Capability)); |
| 8912 | else |
| 8913 | NewParams.push_back(T); |
| 8914 | } |
| 8915 | QualType RetTy = FPT->getReturnType(); |
| 8916 | if (const PointerType *PT = RetTy->getAs<PointerType>()) |
| 8917 | RetTy = Context.getPointerType(PT->getPointeeType(), |
| 8918 | ASTContext::PIK_Capability); |
| 8919 | NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, NewParams, |
| 8920 | FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); |
| 8921 | } |
| 8922 | |
| 8923 | QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); |
| 8924 | |
| 8925 | if (CHERIMethodSuffixAttr *Attr = NewFD->getAttr<CHERIMethodSuffixAttr>()) { |
| 8926 | auto *TU = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 8927 | // Lookup the type of cheri_object, or generate it if it isn't specified. |
| 8928 | QualType CHERIClassTy; |
| 8929 | IdentifierInfo &ClassII = Context.Idents.get("cheri_object" ); |
| 8930 | DeclarationName ClassDN(&ClassII); |
| 8931 | auto Defs = TU->lookup(ClassDN); |
| 8932 | for (NamedDecl *D : Defs) |
| 8933 | if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) |
| 8934 | CHERIClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(RD); |
| 8935 | if (CHERIClassTy == QualType()) |
| 8936 | CHERIClassTy = Context.getCHERIClassType(); |
| 8937 | // Construct a new function prototype that is the same as the original, |
| 8938 | // except that it has an extra struct cheri_object as the first argument. |
| 8939 | const FunctionProtoType *OFT = |
| 8940 | NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 8941 | const ArrayRef<QualType> Params = OFT->getParamTypes(); |
| 8942 | SmallVector<QualType, 16> NewParams; |
| 8943 | NewParams.push_back(CHERIClassTy); |
| 8944 | NewParams.insert(NewParams.end(), Params.begin(), Params.end()); |
| 8945 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = OFT->getExtProtoInfo(); |
| 8946 | EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_CHERICCall); |
| 8947 | QualType WrappedType = Context.getFunctionType(RetType, NewParams, EPI); |
| 8948 | // Construct the new function name, taking the old one and adding the |
| 8949 | // suffix. |
| 8950 | std::string Name = (NewFD->getName() + Attr->getSuffix()).str(); |
| 8951 | IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get(Name); |
| 8952 | DeclarationName DN(&II); |
| 8953 | DeclarationNameInfo DNI(DN, SourceLocation()); |
| 8954 | // construct the function decl and its associated parameter decls |
| 8955 | FunctionDecl *WrappedFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, |
| 8956 | NewFD->getDeclContext(), NewFD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), DNI, |
| 8957 | WrappedType, TInfo, SC_Extern, false, true); |
| 8958 | SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Parms; |
| 8959 | for (QualType Ty : NewParams) { |
| 8960 | Parms.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, NewFD, SourceLocation(), |
| 8961 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, Ty, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, |
| 8962 | SourceLocation()), SC_None, nullptr)); |
| 8963 | } |
| 8964 | WrappedFD->setParams(Parms); |
| 8965 | // Propagate the default class (the calling convention is copied |
| 8966 | // automatically). This won't be used in the suffixed version, but is used |
| 8967 | // to look up the method number. |
| 8968 | if (CHERIMethodClassAttr *Cls = NewFD->getAttr<CHERIMethodClassAttr>()) |
| 8969 | WrappedFD->addAttr(Cls->clone(Context)); |
| 8970 | WrappedFD->addAttr(Attr->clone(Context)); |
| 8971 | Attr->setSuffix(Context, "" ); |
| 8972 | // Make the new prototype visible. |
| 8973 | NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()->addDecl(WrappedFD); |
| 8974 | S->AddDecl(WrappedFD); |
| 8975 | IdResolver.AddDecl(WrappedFD); |
| 8976 | } |
| 8977 | |
| 8978 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
| 8979 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return |
| 8980 | // type declaration will generate a compilation error. |
| 8981 | LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); |
| 8982 | if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) { |
| 8983 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), |
| 8984 | diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); |
| 8985 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 8986 | } |
| 8987 | } |
| 8988 | |
| 8989 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 8990 | // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. |
| 8991 | if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) |
| 8992 | CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); |
| 8993 | |
| 8994 | if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) |
| 8995 | CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); |
| 8996 | |
| 8997 | if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 8998 | D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, |
| 8999 | isMemberSpecialization)); |
| 9000 | else if (!Previous.empty()) |
| 9001 | // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. |
| 9002 | D.setRedeclaration(true); |
| 9003 | assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || |
| 9004 | Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && |
| 9005 | "previous declaration set still overloaded" ); |
| 9006 | |
| 9007 | // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that |
| 9008 | // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging |
| 9009 | // possibly prototyped redeclarations. |
| 9010 | const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
| 9011 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { |
| 9012 | CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); |
| 9013 | if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { |
| 9014 | // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without |
| 9015 | // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. |
| 9016 | int DiagID = |
| 9017 | CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; |
| 9018 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) |
| 9019 | << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); |
| 9020 | } |
| 9021 | } |
| 9022 | } else { |
| 9023 | // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: |
| 9024 | // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. |
| 9025 | // |
| 9026 | // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. |
| 9027 | // |
| 9028 | // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since |
| 9029 | // that forces an external definition to be emitted. |
| 9030 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && |
| 9031 | NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && |
| 9032 | !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) |
| 9033 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), |
| 9034 | diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) |
| 9035 | << NewFD->getDeclName(); |
| 9036 | |
| 9037 | // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template |
| 9038 | // argument list into our AST format. |
| 9039 | if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { |
| 9040 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; |
| 9041 | TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); |
| 9042 | TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); |
| 9043 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), |
| 9044 | TemplateId->NumArgs); |
| 9045 | translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, |
| 9046 | TemplateArgs); |
| 9047 | |
| 9048 | HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; |
| 9049 | |
| 9050 | if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 9051 | HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; |
| 9052 | } else if (FunctionTemplate) { |
| 9053 | // Function template with explicit template arguments. |
| 9054 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) |
| 9055 | << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); |
| 9056 | |
| 9057 | HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; |
| 9058 | } else { |
| 9059 | assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || |
| 9060 | D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && |
| 9061 | "should have a 'template<>' for this decl" ); |
| 9062 | // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. |
| 9063 | isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; |
| 9064 | } |
| 9065 | } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { |
| 9066 | // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user |
| 9067 | // wrote something like: |
| 9068 | // template <> friend void foo(int); |
| 9069 | // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: |
| 9070 | // friend void foo<>(int); |
| 9071 | // Go ahead and fake up a template id. |
| 9072 | HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; |
| 9073 | TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| 9074 | TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| 9075 | } |
| 9076 | |
| 9077 | // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because |
| 9078 | // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their |
| 9079 | // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, |
| 9080 | // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a |
| 9081 | // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template |
| 9082 | // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. |
| 9083 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA & !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) |
| 9084 | maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); |
| 9085 | |
| 9086 | // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible |
| 9087 | // that either the specialized function type or the specialized |
| 9088 | // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In |
| 9089 | // this case, don't check the specialization yet. |
| 9090 | bool InstantiationDependent = false; |
| 9091 | if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && |
| 9092 | (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || |
| 9093 | TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( |
| 9094 | TemplateArgs, |
| 9095 | InstantiationDependent))) { |
| 9096 | assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && |
| 9097 | "friend function specialization without template args" ); |
| 9098 | if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, |
| 9099 | Previous)) |
| 9100 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9101 | } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { |
| 9102 | if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() |
| 9103 | && !isFriend) { |
| 9104 | isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; |
| 9105 | } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 9106 | CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
| 9107 | NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr), |
| 9108 | Previous)) |
| 9109 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9110 | |
| 9111 | // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: |
| 9112 | // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit |
| 9113 | // specialization (14.7.3) |
| 9114 | FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = |
| 9115 | NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); |
| 9116 | if (Info && SC != SC_None) { |
| 9117 | if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) |
| 9118 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), |
| 9119 | diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) |
| 9120 | << SC |
| 9121 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( |
| 9122 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| 9123 | |
| 9124 | else |
| 9125 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), |
| 9126 | diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) |
| 9127 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( |
| 9128 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| 9129 | } |
| 9130 | } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| 9131 | if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) |
| 9132 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9133 | } |
| 9134 | |
| 9135 | // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. |
| 9136 | if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { |
| 9137 | if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) |
| 9138 | CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); |
| 9139 | |
| 9140 | if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) |
| 9141 | CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); |
| 9142 | |
| 9143 | if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 9144 | D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, |
| 9145 | isMemberSpecialization)); |
| 9146 | else if (!Previous.empty()) |
| 9147 | // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. |
| 9148 | D.setRedeclaration(true); |
| 9149 | } |
| 9150 | |
| 9151 | assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || |
| 9152 | Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && |
| 9153 | "previous declaration set still overloaded" ); |
| 9154 | |
| 9155 | NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate |
| 9156 | ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) |
| 9157 | : NewFD); |
| 9158 | |
| 9159 | if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { |
| 9160 | AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; |
| 9161 | if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 9162 | Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); |
| 9163 | |
| 9164 | NewFD->setAccess(Access); |
| 9165 | if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); |
| 9166 | } |
| 9167 | |
| 9168 | if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && |
| 9169 | PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) |
| 9170 | PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); |
| 9171 | |
| 9172 | // If we have a function template, check the template parameter |
| 9173 | // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. |
| 9174 | if (FunctionTemplate) { |
| 9175 | FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = |
| 9176 | FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); |
| 9177 | CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), |
| 9178 | PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() |
| 9179 | : nullptr, |
| 9180 | D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() |
| 9181 | ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() |
| 9182 | ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition |
| 9183 | : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) |
| 9184 | : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && |
| 9185 | DC && DC->isRecord() && |
| 9186 | DC->isDependentContext()) |
| 9187 | ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember |
| 9188 | : TPC_FunctionTemplate); |
| 9189 | } |
| 9190 | |
| 9191 | if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 9192 | // Ignore all the rest of this. |
| 9193 | } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { |
| 9194 | struct ActOnFDArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, |
| 9195 | AddToScope }; |
| 9196 | // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. |
| 9197 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) |
| 9198 | NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); |
| 9199 | |
| 9200 | // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. |
| 9201 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 9202 | // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or |
| 9203 | // dependent-scope friend declarations. |
| 9204 | |
| 9205 | // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent |
| 9206 | // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when |
| 9207 | // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be |
| 9208 | // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there |
| 9209 | // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we |
| 9210 | // can actually do this check immediately. |
| 9211 | // |
| 9212 | // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified |
| 9213 | // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now; |
| 9214 | // nothing will diagnose that error later. |
| 9215 | if (isFriend && |
| 9216 | (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || |
| 9217 | (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) { |
| 9218 | // ignore these |
| 9219 | } else { |
| 9220 | // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a |
| 9221 | // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there |
| 9222 | // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, |
| 9223 | // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: |
| 9224 | // |
| 9225 | // class X { |
| 9226 | // void f() const; |
| 9227 | // }; |
| 9228 | // |
| 9229 | // void X::f() { } // ill-formed |
| 9230 | // |
| 9231 | // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close |
| 9232 | // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and |
| 9233 | // whether the parameter types are references). |
| 9234 | |
| 9235 | if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( |
| 9236 | *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { |
| 9237 | AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; |
| 9238 | return Result; |
| 9239 | } |
| 9240 | } |
| 9241 | |
| 9242 | // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve |
| 9243 | // to something. |
| 9244 | } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { |
| 9245 | if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( |
| 9246 | *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { |
| 9247 | AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; |
| 9248 | return Result; |
| 9249 | } |
| 9250 | } |
| 9251 | } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && |
| 9252 | isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && |
| 9253 | !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && |
| 9254 | !isMemberSpecialization) { |
| 9255 | // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a |
| 9256 | // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). |
| 9257 | // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of |
| 9258 | // function templates or member functions of class templates, per |
| 9259 | // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an |
| 9260 | // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to |
| 9261 | // generate them. |
| 9262 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) |
| 9263 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 9264 | } |
| 9265 | } |
| 9266 | |
| 9267 | ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); |
| 9268 | checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); |
| 9269 | |
| 9270 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); |
| 9271 | |
| 9272 | if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && |
| 9273 | !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
| 9274 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), |
| 9275 | diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) |
| 9276 | << NewFD; |
| 9277 | |
| 9278 | // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. |
| 9279 | const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); |
| 9280 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( |
| 9281 | Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); |
| 9282 | EPI.Variadic = true; |
| 9283 | EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); |
| 9284 | |
| 9285 | QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); |
| 9286 | NewFD->setType(R); |
| 9287 | } |
| 9288 | |
| 9289 | // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class |
| 9290 | // member, set the visibility of this function. |
| 9291 | if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) |
| 9292 | AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); |
| 9293 | |
| 9294 | // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider |
| 9295 | // marking the function. |
| 9296 | AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); |
| 9297 | |
| 9298 | // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to |
| 9299 | // a pragma. |
| 9300 | if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) |
| 9301 | AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); |
| 9302 | |
| 9303 | // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update |
| 9304 | // the map of such variables. |
| 9305 | if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 9306 | isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) |
| 9307 | RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); |
| 9308 | |
| 9309 | // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. |
| 9310 | NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); |
| 9311 | |
| 9312 | if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { |
| 9313 | NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); |
| 9314 | checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD, |
| 9315 | isMemberSpecialization || |
| 9316 | isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, |
| 9317 | D.isFunctionDefinition()); |
| 9318 | } |
| 9319 | |
| 9320 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { |
| 9321 | IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); |
| 9322 | if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) && |
| 9323 | !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 9324 | NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { |
| 9325 | if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) |
| 9326 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return) |
| 9327 | << getCudaConfigureFuncName(); |
| 9328 | Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); |
| 9329 | } |
| 9330 | |
| 9331 | // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed |
| 9332 | // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed |
| 9333 | // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. |
| 9334 | if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && |
| 9335 | (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || |
| 9336 | NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && |
| 9337 | !(II && II->isStr("printf" ) && NewFD->isExternC() && |
| 9338 | !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { |
| 9339 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); |
| 9340 | } |
| 9341 | } |
| 9342 | |
| 9343 | MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); |
| 9344 | |
| 9345 | |
| 9346 | |
| 9347 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { |
| 9348 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. |
| 9349 | if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) |
| 9350 | && (SC == SC_Static)) { |
| 9351 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); |
| 9352 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 9353 | } |
| 9354 | |
| 9355 | // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. |
| 9356 | if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { |
| 9357 | SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); |
| 9358 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) |
| 9359 | << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void" ) |
| 9360 | : FixItHint()); |
| 9361 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 9362 | } |
| 9363 | |
| 9364 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; |
| 9365 | for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) |
| 9366 | checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); |
| 9367 | |
| 9368 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { |
| 9369 | if (DC->isRecord()) { |
| 9370 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel); |
| 9371 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 9372 | } |
| 9373 | if (FunctionTemplate) { |
| 9374 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel); |
| 9375 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 9376 | } |
| 9377 | } |
| 9378 | } |
| 9379 | |
| 9380 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 9381 | if (FunctionTemplate) { |
| 9382 | if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 9383 | FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9384 | return FunctionTemplate; |
| 9385 | } |
| 9386 | |
| 9387 | if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 9388 | CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); |
| 9389 | } |
| 9390 | |
| 9391 | for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { |
| 9392 | QualType PT = Param->getType(); |
| 9393 | |
| 9394 | // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value |
| 9395 | // types. |
| 9396 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { |
| 9397 | if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { |
| 9398 | QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); |
| 9399 | if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { |
| 9400 | Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); |
| 9401 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 9402 | } |
| 9403 | } |
| 9404 | } |
| 9405 | } |
| 9406 | |
| 9407 | // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. |
| 9408 | // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation |
| 9409 | // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. |
| 9410 | if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { |
| 9411 | ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = |
| 9412 | ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( |
| 9413 | Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(), |
| 9414 | cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), |
| 9415 | HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); |
| 9416 | CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); |
| 9417 | AddToScope = false; |
| 9418 | } |
| 9419 | |
| 9420 | // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions |
| 9421 | // that are run during load/unload. |
| 9422 | if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) { |
| 9423 | if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) { |
| 9424 | Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) |
| 9425 | << 1; |
| 9426 | NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); |
| 9427 | } |
| 9428 | if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) { |
| 9429 | Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) |
| 9430 | << 2; |
| 9431 | NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); |
| 9432 | } |
| 9433 | } |
| 9434 | |
| 9435 | return NewFD; |
| 9436 | } |
| 9437 | |
| 9438 | /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class. The Microsoft docs say |
| 9439 | /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of |
| 9440 | /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special |
| 9441 | /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment." |
| 9442 | /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler |
| 9443 | /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg. |
| 9444 | /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer |
| 9445 | /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See: |
| 9446 | /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer |
| 9447 | /// available since MS has removed the page. |
| 9448 | static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 9449 | const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); |
| 9450 | if (!Method) |
| 9451 | return nullptr; |
| 9452 | const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent(); |
| 9453 | if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { |
| 9454 | Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); |
| 9455 | NewAttr->setImplicit(true); |
| 9456 | return NewAttr; |
| 9457 | } |
| 9458 | |
| 9459 | // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg |
| 9460 | // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active. |
| 9461 | if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) |
| 9462 | return nullptr; |
| 9463 | |
| 9464 | while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) { |
| 9465 | if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { |
| 9466 | Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); |
| 9467 | NewAttr->setImplicit(true); |
| 9468 | return NewAttr; |
| 9469 | } |
| 9470 | } |
| 9471 | return nullptr; |
| 9472 | } |
| 9473 | |
| 9474 | /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a |
| 9475 | /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the |
| 9476 | /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack |
| 9477 | /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value). |
| 9478 | /// |
| 9479 | /// \param FD Function being declared. |
| 9480 | /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion. |
| 9481 | /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or |
| 9482 | /// nullptr if no attribute should be added. |
| 9483 | Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 9484 | bool IsDefinition) { |
| 9485 | if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD)) |
| 9486 | return A; |
| 9487 | if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition && |
| 9488 | CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) { |
| 9489 | return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), |
| 9490 | SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, |
| 9491 | CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), |
| 9492 | CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation); |
| 9493 | } |
| 9494 | return nullptr; |
| 9495 | } |
| 9496 | |
| 9497 | /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a |
| 9498 | /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a |
| 9499 | /// best-effort check. |
| 9500 | /// |
| 9501 | /// \param NewD The new declaration. |
| 9502 | /// \param OldD The old declaration. |
| 9503 | /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check. |
| 9504 | /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check. |
| 9505 | bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, |
| 9506 | QualType NewT, QualType OldT) { |
| 9507 | if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) |
| 9508 | return true; |
| 9509 | |
| 9510 | // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't |
| 9511 | // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation: |
| 9512 | // |
| 9513 | // int f(); |
| 9514 | // template<typename T> void g() { T f(); } |
| 9515 | // |
| 9516 | // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int). |
| 9517 | if (NewT->isDependentType() && |
| 9518 | (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind())) |
| 9519 | return false; |
| 9520 | |
| 9521 | // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern |
| 9522 | // declaration, we don't really know its type yet. |
| 9523 | if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl()) |
| 9524 | return false; |
| 9525 | |
| 9526 | return true; |
| 9527 | } |
| 9528 | |
| 9529 | /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be |
| 9530 | /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. |
| 9531 | /// |
| 9532 | /// \param D Declaration that is checked. |
| 9533 | /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the |
| 9534 | /// same declaration name. |
| 9535 | /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl |
| 9536 | /// belongs to. |
| 9537 | /// |
| 9538 | bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { |
| 9539 | if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) |
| 9540 | return true; |
| 9541 | |
| 9542 | // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to |
| 9543 | // permit cases like |
| 9544 | // |
| 9545 | // void func(); |
| 9546 | // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} }; |
| 9547 | // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} }; |
| 9548 | // |
| 9549 | // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated. |
| 9550 | // |
| 9551 | // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy |
| 9552 | // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply |
| 9553 | // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in |
| 9554 | // the way of access checks. |
| 9555 | if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) |
| 9556 | return false; |
| 9557 | |
| 9558 | auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); |
| 9559 | auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl); |
| 9560 | return !VD || !PrevVD || |
| 9561 | canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(), |
| 9562 | PrevVD->getType()); |
| 9563 | } |
| 9564 | |
| 9565 | /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion |
| 9566 | /// validity. |
| 9567 | /// |
| 9568 | /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. |
| 9569 | static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 9570 | const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); |
| 9571 | assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute" ); |
| 9572 | TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse(); |
| 9573 | const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo(); |
| 9574 | enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 }; |
| 9575 | |
| 9576 | if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() && |
| 9577 | !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) { |
| 9578 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) |
| 9579 | << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture; |
| 9580 | return true; |
| 9581 | } |
| 9582 | |
| 9583 | for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) { |
| 9584 | auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1); |
| 9585 | if (Feat[0] == '-') { |
| 9586 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) |
| 9587 | << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str(); |
| 9588 | return true; |
| 9589 | } |
| 9590 | |
| 9591 | if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) || |
| 9592 | !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) { |
| 9593 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) |
| 9594 | << Feature << BareFeat; |
| 9595 | return true; |
| 9596 | } |
| 9597 | } |
| 9598 | return false; |
| 9599 | } |
| 9600 | |
| 9601 | static bool HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 9602 | MultiVersionKind MVType) { |
| 9603 | for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) { |
| 9604 | switch (A->getKind()) { |
| 9605 | case attr::CPUDispatch: |
| 9606 | case attr::CPUSpecific: |
| 9607 | if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && |
| 9608 | MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) |
| 9609 | return true; |
| 9610 | break; |
| 9611 | case attr::Target: |
| 9612 | if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) |
| 9613 | return true; |
| 9614 | break; |
| 9615 | default: |
| 9616 | return true; |
| 9617 | } |
| 9618 | } |
| 9619 | return false; |
| 9620 | } |
| 9621 | |
| 9622 | static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD, |
| 9623 | const FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
| 9624 | bool CausesMV, |
| 9625 | MultiVersionKind MVType) { |
| 9626 | enum DoesntSupport { |
| 9627 | FuncTemplates = 0, |
| 9628 | VirtFuncs = 1, |
| 9629 | DeducedReturn = 2, |
| 9630 | Constructors = 3, |
| 9631 | Destructors = 4, |
| 9632 | DeletedFuncs = 5, |
| 9633 | DefaultedFuncs = 6, |
| 9634 | ConstexprFuncs = 7, |
| 9635 | }; |
| 9636 | enum Different { |
| 9637 | CallingConv = 0, |
| 9638 | ReturnType = 1, |
| 9639 | ConstexprSpec = 2, |
| 9640 | InlineSpec = 3, |
| 9641 | StorageClass = 4, |
| 9642 | Linkage = 5 |
| 9643 | }; |
| 9644 | |
| 9645 | bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType = |
| 9646 | MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || |
| 9647 | MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific; |
| 9648 | |
| 9649 | if (OldFD && !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { |
| 9650 | S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_noproto); |
| 9651 | S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); |
| 9652 | return true; |
| 9653 | } |
| 9654 | |
| 9655 | if (!NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
| 9656 | return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_noproto); |
| 9657 | |
| 9658 | if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { |
| 9659 | S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); |
| 9660 | if (OldFD) |
| 9661 | S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 9662 | return true; |
| 9663 | } |
| 9664 | |
| 9665 | // For now, disallow all other attributes. These should be opt-in, but |
| 9666 | // an analysis of all of them is a future FIXME. |
| 9667 | if (CausesMV && OldFD && HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(OldFD, MVType)) { |
| 9668 | S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) |
| 9669 | << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; |
| 9670 | S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); |
| 9671 | return true; |
| 9672 | } |
| 9673 | |
| 9674 | if (HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(NewFD, MVType)) |
| 9675 | return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) |
| 9676 | << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; |
| 9677 | |
| 9678 | if (NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) |
| 9679 | return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) |
| 9680 | << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << FuncTemplates; |
| 9681 | |
| 9682 | if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| 9683 | if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual()) |
| 9684 | return S.Diag(NewCXXFD->getLocation(), |
| 9685 | diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) |
| 9686 | << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << VirtFuncs; |
| 9687 | |
| 9688 | if (const auto *NewCXXCtor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) |
| 9689 | return S.Diag(NewCXXCtor->getLocation(), |
| 9690 | diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) |
| 9691 | << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << Constructors; |
| 9692 | |
| 9693 | if (const auto *NewCXXDtor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) |
| 9694 | return S.Diag(NewCXXDtor->getLocation(), |
| 9695 | diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) |
| 9696 | << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << Destructors; |
| 9697 | } |
| 9698 | |
| 9699 | if (NewFD->isDeleted()) |
| 9700 | return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) |
| 9701 | << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DeletedFuncs; |
| 9702 | |
| 9703 | if (NewFD->isDefaulted()) |
| 9704 | return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) |
| 9705 | << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DefaultedFuncs; |
| 9706 | |
| 9707 | if (NewFD->isConstexpr() && (MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || |
| 9708 | MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific)) |
| 9709 | return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) |
| 9710 | << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << ConstexprFuncs; |
| 9711 | |
| 9712 | QualType NewQType = S.getASTContext().getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); |
| 9713 | const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); |
| 9714 | QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType(); |
| 9715 | |
| 9716 | if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType()) |
| 9717 | return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) |
| 9718 | << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << DeducedReturn; |
| 9719 | |
| 9720 | // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used. |
| 9721 | if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false)) |
| 9722 | return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used); |
| 9723 | |
| 9724 | // Ensure the return type is identical. |
| 9725 | if (OldFD) { |
| 9726 | QualType OldQType = S.getASTContext().getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType()); |
| 9727 | const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); |
| 9728 | FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); |
| 9729 | FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); |
| 9730 | |
| 9731 | if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) |
| 9732 | return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) |
| 9733 | << CallingConv; |
| 9734 | |
| 9735 | QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); |
| 9736 | |
| 9737 | if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) |
| 9738 | return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) |
| 9739 | << ReturnType; |
| 9740 | |
| 9741 | if (OldFD->isConstexpr() != NewFD->isConstexpr()) |
| 9742 | return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) |
| 9743 | << ConstexprSpec; |
| 9744 | |
| 9745 | if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified()) |
| 9746 | return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) |
| 9747 | << InlineSpec; |
| 9748 | |
| 9749 | if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass()) |
| 9750 | return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) |
| 9751 | << StorageClass; |
| 9752 | |
| 9753 | if (OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC()) |
| 9754 | return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_diff) |
| 9755 | << Linkage; |
| 9756 | |
| 9757 | if (S.CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
| 9758 | OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(), |
| 9759 | NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation())) |
| 9760 | return true; |
| 9761 | } |
| 9762 | return false; |
| 9763 | } |
| 9764 | |
| 9765 | /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the |
| 9766 | /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. |
| 9767 | /// |
| 9768 | /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. |
| 9769 | /// |
| 9770 | /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. |
| 9771 | static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 9772 | MultiVersionKind MVType, |
| 9773 | const TargetAttr *TA) { |
| 9774 | assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None && |
| 9775 | "Function lacks multiversion attribute" ); |
| 9776 | |
| 9777 | // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal |
| 9778 | // function. |
| 9779 | if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) |
| 9780 | return false; |
| 9781 | |
| 9782 | if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) { |
| 9783 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9784 | return true; |
| 9785 | } |
| 9786 | |
| 9787 | if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) { |
| 9788 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9789 | return true; |
| 9790 | } |
| 9791 | |
| 9792 | FD->setIsMultiVersion(); |
| 9793 | return false; |
| 9794 | } |
| 9795 | |
| 9796 | static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 9797 | for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) { |
| 9798 | if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None) |
| 9799 | return true; |
| 9800 | } |
| 9801 | |
| 9802 | return false; |
| 9803 | } |
| 9804 | |
| 9805 | static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning( |
| 9806 | Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA, |
| 9807 | bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, |
| 9808 | LookupResult &Previous) { |
| 9809 | const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); |
| 9810 | TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); |
| 9811 | // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent. |
| 9812 | llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); |
| 9813 | |
| 9814 | // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that |
| 9815 | // to change, this is a simple redeclaration. |
| 9816 | if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() && |
| 9817 | (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr())) |
| 9818 | return false; |
| 9819 | |
| 9820 | // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning. |
| 9821 | if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { |
| 9822 | S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); |
| 9823 | S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 9824 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9825 | return true; |
| 9826 | } |
| 9827 | |
| 9828 | if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true, |
| 9829 | MultiVersionKind::Target)) { |
| 9830 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9831 | return true; |
| 9832 | } |
| 9833 | |
| 9834 | if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { |
| 9835 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9836 | return true; |
| 9837 | } |
| 9838 | |
| 9839 | // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration. |
| 9840 | if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) { |
| 9841 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 9842 | OldDecl = OldFD; |
| 9843 | OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); |
| 9844 | NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); |
| 9845 | return false; |
| 9846 | } |
| 9847 | |
| 9848 | if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) { |
| 9849 | S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); |
| 9850 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9851 | return true; |
| 9852 | } |
| 9853 | |
| 9854 | TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = |
| 9855 | OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); |
| 9856 | |
| 9857 | if (OldParsed == NewParsed) { |
| 9858 | S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); |
| 9859 | S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 9860 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9861 | return true; |
| 9862 | } |
| 9863 | |
| 9864 | for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) { |
| 9865 | const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); |
| 9866 | // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but |
| 9867 | // nothing after the fact. |
| 9868 | if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) && |
| 9869 | (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) { |
| 9870 | S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) |
| 9871 | << 0; |
| 9872 | S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); |
| 9873 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9874 | return true; |
| 9875 | } |
| 9876 | } |
| 9877 | |
| 9878 | OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); |
| 9879 | NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); |
| 9880 | Redeclaration = false; |
| 9881 | MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; |
| 9882 | OldDecl = nullptr; |
| 9883 | Previous.clear(); |
| 9884 | return false; |
| 9885 | } |
| 9886 | |
| 9887 | /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing |
| 9888 | /// multiversioned declaration collection. |
| 9889 | static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( |
| 9890 | Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
| 9891 | MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA, |
| 9892 | const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec, |
| 9893 | bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, |
| 9894 | LookupResult &Previous) { |
| 9895 | |
| 9896 | MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind(); |
| 9897 | // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types. |
| 9898 | if ((OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && |
| 9899 | NewMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) || |
| 9900 | (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && |
| 9901 | OldMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)) { |
| 9902 | S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); |
| 9903 | S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 9904 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9905 | return true; |
| 9906 | } |
| 9907 | |
| 9908 | TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed; |
| 9909 | if (NewTA) { |
| 9910 | NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); |
| 9911 | llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); |
| 9912 | } |
| 9913 | |
| 9914 | bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = |
| 9915 | S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind(); |
| 9916 | |
| 9917 | // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a |
| 9918 | // previous member of the MultiVersion set. |
| 9919 | for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) { |
| 9920 | FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction(); |
| 9921 | if (!CurFD) |
| 9922 | continue; |
| 9923 | if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) |
| 9924 | continue; |
| 9925 | |
| 9926 | if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) { |
| 9927 | const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); |
| 9928 | if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) { |
| 9929 | NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); |
| 9930 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 9931 | OldDecl = ND; |
| 9932 | return false; |
| 9933 | } |
| 9934 | |
| 9935 | TargetAttr::ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = |
| 9936 | CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); |
| 9937 | if (CurParsed == NewParsed) { |
| 9938 | S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); |
| 9939 | S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 9940 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9941 | return true; |
| 9942 | } |
| 9943 | } else { |
| 9944 | const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); |
| 9945 | const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); |
| 9946 | // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions. |
| 9947 | // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through |
| 9948 | // the redeclaration errors. |
| 9949 | if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && |
| 9950 | CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) { |
| 9951 | if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() && |
| 9952 | std::equal( |
| 9953 | CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(), |
| 9954 | NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), |
| 9955 | [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { |
| 9956 | return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); |
| 9957 | })) { |
| 9958 | NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); |
| 9959 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 9960 | OldDecl = ND; |
| 9961 | return false; |
| 9962 | } |
| 9963 | |
| 9964 | // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition. |
| 9965 | S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch); |
| 9966 | S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 9967 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9968 | return true; |
| 9969 | } |
| 9970 | if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) { |
| 9971 | |
| 9972 | if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() && |
| 9973 | std::equal( |
| 9974 | CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(), |
| 9975 | NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), |
| 9976 | [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { |
| 9977 | return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); |
| 9978 | })) { |
| 9979 | NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); |
| 9980 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 9981 | OldDecl = ND; |
| 9982 | return false; |
| 9983 | } |
| 9984 | |
| 9985 | // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU. |
| 9986 | for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) { |
| 9987 | for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) { |
| 9988 | if (CurII == NewII) { |
| 9989 | S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs) |
| 9990 | << NewII; |
| 9991 | S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 9992 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 9993 | return true; |
| 9994 | } |
| 9995 | } |
| 9996 | } |
| 9997 | } |
| 9998 | // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error |
| 9999 | // condition. |
| 10000 | } |
| 10001 | } |
| 10002 | |
| 10003 | // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case. Checking the 'value' is only |
| 10004 | // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are |
| 10005 | // handled in the attribute adding step. |
| 10006 | if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && |
| 10007 | CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { |
| 10008 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 10009 | return true; |
| 10010 | } |
| 10011 | |
| 10012 | if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, |
| 10013 | !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) { |
| 10014 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 10015 | return true; |
| 10016 | } |
| 10017 | |
| 10018 | // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible. |
| 10019 | if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) { |
| 10020 | OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); |
| 10021 | NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); |
| 10022 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 10023 | OldDecl = OldFD; |
| 10024 | return false; |
| 10025 | } |
| 10026 | |
| 10027 | NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); |
| 10028 | Redeclaration = false; |
| 10029 | MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; |
| 10030 | OldDecl = nullptr; |
| 10031 | Previous.clear(); |
| 10032 | return false; |
| 10033 | } |
| 10034 | |
| 10035 | |
| 10036 | /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration. |
| 10037 | /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. |
| 10038 | /// |
| 10039 | /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. |
| 10040 | /// |
| 10041 | /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. |
| 10042 | static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
| 10043 | bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, |
| 10044 | bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, |
| 10045 | LookupResult &Previous) { |
| 10046 | const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); |
| 10047 | const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); |
| 10048 | const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); |
| 10049 | |
| 10050 | // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited. |
| 10051 | if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) || |
| 10052 | (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) { |
| 10053 | S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); |
| 10054 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 10055 | return true; |
| 10056 | } |
| 10057 | |
| 10058 | MultiVersionKind MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind(); |
| 10059 | |
| 10060 | // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS |
| 10061 | // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint. |
| 10062 | if (NewFD->isMain()) { |
| 10063 | if ((MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) || |
| 10064 | MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || |
| 10065 | MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) { |
| 10066 | S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main); |
| 10067 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 10068 | return true; |
| 10069 | } |
| 10070 | return false; |
| 10071 | } |
| 10072 | |
| 10073 | if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() || |
| 10074 | OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != |
| 10075 | NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) { |
| 10076 | // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause |
| 10077 | // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition. |
| 10078 | if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) |
| 10079 | return false; |
| 10080 | return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA); |
| 10081 | } |
| 10082 | |
| 10083 | FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction(); |
| 10084 | |
| 10085 | if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) |
| 10086 | return false; |
| 10087 | |
| 10088 | if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) { |
| 10089 | S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) |
| 10090 | << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target); |
| 10091 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 10092 | return true; |
| 10093 | } |
| 10094 | |
| 10095 | // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case. |
| 10096 | if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) |
| 10097 | return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA, |
| 10098 | Redeclaration, OldDecl, |
| 10099 | MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); |
| 10100 | |
| 10101 | // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an |
| 10102 | // appropriate attribute in the current function decl. Resolve that these are |
| 10103 | // still compatible with previous declarations. |
| 10104 | return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( |
| 10105 | S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration, |
| 10106 | OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); |
| 10107 | } |
| 10108 | |
| 10109 | /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. |
| 10110 | /// |
| 10111 | /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration |
| 10112 | /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not |
| 10113 | /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is |
| 10114 | /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed |
| 10115 | /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions |
| 10116 | /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called |
| 10117 | /// via InstantiateDecl). |
| 10118 | /// |
| 10119 | /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is |
| 10120 | /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the |
| 10121 | /// previous declaration). |
| 10122 | /// |
| 10123 | /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. |
| 10124 | /// |
| 10125 | /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. |
| 10126 | bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
| 10127 | LookupResult &Previous, |
| 10128 | bool IsMemberSpecialization) { |
| 10129 | assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && |
| 10130 | "Variably modified return types are not handled here" ); |
| 10131 | |
| 10132 | // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with |
| 10133 | // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, |
| 10134 | // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. |
| 10135 | bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| 10136 | !Previous.isShadowed(); |
| 10137 | |
| 10138 | bool Redeclaration = false; |
| 10139 | NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; |
| 10140 | bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; |
| 10141 | |
| 10142 | // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of |
| 10143 | // the same name, if appropriate. |
| 10144 | if (!Previous.empty()) { |
| 10145 | // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or |
| 10146 | // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, |
| 10147 | // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new |
| 10148 | // function to the scope. |
| 10149 | if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { |
| 10150 | NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); |
| 10151 | if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { |
| 10152 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 10153 | OldDecl = Candidate; |
| 10154 | } |
| 10155 | } else { |
| 10156 | MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; |
| 10157 | switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, |
| 10158 | /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { |
| 10159 | case Ovl_Match: |
| 10160 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 10161 | break; |
| 10162 | |
| 10163 | case Ovl_NonFunction: |
| 10164 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 10165 | break; |
| 10166 | |
| 10167 | case Ovl_Overload: |
| 10168 | Redeclaration = false; |
| 10169 | break; |
| 10170 | } |
| 10171 | } |
| 10172 | } |
| 10173 | |
| 10174 | // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. |
| 10175 | if (!Redeclaration && |
| 10176 | checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { |
| 10177 | if (!Previous.empty()) { |
| 10178 | // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous |
| 10179 | // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... |
| 10180 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 10181 | OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); |
| 10182 | MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; |
| 10183 | |
| 10184 | // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). |
| 10185 | if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || |
| 10186 | NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { |
| 10187 | if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { |
| 10188 | MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; |
| 10189 | Redeclaration = false; |
| 10190 | OldDecl = nullptr; |
| 10191 | } |
| 10192 | } |
| 10193 | } |
| 10194 | } |
| 10195 | |
| 10196 | if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl, |
| 10197 | MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous)) |
| 10198 | return Redeclaration; |
| 10199 | |
| 10200 | // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: |
| 10201 | // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not |
| 10202 | // a constructor declares that member function to be const. |
| 10203 | // |
| 10204 | // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line |
| 10205 | // definition of a static member function. |
| 10206 | // |
| 10207 | // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards |
| 10208 | // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. |
| 10209 | CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); |
| 10210 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && |
| 10211 | !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && |
| 10212 | !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) { |
| 10213 | CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; |
| 10214 | if (OldDecl) |
| 10215 | OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); |
| 10216 | if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { |
| 10217 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT = |
| 10218 | MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 10219 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); |
| 10220 | EPI.TypeQuals.addConst(); |
| 10221 | MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), |
| 10222 | FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); |
| 10223 | |
| 10224 | // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. |
| 10225 | // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. |
| 10226 | if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { |
| 10227 | SourceLocation AddConstLoc; |
| 10228 | if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() |
| 10229 | .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) |
| 10230 | AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); |
| 10231 | |
| 10232 | Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) |
| 10233 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const" ); |
| 10234 | } |
| 10235 | } |
| 10236 | } |
| 10237 | |
| 10238 | if (Redeclaration) { |
| 10239 | // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be |
| 10240 | // merged. |
| 10241 | if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { |
| 10242 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 10243 | return Redeclaration; |
| 10244 | } |
| 10245 | |
| 10246 | Previous.clear(); |
| 10247 | Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); |
| 10248 | |
| 10249 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl = |
| 10250 | dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { |
| 10251 | auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 10252 | FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl |
| 10253 | = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); |
| 10254 | assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch" ); |
| 10255 | |
| 10256 | // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in |
| 10257 | // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we |
| 10258 | // can add it as a redeclaration. |
| 10259 | NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl); |
| 10260 | |
| 10261 | NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); |
| 10262 | adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); |
| 10263 | if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) { |
| 10264 | NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); |
| 10265 | NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); |
| 10266 | } |
| 10267 | |
| 10268 | // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function |
| 10269 | // template, mark it as a member specialization. |
| 10270 | if (IsMemberSpecialization && |
| 10271 | NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { |
| 10272 | NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); |
| 10273 | assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); |
| 10274 | // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted |
| 10275 | // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. |
| 10276 | if (OldFD->isDeleted()) { |
| 10277 | // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. |
| 10278 | assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD); |
| 10279 | // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. |
| 10280 | OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false); |
| 10281 | } |
| 10282 | } |
| 10283 | |
| 10284 | } else { |
| 10285 | if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { |
| 10286 | auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); |
| 10287 | // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. |
| 10288 | NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); |
| 10289 | adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); |
| 10290 | if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) |
| 10291 | NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess()); |
| 10292 | } |
| 10293 | } |
| 10294 | } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && |
| 10295 | !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { |
| 10296 | assert((Previous.empty() || |
| 10297 | llvm::any_of(Previous, |
| 10298 | [](const NamedDecl *ND) { |
| 10299 | return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); |
| 10300 | })) && |
| 10301 | "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present" ); |
| 10302 | |
| 10303 | auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { |
| 10304 | const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); |
| 10305 | return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); |
| 10306 | }); |
| 10307 | |
| 10308 | if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { |
| 10309 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), |
| 10310 | diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); |
| 10311 | Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), |
| 10312 | diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) |
| 10313 | << false; |
| 10314 | |
| 10315 | NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); |
| 10316 | } |
| 10317 | } |
| 10318 | |
| 10319 | // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). |
| 10320 | |
| 10321 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 10322 | // C++-specific checks. |
| 10323 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| 10324 | CheckConstructor(Constructor); |
| 10325 | } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = |
| 10326 | dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| 10327 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); |
| 10328 | QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); |
| 10329 | |
| 10330 | // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class |
| 10331 | // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. |
| 10332 | if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { |
| 10333 | DeclarationName Name |
| 10334 | = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( |
| 10335 | Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); |
| 10336 | if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { |
| 10337 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); |
| 10338 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 10339 | return Redeclaration; |
| 10340 | } |
| 10341 | } |
| 10342 | } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion |
| 10343 | = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| 10344 | ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); |
| 10345 | } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| 10346 | if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) |
| 10347 | CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); |
| 10348 | |
| 10349 | // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be |
| 10350 | // explicitly specialized. |
| 10351 | if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) |
| 10352 | Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) |
| 10353 | << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; |
| 10354 | } |
| 10355 | |
| 10356 | // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. |
| 10357 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| 10358 | if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && |
| 10359 | !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && |
| 10360 | Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { |
| 10361 | if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { |
| 10362 | // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. |
| 10363 | if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { |
| 10364 | ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); |
| 10365 | } |
| 10366 | } |
| 10367 | } |
| 10368 | |
| 10369 | if (Method->isStatic()) |
| 10370 | checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); |
| 10371 | } |
| 10372 | |
| 10373 | // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). |
| 10374 | if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && |
| 10375 | CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { |
| 10376 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 10377 | return Redeclaration; |
| 10378 | } |
| 10379 | |
| 10380 | // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). |
| 10381 | if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && |
| 10382 | CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { |
| 10383 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 10384 | return Redeclaration; |
| 10385 | } |
| 10386 | |
| 10387 | // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless |
| 10388 | // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done |
| 10389 | // during delayed parsing anyway. |
| 10390 | if (!CurContext->isRecord()) |
| 10391 | CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); |
| 10392 | |
| 10393 | // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this |
| 10394 | // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. |
| 10395 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { |
| 10396 | ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; |
| 10397 | LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); |
| 10398 | QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); |
| 10399 | // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception |
| 10400 | // specification, that's OK. |
| 10401 | // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to |
| 10402 | // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. |
| 10403 | if (!T.isNull() && |
| 10404 | !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, |
| 10405 | NewFD->getType())) |
| 10406 | // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, |
| 10407 | // so forget about the builtin entirely. |
| 10408 | Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); |
| 10409 | } |
| 10410 | |
| 10411 | // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if |
| 10412 | // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C |
| 10413 | // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. |
| 10414 | // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. |
| 10415 | if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { |
| 10416 | QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); |
| 10417 | if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) |
| 10418 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) |
| 10419 | << NewFD << R; |
| 10420 | else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && |
| 10421 | !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) |
| 10422 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; |
| 10423 | } |
| 10424 | |
| 10425 | // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: |
| 10426 | // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification |
| 10427 | // [is] part of the function type |
| 10428 | // |
| 10429 | // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose |
| 10430 | // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or |
| 10431 | // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in |
| 10432 | // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other |
| 10433 | // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) |
| 10434 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { |
| 10435 | auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { |
| 10436 | // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function |
| 10437 | // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very |
| 10438 | // restricted prior to C++17. |
| 10439 | if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
| 10440 | T = RT->getPointeeType(); |
| 10441 | else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) |
| 10442 | T = T->getPointeeType(); |
| 10443 | else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
| 10444 | T = MPT->getPointeeType(); |
| 10445 | if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
| 10446 | if (FPT->isNothrow()) |
| 10447 | return true; |
| 10448 | return false; |
| 10449 | }; |
| 10450 | |
| 10451 | auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 10452 | bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); |
| 10453 | for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) |
| 10454 | AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); |
| 10455 | if (AnyNoexcept) |
| 10456 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), |
| 10457 | diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) |
| 10458 | << NewFD; |
| 10459 | } |
| 10460 | |
| 10461 | if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) |
| 10462 | checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); |
| 10463 | } |
| 10464 | return Redeclaration; |
| 10465 | } |
| 10466 | |
| 10467 | void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { |
| 10468 | // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: |
| 10469 | // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or |
| 10470 | // constexpr is ill-formed. |
| 10471 | // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall |
| 10472 | // appear in a declaration of main. |
| 10473 | // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. |
| 10474 | // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. |
| 10475 | if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) |
| 10476 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
| 10477 | ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) |
| 10478 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| 10479 | if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) |
| 10480 | Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) |
| 10481 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); |
| 10482 | if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { |
| 10483 | SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); |
| 10484 | SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); |
| 10485 | Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); |
| 10486 | Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) |
| 10487 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); |
| 10488 | } |
| 10489 | if (FD->isConstexpr()) { |
| 10490 | Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) |
| 10491 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); |
| 10492 | FD->setConstexpr(false); |
| 10493 | } |
| 10494 | |
| 10495 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
| 10496 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) |
| 10497 | << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); |
| 10498 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 10499 | return; |
| 10500 | } |
| 10501 | |
| 10502 | QualType T = FD->getType(); |
| 10503 | assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type" ); |
| 10504 | const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
| 10505 | |
| 10506 | // Set default calling convention for main() |
| 10507 | if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { |
| 10508 | FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); |
| 10509 | FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); |
| 10510 | T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType()); |
| 10511 | } |
| 10512 | |
| 10513 | if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 10514 | // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return |
| 10515 | // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the |
| 10516 | // implicit-return-zero rule. |
| 10517 | |
| 10518 | // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. |
| 10519 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) |
| 10520 | FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); |
| 10521 | else { |
| 10522 | Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); |
| 10523 | SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); |
| 10524 | if (RTRange.isValid()) |
| 10525 | Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) |
| 10526 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int" ); |
| 10527 | } |
| 10528 | } else { |
| 10529 | // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; |
| 10530 | // set the flag which tells us that. |
| 10531 | // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. |
| 10532 | |
| 10533 | // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. |
| 10534 | if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) |
| 10535 | FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); |
| 10536 | else { |
| 10537 | // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. |
| 10538 | SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); |
| 10539 | Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) |
| 10540 | << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int" ) |
| 10541 | : FixItHint()); |
| 10542 | FD->setInvalidDecl(true); |
| 10543 | } |
| 10544 | } |
| 10545 | |
| 10546 | // Treat protoless main() as nullary. |
| 10547 | if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; |
| 10548 | |
| 10549 | const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); |
| 10550 | unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); |
| 10551 | assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); |
| 10552 | |
| 10553 | bool = (nparams > 3); |
| 10554 | |
| 10555 | if (FTP->isVariadic()) { |
| 10556 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); |
| 10557 | // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we |
| 10558 | // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. |
| 10559 | } |
| 10560 | |
| 10561 | // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If |
| 10562 | // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start |
| 10563 | // getting shifty. |
| 10564 | if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) |
| 10565 | HasExtraParameters = false; |
| 10566 | |
| 10567 | if (HasExtraParameters) { |
| 10568 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; |
| 10569 | FD->setInvalidDecl(true); |
| 10570 | nparams = 3; |
| 10571 | } |
| 10572 | |
| 10573 | // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved |
| 10574 | // if we had some location information about types. |
| 10575 | |
| 10576 | QualType CharPP = |
| 10577 | Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); |
| 10578 | QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; |
| 10579 | |
| 10580 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { |
| 10581 | QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); |
| 10582 | |
| 10583 | bool mismatch = true; |
| 10584 | |
| 10585 | if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) |
| 10586 | mismatch = false; |
| 10587 | else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { |
| 10588 | // As an extension, the following forms are okay: |
| 10589 | // char const ** |
| 10590 | // char const * const * |
| 10591 | // char * const * |
| 10592 | |
| 10593 | QualifierCollector qs; |
| 10594 | const PointerType* PT; |
| 10595 | if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && |
| 10596 | (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && |
| 10597 | Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), |
| 10598 | Context.CharTy)) { |
| 10599 | qs.removeConst(); |
| 10600 | mismatch = !qs.empty(); |
| 10601 | } |
| 10602 | } |
| 10603 | |
| 10604 | if (mismatch) { |
| 10605 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; |
| 10606 | // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type |
| 10607 | FD->setInvalidDecl(true); |
| 10608 | } |
| 10609 | } |
| 10610 | |
| 10611 | if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 10612 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); |
| 10613 | } |
| 10614 | |
| 10615 | if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { |
| 10616 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; |
| 10617 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 10618 | } |
| 10619 | } |
| 10620 | |
| 10621 | void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 10622 | QualType T = FD->getType(); |
| 10623 | assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type" ); |
| 10624 | const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); |
| 10625 | |
| 10626 | // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, |
| 10627 | // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. |
| 10628 | if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || |
| 10629 | FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || |
| 10630 | FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) |
| 10631 | // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. |
| 10632 | if (FD->getName() != "DllMain" ) |
| 10633 | FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); |
| 10634 | |
| 10635 | if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { |
| 10636 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; |
| 10637 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 10638 | } |
| 10639 | } |
| 10640 | |
| 10641 | bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { |
| 10642 | // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for |
| 10643 | // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or |
| 10644 | // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, |
| 10645 | // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated |
| 10646 | // expressions. Everything else falls under the |
| 10647 | // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. |
| 10648 | // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression |
| 10649 | // rules there don't matter.) |
| 10650 | const Expr *Culprit; |
| 10651 | if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) |
| 10652 | return false; |
| 10653 | Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) |
| 10654 | << Culprit->getSourceRange(); |
| 10655 | return true; |
| 10656 | } |
| 10657 | |
| 10658 | namespace { |
| 10659 | // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in |
| 10660 | // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. |
| 10661 | class SelfReferenceChecker |
| 10662 | : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { |
| 10663 | Sema &S; |
| 10664 | Decl *OrigDecl; |
| 10665 | bool isRecordType; |
| 10666 | bool isPODType; |
| 10667 | bool isReferenceType; |
| 10668 | |
| 10669 | bool isInitList; |
| 10670 | llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; |
| 10671 | |
| 10672 | public: |
| 10673 | typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; |
| 10674 | |
| 10675 | SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), |
| 10676 | S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { |
| 10677 | isPODType = false; |
| 10678 | isRecordType = false; |
| 10679 | isReferenceType = false; |
| 10680 | isInitList = false; |
| 10681 | if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { |
| 10682 | isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); |
| 10683 | isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); |
| 10684 | isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); |
| 10685 | } |
| 10686 | } |
| 10687 | |
| 10688 | // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, |
| 10689 | // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are |
| 10690 | // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. |
| 10691 | void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { |
| 10692 | InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); |
| 10693 | if (!InitList) { |
| 10694 | Visit(E); |
| 10695 | return; |
| 10696 | } |
| 10697 | |
| 10698 | // Track and increment the index here. |
| 10699 | isInitList = true; |
| 10700 | InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); |
| 10701 | for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { |
| 10702 | CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); |
| 10703 | ++InitFieldIndex.back(); |
| 10704 | } |
| 10705 | InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); |
| 10706 | } |
| 10707 | |
| 10708 | // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. |
| 10709 | // Returns false if additional checking is required. |
| 10710 | bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { |
| 10711 | llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; |
| 10712 | Expr *Base = E; |
| 10713 | bool ReferenceField = false; |
| 10714 | |
| 10715 | // Get the field members used. |
| 10716 | while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { |
| 10717 | FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); |
| 10718 | if (!FD) |
| 10719 | return false; |
| 10720 | Fields.push_back(FD); |
| 10721 | if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) |
| 10722 | ReferenceField = true; |
| 10723 | Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
| 10724 | } |
| 10725 | |
| 10726 | // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. |
| 10727 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); |
| 10728 | if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) |
| 10729 | return false; |
| 10730 | |
| 10731 | // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. |
| 10732 | if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) |
| 10733 | return true; |
| 10734 | |
| 10735 | // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. |
| 10736 | llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; |
| 10737 | for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) |
| 10738 | UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); |
| 10739 | |
| 10740 | // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index |
| 10741 | // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being |
| 10742 | // initialized, then the use is safe. |
| 10743 | for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), |
| 10744 | UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), |
| 10745 | OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), |
| 10746 | OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); |
| 10747 | UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { |
| 10748 | if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) |
| 10749 | return true; |
| 10750 | if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) |
| 10751 | break; |
| 10752 | } |
| 10753 | |
| 10754 | // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. |
| 10755 | HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); |
| 10756 | return true; |
| 10757 | } |
| 10758 | |
| 10759 | // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. |
| 10760 | // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional |
| 10761 | // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. |
| 10762 | void HandleValue(Expr *E) { |
| 10763 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); |
| 10764 | if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { |
| 10765 | HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); |
| 10766 | return; |
| 10767 | } |
| 10768 | |
| 10769 | if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { |
| 10770 | Visit(CO->getCond()); |
| 10771 | HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); |
| 10772 | HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); |
| 10773 | return; |
| 10774 | } |
| 10775 | |
| 10776 | if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = |
| 10777 | dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { |
| 10778 | Visit(BCO->getCond()); |
| 10779 | HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); |
| 10780 | return; |
| 10781 | } |
| 10782 | |
| 10783 | if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { |
| 10784 | HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); |
| 10785 | return; |
| 10786 | } |
| 10787 | |
| 10788 | if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { |
| 10789 | if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { |
| 10790 | Visit(BO->getLHS()); |
| 10791 | HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); |
| 10792 | return; |
| 10793 | } |
| 10794 | } |
| 10795 | |
| 10796 | if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { |
| 10797 | if (isInitList) { |
| 10798 | if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), |
| 10799 | false /*CheckReference*/)) |
| 10800 | return; |
| 10801 | } |
| 10802 | |
| 10803 | Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
| 10804 | while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { |
| 10805 | // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. |
| 10806 | if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) |
| 10807 | return; |
| 10808 | Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
| 10809 | } |
| 10810 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) |
| 10811 | HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); |
| 10812 | return; |
| 10813 | } |
| 10814 | |
| 10815 | Visit(E); |
| 10816 | } |
| 10817 | |
| 10818 | // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all |
| 10819 | // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. |
| 10820 | void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { |
| 10821 | if (isReferenceType) |
| 10822 | HandleDeclRefExpr(E); |
| 10823 | } |
| 10824 | |
| 10825 | void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { |
| 10826 | if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { |
| 10827 | HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); |
| 10828 | return; |
| 10829 | } |
| 10830 | |
| 10831 | Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); |
| 10832 | } |
| 10833 | |
| 10834 | void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { |
| 10835 | if (isInitList) { |
| 10836 | if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) |
| 10837 | return; |
| 10838 | } |
| 10839 | |
| 10840 | // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. |
| 10841 | if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; |
| 10842 | |
| 10843 | // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member |
| 10844 | // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. |
| 10845 | CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); |
| 10846 | bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); |
| 10847 | Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
| 10848 | while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { |
| 10849 | if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) |
| 10850 | Warn = false; |
| 10851 | Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); |
| 10852 | } |
| 10853 | |
| 10854 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { |
| 10855 | if (Warn) |
| 10856 | HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); |
| 10857 | return; |
| 10858 | } |
| 10859 | |
| 10860 | // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. |
| 10861 | // Visit that expression. |
| 10862 | Visit(Base); |
| 10863 | } |
| 10864 | |
| 10865 | void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { |
| 10866 | Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); |
| 10867 | |
| 10868 | if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) |
| 10869 | return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); |
| 10870 | |
| 10871 | Visit(Callee); |
| 10872 | for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) |
| 10873 | HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); |
| 10874 | } |
| 10875 | |
| 10876 | void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { |
| 10877 | // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. |
| 10878 | if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && |
| 10879 | isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { |
| 10880 | if (!isPODType) |
| 10881 | HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); |
| 10882 | return; |
| 10883 | } |
| 10884 | |
| 10885 | if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { |
| 10886 | HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); |
| 10887 | return; |
| 10888 | } |
| 10889 | |
| 10890 | Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); |
| 10891 | } |
| 10892 | |
| 10893 | void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} |
| 10894 | |
| 10895 | void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { |
| 10896 | if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { |
| 10897 | Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); |
| 10898 | if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) |
| 10899 | if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) |
| 10900 | ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); |
| 10901 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) |
| 10902 | if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) |
| 10903 | ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); |
| 10904 | HandleValue(ArgExpr); |
| 10905 | return; |
| 10906 | } |
| 10907 | Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); |
| 10908 | } |
| 10909 | |
| 10910 | void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { |
| 10911 | // Treat std::move as a use. |
| 10912 | if (E->isCallToStdMove()) { |
| 10913 | HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); |
| 10914 | return; |
| 10915 | } |
| 10916 | |
| 10917 | Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); |
| 10918 | } |
| 10919 | |
| 10920 | void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { |
| 10921 | if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { |
| 10922 | HandleValue(E->getLHS()); |
| 10923 | Visit(E->getRHS()); |
| 10924 | return; |
| 10925 | } |
| 10926 | |
| 10927 | Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); |
| 10928 | } |
| 10929 | |
| 10930 | // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the |
| 10931 | // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately |
| 10932 | // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. |
| 10933 | void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { |
| 10934 | Visit(E->getCond()); |
| 10935 | Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); |
| 10936 | } |
| 10937 | |
| 10938 | void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { |
| 10939 | Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); |
| 10940 | if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; |
| 10941 | unsigned diag; |
| 10942 | if (isReferenceType) { |
| 10943 | diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; |
| 10944 | } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { |
| 10945 | diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; |
| 10946 | } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || |
| 10947 | isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || |
| 10948 | DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { |
| 10949 | diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; |
| 10950 | } else { |
| 10951 | // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. |
| 10952 | return; |
| 10953 | } |
| 10954 | |
| 10955 | S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE, |
| 10956 | S.PDiag(diag) |
| 10957 | << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation() |
| 10958 | << DRE->getSourceRange()); |
| 10959 | } |
| 10960 | }; |
| 10961 | |
| 10962 | /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. |
| 10963 | static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, |
| 10964 | bool DirectInit) { |
| 10965 | // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, |
| 10966 | // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. |
| 10967 | if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) |
| 10968 | return; |
| 10969 | |
| 10970 | E = E->IgnoreParens(); |
| 10971 | |
| 10972 | // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. |
| 10973 | // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. |
| 10974 | if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) |
| 10975 | if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) |
| 10976 | if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) |
| 10977 | if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) |
| 10978 | if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) |
| 10979 | return; |
| 10980 | |
| 10981 | SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); |
| 10982 | } |
| 10983 | } // end anonymous namespace |
| 10984 | |
| 10985 | namespace { |
| 10986 | // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is |
| 10987 | // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. |
| 10988 | struct VarDeclOrName { |
| 10989 | VarDecl *VDecl; |
| 10990 | DeclarationName Name; |
| 10991 | |
| 10992 | friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & |
| 10993 | operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { |
| 10994 | return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; |
| 10995 | } |
| 10996 | }; |
| 10997 | } // end anonymous namespace |
| 10998 | |
| 10999 | QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, |
| 11000 | DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, |
| 11001 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
| 11002 | SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, |
| 11003 | Expr *Init) { |
| 11004 | bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; |
| 11005 | assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && |
| 11006 | "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization" ); |
| 11007 | |
| 11008 | VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; |
| 11009 | |
| 11010 | DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); |
| 11011 | assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type" ); |
| 11012 | |
| 11013 | // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 |
| 11014 | if (!Init) { |
| 11015 | assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?" ); |
| 11016 | |
| 11017 | // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing |
| 11018 | // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern. |
| 11019 | if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) || |
| 11020 | VDecl->hasExternalStorage() || |
| 11021 | VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { |
| 11022 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) |
| 11023 | << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; |
| 11024 | return QualType(); |
| 11025 | } |
| 11026 | } |
| 11027 | |
| 11028 | ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits; |
| 11029 | if (Init) |
| 11030 | DeduceInits = Init; |
| 11031 | |
| 11032 | if (DirectInit) { |
| 11033 | if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) |
| 11034 | DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); |
| 11035 | } |
| 11036 | |
| 11037 | if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { |
| 11038 | assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?" ); |
| 11039 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); |
| 11040 | InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( |
| 11041 | VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); |
| 11042 | // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. |
| 11043 | SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); |
| 11044 | return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, |
| 11045 | InitsCopy); |
| 11046 | } |
| 11047 | |
| 11048 | if (DirectInit) { |
| 11049 | if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) |
| 11050 | DeduceInits = IL->inits(); |
| 11051 | } |
| 11052 | |
| 11053 | // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. |
| 11054 | if (DeduceInits.empty()) { |
| 11055 | // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to |
| 11056 | // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" |
| 11057 | Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture |
| 11058 | ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression |
| 11059 | : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) |
| 11060 | << VN << Type << Range; |
| 11061 | return QualType(); |
| 11062 | } |
| 11063 | |
| 11064 | if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { |
| 11065 | Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(), |
| 11066 | IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions |
| 11067 | : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) |
| 11068 | << VN << Type << Range; |
| 11069 | return QualType(); |
| 11070 | } |
| 11071 | |
| 11072 | Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; |
| 11073 | if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { |
| 11074 | Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture |
| 11075 | ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces |
| 11076 | : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) |
| 11077 | << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; |
| 11078 | return QualType(); |
| 11079 | } |
| 11080 | |
| 11081 | // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. |
| 11082 | bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; |
| 11083 | if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && |
| 11084 | Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { |
| 11085 | ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); |
| 11086 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
| 11087 | return QualType(); |
| 11088 | } |
| 11089 | Init = Result.get(); |
| 11090 | DefaultedAnyToId = true; |
| 11091 | } |
| 11092 | |
| 11093 | // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: |
| 11094 | // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier |
| 11095 | // is present, e has type cv A |
| 11096 | if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && |
| 11097 | Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && |
| 11098 | DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) |
| 11099 | return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), |
| 11100 | Type.getQualifiers()); |
| 11101 | |
| 11102 | QualType DeducedType; |
| 11103 | if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { |
| 11104 | if (!IsInitCapture) |
| 11105 | DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); |
| 11106 | else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) |
| 11107 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), |
| 11108 | diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) |
| 11109 | << VN |
| 11110 | << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() |
| 11111 | : DeduceInit->getType()) |
| 11112 | << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); |
| 11113 | else |
| 11114 | Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) |
| 11115 | << VN << TSI->getType() |
| 11116 | << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() |
| 11117 | : DeduceInit->getType()) |
| 11118 | << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); |
| 11119 | } |
| 11120 | |
| 11121 | // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using |
| 11122 | // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual |
| 11123 | // checks. |
| 11124 | // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: |
| 11125 | // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. |
| 11126 | if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && |
| 11127 | !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { |
| 11128 | SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); |
| 11129 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; |
| 11130 | } |
| 11131 | |
| 11132 | return DeducedType; |
| 11133 | } |
| 11134 | |
| 11135 | bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, |
| 11136 | Expr *Init) { |
| 11137 | QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( |
| 11138 | VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), |
| 11139 | VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); |
| 11140 | if (DeducedType.isNull()) { |
| 11141 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11142 | return true; |
| 11143 | } |
| 11144 | |
| 11145 | VDecl->setType(DeducedType); |
| 11146 | assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); |
| 11147 | |
| 11148 | // In ARC, infer lifetime. |
| 11149 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) |
| 11150 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11151 | |
| 11152 | // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches |
| 11153 | // the previously declared type. |
| 11154 | if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { |
| 11155 | // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete |
| 11156 | // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. |
| 11157 | MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); |
| 11158 | } |
| 11159 | |
| 11160 | // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. |
| 11161 | CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); |
| 11162 | return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); |
| 11163 | } |
| 11164 | |
| 11165 | /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the |
| 11166 | /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct |
| 11167 | /// initialization rather than copy initialization. |
| 11168 | void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { |
| 11169 | // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore |
| 11170 | // the initializer. |
| 11171 | if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 11172 | CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); |
| 11173 | return; |
| 11174 | } |
| 11175 | |
| 11176 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { |
| 11177 | // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. |
| 11178 | Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) |
| 11179 | << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 11180 | Method->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11181 | return; |
| 11182 | } |
| 11183 | |
| 11184 | VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); |
| 11185 | if (!VDecl) { |
| 11186 | assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here" ); |
| 11187 | Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); |
| 11188 | RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11189 | return; |
| 11190 | } |
| 11191 | |
| 11192 | // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. |
| 11193 | if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { |
| 11194 | // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can |
| 11195 | // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a |
| 11196 | // TypoExpr. |
| 11197 | ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); |
| 11198 | if (!Res.isUsable()) { |
| 11199 | RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11200 | return; |
| 11201 | } |
| 11202 | Init = Res.get(); |
| 11203 | |
| 11204 | if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) |
| 11205 | return; |
| 11206 | } |
| 11207 | |
| 11208 | // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. |
| 11209 | if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { |
| 11210 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); |
| 11211 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11212 | return; |
| 11213 | } |
| 11214 | |
| 11215 | if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { |
| 11216 | // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. |
| 11217 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); |
| 11218 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11219 | return; |
| 11220 | } |
| 11221 | |
| 11222 | if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { |
| 11223 | // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be |
| 11224 | // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by |
| 11225 | // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. |
| 11226 | QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); |
| 11227 | if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) |
| 11228 | BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); |
| 11229 | if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, |
| 11230 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { |
| 11231 | RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11232 | return; |
| 11233 | } |
| 11234 | |
| 11235 | // The variable can not have an abstract class type. |
| 11236 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), |
| 11237 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| 11238 | AbstractVariableType)) |
| 11239 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11240 | } |
| 11241 | |
| 11242 | // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, |
| 11243 | // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise |
| 11244 | // handle the situation. |
| 11245 | VarDecl *Def; |
| 11246 | if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && |
| 11247 | (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && |
| 11248 | !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && |
| 11249 | checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) |
| 11250 | return; |
| 11251 | |
| 11252 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 11253 | // C++ [class.static.data]p4 |
| 11254 | // If a static data member is of const integral or const |
| 11255 | // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can |
| 11256 | // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral |
| 11257 | // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear |
| 11258 | // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be |
| 11259 | // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the |
| 11260 | // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. |
| 11261 | // |
| 11262 | // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static |
| 11263 | // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class |
| 11264 | // declaration with an initializer. |
| 11265 | if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { |
| 11266 | Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) |
| 11267 | << VDecl->getDeclName(); |
| 11268 | Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), |
| 11269 | diag::note_previous_initializer) |
| 11270 | << 0; |
| 11271 | return; |
| 11272 | } |
| 11273 | |
| 11274 | if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) |
| 11275 | setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
| 11276 | |
| 11277 | if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { |
| 11278 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11279 | return; |
| 11280 | } |
| 11281 | } |
| 11282 | |
| 11283 | // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside |
| 11284 | // a kernel function cannot be initialized." |
| 11285 | if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { |
| 11286 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); |
| 11287 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11288 | return; |
| 11289 | } |
| 11290 | |
| 11291 | // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since |
| 11292 | // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. |
| 11293 | QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; |
| 11294 | |
| 11295 | // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger |
| 11296 | // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. |
| 11297 | if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && |
| 11298 | Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { |
| 11299 | ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); |
| 11300 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
| 11301 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11302 | return; |
| 11303 | } |
| 11304 | Init = Result.get(); |
| 11305 | } |
| 11306 | |
| 11307 | // Perform the initialization. |
| 11308 | ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); |
| 11309 | if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 11310 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); |
| 11311 | InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( |
| 11312 | VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); |
| 11313 | |
| 11314 | MultiExprArg Args = Init; |
| 11315 | if (CXXDirectInit) |
| 11316 | Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), |
| 11317 | CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); |
| 11318 | |
| 11319 | // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. |
| 11320 | for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { |
| 11321 | ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( |
| 11322 | Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { |
| 11323 | InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); |
| 11324 | return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; |
| 11325 | }); |
| 11326 | if (Res.isInvalid()) { |
| 11327 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11328 | } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { |
| 11329 | Args[Idx] = Res.get(); |
| 11330 | } |
| 11331 | } |
| 11332 | if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 11333 | return; |
| 11334 | |
| 11335 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, |
| 11336 | /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, |
| 11337 | /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); |
| 11338 | ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); |
| 11339 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
| 11340 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11341 | return; |
| 11342 | } |
| 11343 | |
| 11344 | Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); |
| 11345 | } |
| 11346 | |
| 11347 | // Check for self-references within variable initializers. |
| 11348 | // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) |
| 11349 | // are handled by a dataflow analysis. |
| 11350 | if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || |
| 11351 | VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { |
| 11352 | CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); |
| 11353 | } |
| 11354 | |
| 11355 | // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was |
| 11356 | // completed by the initializer. For example: |
| 11357 | // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; |
| 11358 | // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. |
| 11359 | if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) |
| 11360 | VDecl->setType(DclT); |
| 11361 | |
| 11362 | if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 11363 | checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); |
| 11364 | |
| 11365 | if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
| 11366 | checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); |
| 11367 | |
| 11368 | // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. |
| 11369 | // Although this code can still have problems: |
| 11370 | // id x = self.weakProp; |
| 11371 | // id y = self.weakProp; |
| 11372 | // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate |
| 11373 | // paths through the function. This should be revisited if |
| 11374 | // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. |
| 11375 | if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction()) |
| 11376 | if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || |
| 11377 | VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && |
| 11378 | !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, |
| 11379 | Init->getBeginLoc())) |
| 11380 | FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init); |
| 11381 | } |
| 11382 | |
| 11383 | // The initialization is usually a full-expression. |
| 11384 | // |
| 11385 | // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not |
| 11386 | // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate |
| 11387 | // full-expression. For instance, in: |
| 11388 | // |
| 11389 | // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; |
| 11390 | // struct S { S(Temp); }; |
| 11391 | // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } |
| 11392 | // |
| 11393 | // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. |
| 11394 | ExprResult Result = |
| 11395 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), |
| 11396 | /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr()); |
| 11397 | if (Result.isInvalid()) { |
| 11398 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11399 | return; |
| 11400 | } |
| 11401 | Init = Result.get(); |
| 11402 | |
| 11403 | // Attach the initializer to the decl. |
| 11404 | VDecl->setInit(Init); |
| 11405 | |
| 11406 | if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { |
| 11407 | // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. |
| 11408 | if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 11409 | // do nothing |
| 11410 | |
| 11411 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. |
| 11412 | // This is true even in OpenCL C++. |
| 11413 | } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { |
| 11414 | CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); |
| 11415 | |
| 11416 | // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. |
| 11417 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 11418 | // do nothing |
| 11419 | |
| 11420 | // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has |
| 11421 | // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. |
| 11422 | } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { |
| 11423 | CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); |
| 11424 | |
| 11425 | // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. |
| 11426 | // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list |
| 11427 | // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be |
| 11428 | // constant expressions. |
| 11429 | } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && |
| 11430 | isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { |
| 11431 | const Expr *Culprit; |
| 11432 | if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { |
| 11433 | Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), |
| 11434 | diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) |
| 11435 | << Culprit->getSourceRange(); |
| 11436 | } |
| 11437 | } |
| 11438 | |
| 11439 | if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) |
| 11440 | if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) |
| 11441 | if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) |
| 11442 | BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap(); |
| 11443 | } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && |
| 11444 | VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { |
| 11445 | // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., |
| 11446 | // |
| 11447 | // struct S { |
| 11448 | // static const int value = 17; |
| 11449 | // }; |
| 11450 | |
| 11451 | // C++ [class.mem]p4: |
| 11452 | // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only |
| 11453 | // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or |
| 11454 | // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. |
| 11455 | // |
| 11456 | // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: |
| 11457 | // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral |
| 11458 | // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can |
| 11459 | // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause |
| 11460 | // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static |
| 11461 | // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition |
| 11462 | // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a |
| 11463 | // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is |
| 11464 | // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. |
| 11465 | |
| 11466 | // Do nothing on dependent types. |
| 11467 | if (DclT->isDependentType()) { |
| 11468 | |
| 11469 | // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal |
| 11470 | // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal |
| 11471 | // type. |
| 11472 | } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { |
| 11473 | |
| 11474 | // Require constness. |
| 11475 | } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { |
| 11476 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) |
| 11477 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 11478 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11479 | |
| 11480 | // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. |
| 11481 | } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { |
| 11482 | // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. |
| 11483 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 11484 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) |
| 11485 | // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an |
| 11486 | // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. |
| 11487 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); |
| 11488 | else if (Init->isValueDependent()) |
| 11489 | ; // Nothing to check. |
| 11490 | else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) |
| 11491 | ; // Ok, it's an ICE! |
| 11492 | else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() && |
| 11493 | Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context)) |
| 11494 | ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression. |
| 11495 | else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { |
| 11496 | // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, |
| 11497 | // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. |
| 11498 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) |
| 11499 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 11500 | } else { |
| 11501 | // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the |
| 11502 | // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. |
| 11503 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) |
| 11504 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 11505 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11506 | } |
| 11507 | |
| 11508 | // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. |
| 11509 | } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok |
| 11510 | // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support |
| 11511 | // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. |
| 11512 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
| 11513 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), |
| 11514 | diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) |
| 11515 | << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 11516 | Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), |
| 11517 | diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) |
| 11518 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr " ); |
| 11519 | } else { |
| 11520 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) |
| 11521 | << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 11522 | |
| 11523 | if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { |
| 11524 | Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) |
| 11525 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 11526 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11527 | } |
| 11528 | } |
| 11529 | |
| 11530 | // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. |
| 11531 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { |
| 11532 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) |
| 11533 | << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() |
| 11534 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr " ); |
| 11535 | VDecl->setConstexpr(true); |
| 11536 | |
| 11537 | } else { |
| 11538 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) |
| 11539 | << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 11540 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11541 | } |
| 11542 | } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { |
| 11543 | // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when |
| 11544 | // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a |
| 11545 | // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. |
| 11546 | // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables |
| 11547 | // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, |
| 11548 | // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the |
| 11549 | // C++ rules. |
| 11550 | if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && |
| 11551 | ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || |
| 11552 | !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && |
| 11553 | !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && |
| 11554 | !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) |
| 11555 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); |
| 11556 | |
| 11557 | // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has |
| 11558 | // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with |
| 11559 | // __declspec(dllexport). |
| 11560 | if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && |
| 11561 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() && |
| 11562 | VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition()) |
| 11563 | VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern); |
| 11564 | |
| 11565 | // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. |
| 11566 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 11567 | CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); |
| 11568 | } |
| 11569 | |
| 11570 | // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: |
| 11571 | // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; |
| 11572 | // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); |
| 11573 | // |
| 11574 | // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for |
| 11575 | // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). |
| 11576 | // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which |
| 11577 | // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without |
| 11578 | // special case code. |
| 11579 | |
| 11580 | // C++ 8.5p11: |
| 11581 | // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally |
| 11582 | // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a |
| 11583 | // class type. |
| 11584 | if (CXXDirectInit) { |
| 11585 | assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init." ); |
| 11586 | VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); |
| 11587 | } else if (DirectInit) { |
| 11588 | // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. |
| 11589 | VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); |
| 11590 | } |
| 11591 | |
| 11592 | CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); |
| 11593 | } |
| 11594 | |
| 11595 | /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an |
| 11596 | /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form |
| 11597 | /// of sanity. |
| 11598 | void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { |
| 11599 | // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a |
| 11600 | // variable's type is either dependent or complete". |
| 11601 | if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; |
| 11602 | |
| 11603 | VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); |
| 11604 | if (!VD) return; |
| 11605 | |
| 11606 | // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. |
| 11607 | if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) |
| 11608 | for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) |
| 11609 | BD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11610 | |
| 11611 | // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. |
| 11612 | if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { |
| 11613 | D->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11614 | return; |
| 11615 | } |
| 11616 | |
| 11617 | QualType Ty = VD->getType(); |
| 11618 | if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; |
| 11619 | |
| 11620 | // Require a complete type. |
| 11621 | if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), |
| 11622 | Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), |
| 11623 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { |
| 11624 | VD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11625 | return; |
| 11626 | } |
| 11627 | |
| 11628 | // Require a non-abstract type. |
| 11629 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, |
| 11630 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| 11631 | AbstractVariableType)) { |
| 11632 | VD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11633 | return; |
| 11634 | } |
| 11635 | |
| 11636 | // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, |
| 11637 | // though. |
| 11638 | } |
| 11639 | |
| 11640 | void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { |
| 11641 | // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. |
| 11642 | if (!RealDecl) |
| 11643 | return; |
| 11644 | |
| 11645 | if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { |
| 11646 | QualType Type = Var->getType(); |
| 11647 | |
| 11648 | // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. |
| 11649 | if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { |
| 11650 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; |
| 11651 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11652 | return; |
| 11653 | } |
| 11654 | |
| 11655 | if (Type->isUndeducedType() && |
| 11656 | DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) |
| 11657 | return; |
| 11658 | |
| 11659 | // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with |
| 11660 | // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify |
| 11661 | // a brace-or-equal-initializer. |
| 11662 | // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to |
| 11663 | // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data |
| 11664 | // member. |
| 11665 | if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && |
| 11666 | !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { |
| 11667 | if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { |
| 11668 | // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always |
| 11669 | // a definition there. |
| 11670 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) { |
| 11671 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), |
| 11672 | diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) |
| 11673 | << Var->getDeclName(); |
| 11674 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11675 | return; |
| 11676 | } |
| 11677 | } else { |
| 11678 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); |
| 11679 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11680 | return; |
| 11681 | } |
| 11682 | } |
| 11683 | |
| 11684 | // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must |
| 11685 | // be initialized. |
| 11686 | if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 11687 | Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && |
| 11688 | Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { |
| 11689 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); |
| 11690 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11691 | return; |
| 11692 | } |
| 11693 | |
| 11694 | switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { |
| 11695 | case VarDecl::Definition: |
| 11696 | if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) |
| 11697 | break; |
| 11698 | |
| 11699 | // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member |
| 11700 | // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like |
| 11701 | // a declaration. |
| 11702 | // |
| 11703 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; |
| 11704 | |
| 11705 | case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: |
| 11706 | // It's only a declaration. |
| 11707 | |
| 11708 | // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is |
| 11709 | // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the |
| 11710 | // object shall be complete. |
| 11711 | if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && |
| 11712 | !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 11713 | RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, |
| 11714 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) |
| 11715 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11716 | |
| 11717 | // Make sure that the type is not abstract. |
| 11718 | if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 11719 | RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, |
| 11720 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| 11721 | AbstractVariableType)) |
| 11722 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11723 | if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 11724 | Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { |
| 11725 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); |
| 11726 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); |
| 11727 | } |
| 11728 | |
| 11729 | return; |
| 11730 | |
| 11731 | case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: |
| 11732 | // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an |
| 11733 | // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a |
| 11734 | // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", |
| 11735 | // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with |
| 11736 | // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). |
| 11737 | if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 11738 | if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT |
| 11739 | = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { |
| 11740 | if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), |
| 11741 | ArrayT->getElementType(), |
| 11742 | diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) |
| 11743 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11744 | } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { |
| 11745 | // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is |
| 11746 | // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the |
| 11747 | // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. |
| 11748 | // NOTE: code such as the following |
| 11749 | // static struct s; |
| 11750 | // struct s { int a; }; |
| 11751 | // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of |
| 11752 | // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. |
| 11753 | // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. |
| 11754 | if (Var->isFirstDecl()) |
| 11755 | RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, |
| 11756 | diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); |
| 11757 | } |
| 11758 | } |
| 11759 | |
| 11760 | // Record the tentative definition; we're done. |
| 11761 | if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 11762 | TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); |
| 11763 | return; |
| 11764 | } |
| 11765 | |
| 11766 | // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable |
| 11767 | // definitions with incomplete array type. |
| 11768 | if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { |
| 11769 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), |
| 11770 | diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); |
| 11771 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11772 | return; |
| 11773 | } |
| 11774 | |
| 11775 | // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable |
| 11776 | // definitions with reference type. |
| 11777 | if (Type->isReferenceType()) { |
| 11778 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) |
| 11779 | << Var->getDeclName() |
| 11780 | << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); |
| 11781 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11782 | return; |
| 11783 | } |
| 11784 | |
| 11785 | // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a |
| 11786 | // variable with dependent type. |
| 11787 | if (Type->isDependentType()) |
| 11788 | return; |
| 11789 | |
| 11790 | if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 11791 | return; |
| 11792 | |
| 11793 | if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { |
| 11794 | if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), |
| 11795 | Context.getBaseElementType(Type), |
| 11796 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { |
| 11797 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11798 | return; |
| 11799 | } |
| 11800 | } else { |
| 11801 | return; |
| 11802 | } |
| 11803 | |
| 11804 | // The variable can not have an abstract class type. |
| 11805 | if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, |
| 11806 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| 11807 | AbstractVariableType)) { |
| 11808 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11809 | return; |
| 11810 | } |
| 11811 | |
| 11812 | // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x |
| 11813 | // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic |
| 11814 | // storage duration", not a "local variable". |
| 11815 | // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 |
| 11816 | // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic |
| 11817 | // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is |
| 11818 | // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a |
| 11819 | // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified |
| 11820 | // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding |
| 11821 | // types and is declared without an initializer. |
| 11822 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { |
| 11823 | if (const RecordType *Record |
| 11824 | = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| 11825 | CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); |
| 11826 | // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the |
| 11827 | // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can |
| 11828 | // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98. |
| 11829 | if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) |
| 11830 | setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
| 11831 | } |
| 11832 | } |
| 11833 | // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space, |
| 11834 | // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer. |
| 11835 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
| 11836 | Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) |
| 11837 | return; |
| 11838 | // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: |
| 11839 | // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the |
| 11840 | // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or |
| 11841 | // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if |
| 11842 | // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class |
| 11843 | // type shall have a user-declared default |
| 11844 | // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for |
| 11845 | // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if |
| 11846 | // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object |
| 11847 | // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the |
| 11848 | // program is ill-formed. |
| 11849 | // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: |
| 11850 | // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is |
| 11851 | // default-initialized; [...]. |
| 11852 | InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); |
| 11853 | InitializationKind Kind |
| 11854 | = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); |
| 11855 | |
| 11856 | InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); |
| 11857 | ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); |
| 11858 | if (Init.isInvalid()) |
| 11859 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11860 | else if (Init.get()) { |
| 11861 | Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); |
| 11862 | // This is important for template substitution. |
| 11863 | Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); |
| 11864 | } |
| 11865 | |
| 11866 | CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); |
| 11867 | } |
| 11868 | } |
| 11869 | |
| 11870 | void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { |
| 11871 | // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. |
| 11872 | if (!D) |
| 11873 | return; |
| 11874 | |
| 11875 | VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); |
| 11876 | if (!VD) { |
| 11877 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); |
| 11878 | D->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11879 | return; |
| 11880 | } |
| 11881 | |
| 11882 | VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); |
| 11883 | |
| 11884 | // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. |
| 11885 | int Error = -1; |
| 11886 | switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { |
| 11887 | case SC_None: |
| 11888 | break; |
| 11889 | case SC_Extern: |
| 11890 | Error = 0; |
| 11891 | break; |
| 11892 | case SC_Static: |
| 11893 | Error = 1; |
| 11894 | break; |
| 11895 | case SC_PrivateExtern: |
| 11896 | Error = 2; |
| 11897 | break; |
| 11898 | case SC_Auto: |
| 11899 | Error = 3; |
| 11900 | break; |
| 11901 | case SC_Register: |
| 11902 | Error = 4; |
| 11903 | break; |
| 11904 | } |
| 11905 | if (Error != -1) { |
| 11906 | Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) |
| 11907 | << VD->getDeclName() << Error; |
| 11908 | D->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11909 | } |
| 11910 | } |
| 11911 | |
| 11912 | StmtResult |
| 11913 | Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
| 11914 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
| 11915 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
| 11916 | SourceLocation AttrEnd) { |
| 11917 | // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: |
| 11918 | // A range-based for statement of the form |
| 11919 | // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement |
| 11920 | // is equivalent to |
| 11921 | // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement |
| 11922 | DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); |
| 11923 | |
| 11924 | const char *PrevSpec; |
| 11925 | unsigned DiagID; |
| 11926 | DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, |
| 11927 | getPrintingPolicy()); |
| 11928 | |
| 11929 | Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForContext); |
| 11930 | D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); |
| 11931 | D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); |
| 11932 | |
| 11933 | D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false), |
| 11934 | IdentLoc); |
| 11935 | Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); |
| 11936 | cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); |
| 11937 | FinalizeDeclaration(Var); |
| 11938 | return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, |
| 11939 | AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); |
| 11940 | } |
| 11941 | |
| 11942 | void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { |
| 11943 | if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; |
| 11944 | |
| 11945 | if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
| 11946 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an |
| 11947 | // initialiser |
| 11948 | if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && |
| 11949 | !var->hasInit()) { |
| 11950 | Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) |
| 11951 | << 1 /*Init*/; |
| 11952 | var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 11953 | return; |
| 11954 | } |
| 11955 | } |
| 11956 | |
| 11957 | // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a |
| 11958 | // local retaining variable. |
| 11959 | if (getLangOpts().ObjC && |
| 11960 | var->hasLocalStorage()) { |
| 11961 | switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { |
| 11962 | case Qualifiers::OCL_None: |
| 11963 | case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: |
| 11964 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: |
| 11965 | break; |
| 11966 | |
| 11967 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: |
| 11968 | case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: |
| 11969 | setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
| 11970 | break; |
| 11971 | } |
| 11972 | } |
| 11973 | |
| 11974 | if (var->hasLocalStorage() && |
| 11975 | var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) |
| 11976 | setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
| 11977 | |
| 11978 | // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a |
| 11979 | // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global |
| 11980 | // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for |
| 11981 | // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can |
| 11982 | // change if it's later given a typedef name. |
| 11983 | if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && |
| 11984 | var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && |
| 11985 | var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && |
| 11986 | !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() && |
| 11987 | !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) && |
| 11988 | !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, |
| 11989 | var->getLocation())) { |
| 11990 | // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. |
| 11991 | VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); |
| 11992 | while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
| 11993 | prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); |
| 11994 | |
| 11995 | if (!prev) |
| 11996 | Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; |
| 11997 | } |
| 11998 | |
| 11999 | // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. |
| 12000 | Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; |
| 12001 | const Expr *CacheCulprit; |
| 12002 | auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { |
| 12003 | if (!CacheHasConstInit) |
| 12004 | CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( |
| 12005 | Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); |
| 12006 | return *CacheHasConstInit; |
| 12007 | }; |
| 12008 | |
| 12009 | if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { |
| 12010 | if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { |
| 12011 | // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: |
| 12012 | // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not |
| 12013 | // have a non-trivial destructor. |
| 12014 | Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); |
| 12015 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
| 12016 | Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); |
| 12017 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { |
| 12018 | if (!checkConstInit()) { |
| 12019 | // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: |
| 12020 | // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic |
| 12021 | // initialization. |
| 12022 | // FIXME: Need strict checking here. |
| 12023 | Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) |
| 12024 | << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); |
| 12025 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
| 12026 | Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); |
| 12027 | } |
| 12028 | } |
| 12029 | } |
| 12030 | |
| 12031 | // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. |
| 12032 | bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); |
| 12033 | if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && |
| 12034 | !inTemplateInstantiation()) { |
| 12035 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; |
| 12036 | int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; |
| 12037 | if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) |
| 12038 | Stack = &ConstSegStack; |
| 12039 | else if (!var->getInit()) { |
| 12040 | Stack = &BSSSegStack; |
| 12041 | SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; |
| 12042 | } else { |
| 12043 | Stack = &DataSegStack; |
| 12044 | SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; |
| 12045 | } |
| 12046 | if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { |
| 12047 | var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( |
| 12048 | Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, |
| 12049 | Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); |
| 12050 | } |
| 12051 | if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) |
| 12052 | if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) |
| 12053 | var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); |
| 12054 | |
| 12055 | // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the |
| 12056 | // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this |
| 12057 | // attribute. |
| 12058 | if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) |
| 12059 | var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), |
| 12060 | CurInitSegLoc)); |
| 12061 | } |
| 12062 | |
| 12063 | // All the following checks are C++ only. |
| 12064 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 12065 | // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the |
| 12066 | // current module. |
| 12067 | if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) |
| 12068 | Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); |
| 12069 | return; |
| 12070 | } |
| 12071 | |
| 12072 | if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) |
| 12073 | CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); |
| 12074 | |
| 12075 | QualType type = var->getType(); |
| 12076 | if (type->isDependentType()) return; |
| 12077 | |
| 12078 | if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) |
| 12079 | getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var); |
| 12080 | |
| 12081 | Expr *Init = var->getInit(); |
| 12082 | bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); |
| 12083 | QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); |
| 12084 | |
| 12085 | if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { |
| 12086 | if (var->isConstexpr()) { |
| 12087 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; |
| 12088 | if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { |
| 12089 | SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); |
| 12090 | // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source |
| 12091 | // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. |
| 12092 | if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == |
| 12093 | diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { |
| 12094 | DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; |
| 12095 | Notes.clear(); |
| 12096 | } |
| 12097 | Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) |
| 12098 | << var << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 12099 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) |
| 12100 | Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); |
| 12101 | } |
| 12102 | } else if (var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { |
| 12103 | // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or |
| 12104 | // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was |
| 12105 | // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. |
| 12106 | var->checkInitIsICE(); |
| 12107 | } |
| 12108 | |
| 12109 | // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they |
| 12110 | // were just diagnosed. |
| 12111 | if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && |
| 12112 | var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { |
| 12113 | // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. |
| 12114 | bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 |
| 12115 | ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); |
| 12116 | if (DiagErr) { |
| 12117 | auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); |
| 12118 | Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) |
| 12119 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 12120 | Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) |
| 12121 | << attr->getRange(); |
| 12122 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
| 12123 | APValue Value; |
| 12124 | SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; |
| 12125 | Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes); |
| 12126 | for (auto &it : Notes) |
| 12127 | Diag(it.first, it.second); |
| 12128 | } else { |
| 12129 | Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), |
| 12130 | diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) |
| 12131 | << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); |
| 12132 | } |
| 12133 | } |
| 12134 | } |
| 12135 | else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && |
| 12136 | !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, |
| 12137 | var->getLocation())) { |
| 12138 | // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't |
| 12139 | // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already |
| 12140 | // warned about them. |
| 12141 | CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); |
| 12142 | if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { |
| 12143 | if (!checkConstInit()) |
| 12144 | Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) |
| 12145 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 12146 | } |
| 12147 | } |
| 12148 | } |
| 12149 | |
| 12150 | // Require the destructor. |
| 12151 | if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) |
| 12152 | FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); |
| 12153 | |
| 12154 | // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current |
| 12155 | // module. |
| 12156 | if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) |
| 12157 | Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); |
| 12158 | } |
| 12159 | |
| 12160 | /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. |
| 12161 | static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { |
| 12162 | if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) |
| 12163 | return true; |
| 12164 | for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) |
| 12165 | if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) |
| 12166 | return true; |
| 12167 | return false; |
| 12168 | } |
| 12169 | |
| 12170 | /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a |
| 12171 | /// dllexport/import function. |
| 12172 | void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) { |
| 12173 | assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); |
| 12174 | |
| 12175 | auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); |
| 12176 | |
| 12177 | // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function. |
| 12178 | while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) && |
| 12179 | !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() && |
| 12180 | !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { |
| 12181 | FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); |
| 12182 | } |
| 12183 | |
| 12184 | if (!FD) |
| 12185 | return; |
| 12186 | |
| 12187 | // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. |
| 12188 | if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { |
| 12189 | auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); |
| 12190 | NewAttr->setInherited(true); |
| 12191 | VD->addAttr(NewAttr); |
| 12192 | } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) { |
| 12193 | auto *NewAttr = ::new (getASTContext()) DLLExportAttr(A->getRange(), |
| 12194 | getASTContext(), |
| 12195 | A->getSpellingListIndex()); |
| 12196 | NewAttr->setInherited(true); |
| 12197 | VD->addAttr(NewAttr); |
| 12198 | |
| 12199 | // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even |
| 12200 | // if it is not used in this compilation unit. |
| 12201 | if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) |
| 12202 | FD->addAttr(NewAttr); |
| 12203 | |
| 12204 | } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { |
| 12205 | auto *NewAttr = ::new (getASTContext()) DLLImportAttr(A->getRange(), |
| 12206 | getASTContext(), |
| 12207 | A->getSpellingListIndex()); |
| 12208 | NewAttr->setInherited(true); |
| 12209 | VD->addAttr(NewAttr); |
| 12210 | } |
| 12211 | } |
| 12212 | |
| 12213 | /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform |
| 12214 | /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. |
| 12215 | void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { |
| 12216 | // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. |
| 12217 | ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); |
| 12218 | |
| 12219 | VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); |
| 12220 | if (!VD) |
| 12221 | return; |
| 12222 | |
| 12223 | // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active |
| 12224 | if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && |
| 12225 | !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { |
| 12226 | if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) |
| 12227 | VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, |
| 12228 | PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, |
| 12229 | PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation)); |
| 12230 | if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) |
| 12231 | VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, |
| 12232 | PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, |
| 12233 | PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation)); |
| 12234 | if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) |
| 12235 | VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, |
| 12236 | PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, |
| 12237 | PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation)); |
| 12238 | } |
| 12239 | |
| 12240 | if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { |
| 12241 | for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { |
| 12242 | FinalizeDeclaration(BD); |
| 12243 | } |
| 12244 | } |
| 12245 | |
| 12246 | checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); |
| 12247 | |
| 12248 | // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable |
| 12249 | // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check |
| 12250 | // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). |
| 12251 | if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { |
| 12252 | // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and |
| 12253 | // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). |
| 12254 | if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && |
| 12255 | !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 12256 | CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); |
| 12257 | if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { |
| 12258 | Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) |
| 12259 | << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD |
| 12260 | << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); |
| 12261 | } |
| 12262 | } |
| 12263 | } |
| 12264 | |
| 12265 | if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { |
| 12266 | CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD); |
| 12267 | |
| 12268 | if (dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { |
| 12269 | // CUDA 8.0 E.3.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ |
| 12270 | // function, only __shared__ variables or variables without any device |
| 12271 | // memory qualifiers may be declared with static storage class. |
| 12272 | // Note: It is unclear how a function-scope non-const static variable |
| 12273 | // without device memory qualifier is implemented, therefore only static |
| 12274 | // const variable without device memory qualifier is allowed. |
| 12275 | [&]() { |
| 12276 | if (!getLangOpts().CUDA) |
| 12277 | return; |
| 12278 | if (VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) |
| 12279 | return; |
| 12280 | if (VD->getType().isConstQualified() && |
| 12281 | !(VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) |
| 12282 | return; |
| 12283 | if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), |
| 12284 | diag::err_device_static_local_var) |
| 12285 | << CurrentCUDATarget()) |
| 12286 | VD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 12287 | }(); |
| 12288 | } |
| 12289 | } |
| 12290 | |
| 12291 | // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. |
| 12292 | // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA |
| 12293 | // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ |
| 12294 | // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows |
| 12295 | // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. |
| 12296 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA) |
| 12297 | checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD); |
| 12298 | |
| 12299 | // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. |
| 12300 | const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); |
| 12301 | |
| 12302 | // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. |
| 12303 | if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { |
| 12304 | if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && |
| 12305 | VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { |
| 12306 | // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members |
| 12307 | // with a warning. |
| 12308 | CXXRecordDecl *Context = |
| 12309 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); |
| 12310 | bool IsClassTemplateMember = |
| 12311 | isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || |
| 12312 | Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); |
| 12313 | |
| 12314 | Diag(VD->getLocation(), |
| 12315 | IsClassTemplateMember |
| 12316 | ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition |
| 12317 | : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); |
| 12318 | Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); |
| 12319 | if (!IsClassTemplateMember) |
| 12320 | VD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 12321 | } |
| 12322 | } |
| 12323 | |
| 12324 | // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index |
| 12325 | // isn't exported with the variable. |
| 12326 | if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { |
| 12327 | auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); |
| 12328 | if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { |
| 12329 | assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); |
| 12330 | // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the |
| 12331 | // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be |
| 12332 | // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. |
| 12333 | } else { |
| 12334 | Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD |
| 12335 | << DLLAttr; |
| 12336 | VD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 12337 | } |
| 12338 | } |
| 12339 | |
| 12340 | if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { |
| 12341 | if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { |
| 12342 | Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; |
| 12343 | VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); |
| 12344 | } |
| 12345 | } |
| 12346 | |
| 12347 | const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); |
| 12348 | // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class |
| 12349 | // member, set the visibility of this variable. |
| 12350 | if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) |
| 12351 | AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); |
| 12352 | |
| 12353 | // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. |
| 12354 | if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) |
| 12355 | MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); |
| 12356 | |
| 12357 | // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic |
| 12358 | // tag values. |
| 12359 | if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || |
| 12360 | !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) |
| 12361 | return; |
| 12362 | |
| 12363 | for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { |
| 12364 | const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); |
| 12365 | if (!MagicValueExpr) { |
| 12366 | continue; |
| 12367 | } |
| 12368 | llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; |
| 12369 | if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { |
| 12370 | Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), |
| 12371 | diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) |
| 12372 | << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| 12373 | continue; |
| 12374 | } |
| 12375 | if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { |
| 12376 | Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), |
| 12377 | diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) |
| 12378 | << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); |
| 12379 | continue; |
| 12380 | } |
| 12381 | uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); |
| 12382 | RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), |
| 12383 | MagicValue, |
| 12384 | I->getMatchingCType(), |
| 12385 | I->getLayoutCompatible(), |
| 12386 | I->getMustBeNull()); |
| 12387 | } |
| 12388 | } |
| 12389 | |
| 12390 | static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { |
| 12391 | auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); |
| 12392 | return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); |
| 12393 | } |
| 12394 | |
| 12395 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 12396 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { |
| 12397 | SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; |
| 12398 | |
| 12399 | if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) |
| 12400 | Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); |
| 12401 | |
| 12402 | DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; |
| 12403 | DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; |
| 12404 | bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; |
| 12405 | DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; |
| 12406 | bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; |
| 12407 | |
| 12408 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 12409 | if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { |
| 12410 | // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need |
| 12411 | // to perform. |
| 12412 | if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { |
| 12413 | if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) |
| 12414 | FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; |
| 12415 | if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) |
| 12416 | FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); |
| 12417 | if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && |
| 12418 | !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) |
| 12419 | FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; |
| 12420 | |
| 12421 | if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { |
| 12422 | // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other |
| 12423 | // declaration in the same group. |
| 12424 | if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { |
| 12425 | Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), |
| 12426 | diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) |
| 12427 | << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() |
| 12428 | << DD->getSourceRange(); |
| 12429 | DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; |
| 12430 | } |
| 12431 | |
| 12432 | // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a |
| 12433 | // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other |
| 12434 | // declarator in the same group. |
| 12435 | if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { |
| 12436 | Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), |
| 12437 | diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) |
| 12438 | << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() |
| 12439 | ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() |
| 12440 | << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() |
| 12441 | << DD->getSourceRange(); |
| 12442 | DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; |
| 12443 | } |
| 12444 | } |
| 12445 | } |
| 12446 | |
| 12447 | Decls.push_back(D); |
| 12448 | } |
| 12449 | } |
| 12450 | |
| 12451 | if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { |
| 12452 | if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { |
| 12453 | handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); |
| 12454 | if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && |
| 12455 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 12456 | Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); |
| 12457 | } |
| 12458 | } |
| 12459 | |
| 12460 | return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); |
| 12461 | } |
| 12462 | |
| 12463 | /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration |
| 12464 | /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. |
| 12465 | Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy |
| 12466 | Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { |
| 12467 | // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) |
| 12468 | // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each |
| 12469 | // deduction, the program is ill-formed. |
| 12470 | if (Group.size() > 1) { |
| 12471 | QualType Deduced; |
| 12472 | VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; |
| 12473 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 12474 | VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); |
| 12475 | if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 12476 | break; |
| 12477 | DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); |
| 12478 | if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) |
| 12479 | continue; |
| 12480 | if (Deduced.isNull()) { |
| 12481 | Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); |
| 12482 | DeducedDecl = D; |
| 12483 | } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { |
| 12484 | auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); |
| 12485 | Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), |
| 12486 | diag::err_auto_different_deductions) |
| 12487 | << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) |
| 12488 | << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() |
| 12489 | << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() |
| 12490 | << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() |
| 12491 | << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); |
| 12492 | D->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 12493 | break; |
| 12494 | } |
| 12495 | } |
| 12496 | } |
| 12497 | |
| 12498 | ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); |
| 12499 | |
| 12500 | return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( |
| 12501 | DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); |
| 12502 | } |
| 12503 | |
| 12504 | void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { |
| 12505 | ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); |
| 12506 | } |
| 12507 | |
| 12508 | void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { |
| 12509 | // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. |
| 12510 | if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) |
| 12511 | return; |
| 12512 | |
| 12513 | if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, |
| 12514 | Group[0]->getLocation()) && |
| 12515 | Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, |
| 12516 | Group[0]->getLocation())) |
| 12517 | return; |
| 12518 | |
| 12519 | if (Group.size() >= 2) { |
| 12520 | // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations |
| 12521 | // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or |
| 12522 | // additional declaration references: |
| 12523 | // 'typedef struct S {} S;' |
| 12524 | // 'typedef struct S *S;' |
| 12525 | // 'struct S *pS;' |
| 12526 | // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. |
| 12527 | Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; |
| 12528 | if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { |
| 12529 | Group = Group.slice(1); |
| 12530 | } |
| 12531 | } |
| 12532 | |
| 12533 | // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. |
| 12534 | ArrayRef<RawComment *> = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); |
| 12535 | if (!Comments.empty() && |
| 12536 | !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { |
| 12537 | // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. |
| 12538 | // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? |
| 12539 | // |
| 12540 | // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the |
| 12541 | // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to |
| 12542 | // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked |
| 12543 | // ahead through comments. |
| 12544 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) |
| 12545 | Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); |
| 12546 | } |
| 12547 | } |
| 12548 | |
| 12549 | /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() |
| 12550 | /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. |
| 12551 | Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { |
| 12552 | const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); |
| 12553 | |
| 12554 | // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. |
| 12555 | |
| 12556 | // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. |
| 12557 | StorageClass SC = SC_None; |
| 12558 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { |
| 12559 | SC = SC_Register; |
| 12560 | // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. |
| 12561 | // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension. |
| 12562 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
| 12563 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 12564 | getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class |
| 12565 | : diag::warn_deprecated_register) |
| 12566 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); |
| 12567 | } |
| 12568 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| 12569 | DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { |
| 12570 | SC = SC_Auto; |
| 12571 | } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { |
| 12572 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 12573 | diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); |
| 12574 | D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); |
| 12575 | } |
| 12576 | |
| 12577 | if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) |
| 12578 | Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) |
| 12579 | << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); |
| 12580 | if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) |
| 12581 | Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) |
| 12582 | << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; |
| 12583 | if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) |
| 12584 | Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) |
| 12585 | << 0; |
| 12586 | |
| 12587 | DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); |
| 12588 | |
| 12589 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| 12590 | QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); |
| 12591 | |
| 12592 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 12593 | // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this |
| 12594 | // parameter. |
| 12595 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| 12596 | |
| 12597 | // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 12598 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 12599 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) |
| 12600 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 12601 | D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); |
| 12602 | } |
| 12603 | } |
| 12604 | |
| 12605 | // Ensure we have a valid name |
| 12606 | IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; |
| 12607 | if (D.hasName()) { |
| 12608 | II = D.getIdentifier(); |
| 12609 | if (!II) { |
| 12610 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) |
| 12611 | << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); |
| 12612 | D.setInvalidType(true); |
| 12613 | } |
| 12614 | } |
| 12615 | |
| 12616 | // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); |
| 12617 | if (II) { |
| 12618 | LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, |
| 12619 | ForVisibleRedeclaration); |
| 12620 | LookupName(R, S); |
| 12621 | if (R.isSingleResult()) { |
| 12622 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); |
| 12623 | if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
| 12624 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 12625 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); |
| 12626 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 12627 | PrevDecl = nullptr; |
| 12628 | } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { |
| 12629 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; |
| 12630 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 12631 | |
| 12632 | // Recover by removing the name |
| 12633 | II = nullptr; |
| 12634 | D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| 12635 | D.setInvalidType(true); |
| 12636 | } |
| 12637 | } |
| 12638 | } |
| 12639 | |
| 12640 | // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not |
| 12641 | // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally |
| 12642 | // looking like class members in C++. |
| 12643 | ParmVarDecl *New = |
| 12644 | CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(), |
| 12645 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC); |
| 12646 | |
| 12647 | if (D.isInvalidType()) |
| 12648 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 12649 | |
| 12650 | assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); |
| 12651 | assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); |
| 12652 | New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, |
| 12653 | S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); |
| 12654 | |
| 12655 | // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. |
| 12656 | S->AddDecl(New); |
| 12657 | if (II) |
| 12658 | IdResolver.AddDecl(New); |
| 12659 | |
| 12660 | ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); |
| 12661 | |
| 12662 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) |
| 12663 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) |
| 12664 | << 1 << New->getDeclName() |
| 12665 | << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) |
| 12666 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); |
| 12667 | |
| 12668 | if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { |
| 12669 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); |
| 12670 | } |
| 12671 | return New; |
| 12672 | } |
| 12673 | |
| 12674 | /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a |
| 12675 | /// typedef. |
| 12676 | ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, |
| 12677 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 12678 | QualType T) { |
| 12679 | /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. |
| 12680 | Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source |
| 12681 | location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ |
| 12682 | ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, |
| 12683 | T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), |
| 12684 | SC_None, nullptr); |
| 12685 | Param->setImplicit(); |
| 12686 | return Param; |
| 12687 | } |
| 12688 | |
| 12689 | void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { |
| 12690 | // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we |
| 12691 | // will already have done so in the template itself. |
| 12692 | if (inTemplateInstantiation()) |
| 12693 | return; |
| 12694 | |
| 12695 | for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { |
| 12696 | if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && |
| 12697 | !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { |
| 12698 | Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) |
| 12699 | << Parameter->getDeclName(); |
| 12700 | } |
| 12701 | } |
| 12702 | } |
| 12703 | |
| 12704 | void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( |
| 12705 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { |
| 12706 | if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. |
| 12707 | return; |
| 12708 | |
| 12709 | // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified |
| 12710 | // threshold. |
| 12711 | if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { |
| 12712 | unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); |
| 12713 | if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) |
| 12714 | Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) |
| 12715 | << D->getDeclName() << Size; |
| 12716 | } |
| 12717 | |
| 12718 | // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified |
| 12719 | // threshold. |
| 12720 | for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { |
| 12721 | QualType T = Parameter->getType(); |
| 12722 | if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) |
| 12723 | continue; |
| 12724 | unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); |
| 12725 | if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) |
| 12726 | Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) |
| 12727 | << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; |
| 12728 | } |
| 12729 | } |
| 12730 | |
| 12731 | ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 12732 | SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 12733 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
| 12734 | StorageClass SC) { |
| 12735 | // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. |
| 12736 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && |
| 12737 | T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && |
| 12738 | T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { |
| 12739 | |
| 12740 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; |
| 12741 | |
| 12742 | // Special cases for arrays: |
| 12743 | // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained |
| 12744 | // - otherwise, it's an error |
| 12745 | if (T->isArrayType()) { |
| 12746 | if (!T.isConstQualified()) { |
| 12747 | if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) |
| 12748 | DelayedDiagnostics.add( |
| 12749 | sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( |
| 12750 | NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); |
| 12751 | else |
| 12752 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) |
| 12753 | << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); |
| 12754 | } |
| 12755 | lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; |
| 12756 | } else { |
| 12757 | lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); |
| 12758 | } |
| 12759 | T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); |
| 12760 | } |
| 12761 | |
| 12762 | ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, |
| 12763 | Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), |
| 12764 | TSInfo, SC, nullptr); |
| 12765 | |
| 12766 | // Parameters can not be abstract class types. |
| 12767 | // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once |
| 12768 | // the class has been completely parsed. |
| 12769 | if (!CurContext->isRecord() && |
| 12770 | RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| 12771 | AbstractParamType)) |
| 12772 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 12773 | |
| 12774 | // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are |
| 12775 | // passed by reference. |
| 12776 | if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { |
| 12777 | SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = |
| 12778 | getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc()); |
| 12779 | Diag(NameLoc, |
| 12780 | diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T |
| 12781 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*" ); |
| 12782 | T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); |
| 12783 | New->setType(T); |
| 12784 | } |
| 12785 | |
| 12786 | // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage |
| 12787 | // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." |
| 12788 | // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have |
| 12789 | // an address space. |
| 12790 | if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default && |
| 12791 | // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type |
| 12792 | // to be qualified with an address space. |
| 12793 | !(getLangOpts().OpenCL && |
| 12794 | (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) { |
| 12795 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); |
| 12796 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 12797 | } |
| 12798 | |
| 12799 | return New; |
| 12800 | } |
| 12801 | |
| 12802 | void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 12803 | SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { |
| 12804 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); |
| 12805 | |
| 12806 | // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' |
| 12807 | // for a K&R function. |
| 12808 | if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { |
| 12809 | for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { |
| 12810 | --i; |
| 12811 | if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { |
| 12812 | SmallString<256> Code; |
| 12813 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) |
| 12814 | << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n" ; |
| 12815 | Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) |
| 12816 | << FTI.Params[i].Ident |
| 12817 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); |
| 12818 | |
| 12819 | // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better |
| 12820 | // type. |
| 12821 | AttributeFactory attrs; |
| 12822 | DeclSpec DS(attrs); |
| 12823 | const char* PrevSpec; // unused |
| 12824 | unsigned DiagID; // unused |
| 12825 | DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, |
| 12826 | DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); |
| 12827 | // Use the identifier location for the type source range. |
| 12828 | DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); |
| 12829 | DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); |
| 12830 | Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext); |
| 12831 | ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); |
| 12832 | FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); |
| 12833 | } |
| 12834 | } |
| 12835 | } |
| 12836 | } |
| 12837 | |
| 12838 | Decl * |
| 12839 | Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, |
| 12840 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
| 12841 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { |
| 12842 | assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused" ); |
| 12843 | assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!" ); |
| 12844 | Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); |
| 12845 | |
| 12846 | D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); |
| 12847 | Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); |
| 12848 | return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); |
| 12849 | } |
| 12850 | |
| 12851 | void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { |
| 12852 | Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); |
| 12853 | } |
| 12854 | |
| 12855 | static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 12856 | const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { |
| 12857 | // Don't warn about invalid declarations. |
| 12858 | if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 12859 | return false; |
| 12860 | |
| 12861 | // Or declarations that aren't global. |
| 12862 | if (!FD->isGlobal()) |
| 12863 | return false; |
| 12864 | |
| 12865 | // Don't warn about C++ member functions. |
| 12866 | if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) |
| 12867 | return false; |
| 12868 | |
| 12869 | // Don't warn about 'main'. |
| 12870 | if (FD->isMain()) |
| 12871 | return false; |
| 12872 | |
| 12873 | // Don't warn about inline functions. |
| 12874 | if (FD->isInlined()) |
| 12875 | return false; |
| 12876 | |
| 12877 | // Don't warn about function templates. |
| 12878 | if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) |
| 12879 | return false; |
| 12880 | |
| 12881 | // Don't warn about function template specializations. |
| 12882 | if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) |
| 12883 | return false; |
| 12884 | |
| 12885 | // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. |
| 12886 | if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) |
| 12887 | return false; |
| 12888 | |
| 12889 | // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. |
| 12890 | if (FD->isDeleted()) |
| 12891 | return false; |
| 12892 | |
| 12893 | bool MissingPrototype = true; |
| 12894 | for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); |
| 12895 | Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { |
| 12896 | // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method |
| 12897 | // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. |
| 12898 | if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 12899 | continue; |
| 12900 | |
| 12901 | MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); |
| 12902 | if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) |
| 12903 | PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; |
| 12904 | break; |
| 12905 | } |
| 12906 | |
| 12907 | return MissingPrototype; |
| 12908 | } |
| 12909 | |
| 12910 | void |
| 12911 | Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 12912 | const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, |
| 12913 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { |
| 12914 | const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; |
| 12915 | if (!Definition && !FD->isDefined(Definition) && !FD->isCXXClassMember()) { |
| 12916 | // If this is a friend function defined in a class template, it does not |
| 12917 | // have a body until it is used, nevertheless it is a definition, see |
| 12918 | // [temp.inst]p2: |
| 12919 | // |
| 12920 | // ... for the purpose of determining whether an instantiated redeclaration |
| 12921 | // is valid according to [basic.def.odr] and [class.mem], a declaration that |
| 12922 | // corresponds to a definition in the template is considered to be a |
| 12923 | // definition. |
| 12924 | // |
| 12925 | // The following code must produce redefinition error: |
| 12926 | // |
| 12927 | // template<typename T> struct C20 { friend void func_20() {} }; |
| 12928 | // C20<int> c20i; |
| 12929 | // void func_20() {} |
| 12930 | // |
| 12931 | for (auto I : FD->redecls()) { |
| 12932 | if (I != FD && !I->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 12933 | I->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { |
| 12934 | if (FunctionDecl *Original = I->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { |
| 12935 | if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { |
| 12936 | // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of |
| 12937 | // the same class, is OK. |
| 12938 | if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, Original) && |
| 12939 | declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(I->getLexicalDeclContext()), |
| 12940 | cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext()))) |
| 12941 | continue; |
| 12942 | } |
| 12943 | |
| 12944 | if (Original->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { |
| 12945 | Definition = I; |
| 12946 | break; |
| 12947 | } |
| 12948 | } |
| 12949 | } |
| 12950 | } |
| 12951 | } |
| 12952 | |
| 12953 | if (!Definition) |
| 12954 | // Similar to friend functions a friend function template may be a |
| 12955 | // definition and do not have a body if it is instantiated in a class |
| 12956 | // template. |
| 12957 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { |
| 12958 | for (auto I : FTD->redecls()) { |
| 12959 | auto D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(I); |
| 12960 | if (D != FTD) { |
| 12961 | assert(!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && |
| 12962 | "More than one definition in redeclaration chain" ); |
| 12963 | if (D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) |
| 12964 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FT = |
| 12965 | D->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { |
| 12966 | if (FT->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { |
| 12967 | Definition = D->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 12968 | break; |
| 12969 | } |
| 12970 | } |
| 12971 | } |
| 12972 | } |
| 12973 | } |
| 12974 | |
| 12975 | if (!Definition) |
| 12976 | return; |
| 12977 | |
| 12978 | if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) |
| 12979 | return; |
| 12980 | |
| 12981 | // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected |
| 12982 | // definition. |
| 12983 | if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) |
| 12984 | return; |
| 12985 | |
| 12986 | // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or |
| 12987 | // a template, skip the new definition. |
| 12988 | if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && |
| 12989 | (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || |
| 12990 | Definition->isInlined() || |
| 12991 | Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || |
| 12992 | Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { |
| 12993 | SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; |
| 12994 | SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition); |
| 12995 | if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) |
| 12996 | makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); |
| 12997 | makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); |
| 12998 | return; |
| 12999 | } |
| 13000 | |
| 13001 | if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && |
| 13002 | Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) |
| 13003 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) |
| 13004 | << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
| 13005 | else |
| 13006 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); |
| 13007 | |
| 13008 | Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 13009 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 13010 | } |
| 13011 | |
| 13012 | static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, |
| 13013 | Sema &S) { |
| 13014 | CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); |
| 13015 | |
| 13016 | LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); |
| 13017 | LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; |
| 13018 | LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; |
| 13019 | LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); |
| 13020 | const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); |
| 13021 | |
| 13022 | if (LCD == LCD_None) |
| 13023 | LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; |
| 13024 | else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) |
| 13025 | LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; |
| 13026 | else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) |
| 13027 | LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; |
| 13028 | DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); |
| 13029 | |
| 13030 | LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); |
| 13031 | LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); |
| 13032 | |
| 13033 | // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already |
| 13034 | // captured within tryCaptureVar. |
| 13035 | auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); |
| 13036 | for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { |
| 13037 | if (C.capturesVariable()) { |
| 13038 | VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); |
| 13039 | if (VD->isInitCapture()) |
| 13040 | S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); |
| 13041 | QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); |
| 13042 | const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; |
| 13043 | LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, |
| 13044 | /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), |
| 13045 | /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() |
| 13046 | ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), |
| 13047 | CaptureType, /*Invalid*/false); |
| 13048 | |
| 13049 | } else if (C.capturesThis()) { |
| 13050 | LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(), |
| 13051 | C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); |
| 13052 | } else { |
| 13053 | LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(), |
| 13054 | I->getType()); |
| 13055 | } |
| 13056 | ++I; |
| 13057 | } |
| 13058 | } |
| 13059 | |
| 13060 | Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, |
| 13061 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { |
| 13062 | if (!D) { |
| 13063 | // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope |
| 13064 | // anyway so we can try to parse the function body. |
| 13065 | PushFunctionScope(); |
| 13066 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); |
| 13067 | return D; |
| 13068 | } |
| 13069 | |
| 13070 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; |
| 13071 | |
| 13072 | if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) |
| 13073 | FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 13074 | else |
| 13075 | FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
| 13076 | |
| 13077 | // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building |
| 13078 | // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(). |
| 13079 | if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) |
| 13080 | PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); |
| 13081 | |
| 13082 | // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. |
| 13083 | if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { |
| 13084 | Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; |
| 13085 | FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); |
| 13086 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 13087 | } |
| 13088 | if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { |
| 13089 | Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; |
| 13090 | FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); |
| 13091 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 13092 | } |
| 13093 | |
| 13094 | // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then |
| 13095 | // these checks were already performed when it was set. |
| 13096 | if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { |
| 13097 | CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); |
| 13098 | |
| 13099 | // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. |
| 13100 | if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) |
| 13101 | return D; |
| 13102 | } |
| 13103 | |
| 13104 | // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to |
| 13105 | // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing |
| 13106 | // this function. |
| 13107 | FD->setWillHaveBody(); |
| 13108 | |
| 13109 | // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push |
| 13110 | // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information |
| 13111 | // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current |
| 13112 | // LambdaScopeInfo. |
| 13113 | // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, |
| 13114 | // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try |
| 13115 | // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential |
| 13116 | // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to |
| 13117 | // have the LSI properly restored. |
| 13118 | if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { |
| 13119 | assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && |
| 13120 | "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " |
| 13121 | "when instantiating a generic lambda!" ); |
| 13122 | RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); |
| 13123 | } else { |
| 13124 | // Enter a new function scope |
| 13125 | PushFunctionScope(); |
| 13126 | } |
| 13127 | |
| 13128 | // Builtin functions cannot be defined. |
| 13129 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { |
| 13130 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && |
| 13131 | !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { |
| 13132 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; |
| 13133 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 13134 | } |
| 13135 | } |
| 13136 | |
| 13137 | // The return type of a function definition must be complete |
| 13138 | // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). |
| 13139 | QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); |
| 13140 | if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && |
| 13141 | !FD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 13142 | RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, |
| 13143 | diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) |
| 13144 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 13145 | |
| 13146 | if (FnBodyScope) |
| 13147 | PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); |
| 13148 | |
| 13149 | // Check the validity of our function parameters |
| 13150 | CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), |
| 13151 | /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); |
| 13152 | |
| 13153 | // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current |
| 13154 | // scope. |
| 13155 | if (FnBodyScope) { |
| 13156 | for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { |
| 13157 | auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); |
| 13158 | if (!NonParmDecl) |
| 13159 | continue; |
| 13160 | assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && |
| 13161 | "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet" ); |
| 13162 | |
| 13163 | // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. |
| 13164 | if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) |
| 13165 | PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); |
| 13166 | |
| 13167 | // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them |
| 13168 | // accessible in this scope. |
| 13169 | if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { |
| 13170 | for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) |
| 13171 | PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); |
| 13172 | } |
| 13173 | } |
| 13174 | } |
| 13175 | |
| 13176 | // Introduce our parameters into the function scope |
| 13177 | for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { |
| 13178 | Param->setOwningFunction(FD); |
| 13179 | |
| 13180 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
| 13181 | if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { |
| 13182 | CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); |
| 13183 | |
| 13184 | PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); |
| 13185 | } |
| 13186 | } |
| 13187 | |
| 13188 | // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. |
| 13189 | if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) |
| 13190 | ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); |
| 13191 | |
| 13192 | // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. |
| 13193 | if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && |
| 13194 | !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { |
| 13195 | assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); |
| 13196 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); |
| 13197 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 13198 | return D; |
| 13199 | } |
| 13200 | // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be |
| 13201 | // a function template). |
| 13202 | ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); |
| 13203 | if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && |
| 13204 | getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && |
| 13205 | getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) |
| 13206 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); |
| 13207 | |
| 13208 | return D; |
| 13209 | } |
| 13210 | |
| 13211 | /// Given the set of return statements within a function body, |
| 13212 | /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value |
| 13213 | /// optimization. |
| 13214 | /// |
| 13215 | /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value |
| 13216 | /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any |
| 13217 | /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can |
| 13218 | /// use the named return value optimization. |
| 13219 | /// |
| 13220 | /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return |
| 13221 | /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that |
| 13222 | /// candidate is an NRVO variable. |
| 13223 | void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { |
| 13224 | ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); |
| 13225 | |
| 13226 | for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 13227 | if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { |
| 13228 | if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) |
| 13229 | Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); |
| 13230 | } |
| 13231 | } |
| 13232 | } |
| 13233 | |
| 13234 | bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { |
| 13235 | // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). |
| 13236 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) |
| 13237 | return false; |
| 13238 | |
| 13239 | // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced |
| 13240 | // return type (yet). |
| 13241 | if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { |
| 13242 | // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, |
| 13243 | // we can still delay parsing it. |
| 13244 | if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { |
| 13245 | const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); |
| 13246 | if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && |
| 13247 | Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { |
| 13248 | QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); |
| 13249 | return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); |
| 13250 | } |
| 13251 | } |
| 13252 | return false; |
| 13253 | } |
| 13254 | |
| 13255 | return true; |
| 13256 | } |
| 13257 | |
| 13258 | bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { |
| 13259 | // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is |
| 13260 | // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the |
| 13261 | // rest of the file. |
| 13262 | // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, |
| 13263 | // because any callers of that function need to know the type. |
| 13264 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { |
| 13265 | if (FD->isConstexpr()) |
| 13266 | return false; |
| 13267 | // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template |
| 13268 | // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered |
| 13269 | // "undeduced". |
| 13270 | if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType()) |
| 13271 | return false; |
| 13272 | } |
| 13273 | return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); |
| 13274 | } |
| 13275 | |
| 13276 | Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { |
| 13277 | if (!Decl) |
| 13278 | return nullptr; |
| 13279 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction()) |
| 13280 | FD->setHasSkippedBody(); |
| 13281 | else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) |
| 13282 | MD->setHasSkippedBody(); |
| 13283 | return Decl; |
| 13284 | } |
| 13285 | |
| 13286 | Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { |
| 13287 | return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); |
| 13288 | } |
| 13289 | |
| 13290 | /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function |
| 13291 | /// body. |
| 13292 | class ExitFunctionBodyRAII { |
| 13293 | public: |
| 13294 | ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {} |
| 13295 | ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() { |
| 13296 | if (!IsLambda) |
| 13297 | S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
| 13298 | } |
| 13299 | |
| 13300 | private: |
| 13301 | Sema &S; |
| 13302 | bool IsLambda = false; |
| 13303 | }; |
| 13304 | |
| 13305 | static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) { |
| 13306 | llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo; |
| 13307 | |
| 13308 | auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) { |
| 13309 | if (EscapeInfo.count(BD)) |
| 13310 | return EscapeInfo[BD]; |
| 13311 | |
| 13312 | bool R = false; |
| 13313 | const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD; |
| 13314 | |
| 13315 | do { |
| 13316 | R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape(); |
| 13317 | if (R) |
| 13318 | break; |
| 13319 | CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl(); |
| 13320 | } while (CurBD); |
| 13321 | |
| 13322 | return EscapeInfo[BD] = R; |
| 13323 | }; |
| 13324 | |
| 13325 | // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping |
| 13326 | // block, emit a diagnostic. |
| 13327 | for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P : |
| 13328 | S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs) |
| 13329 | if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second)) |
| 13330 | S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self) |
| 13331 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->" ); |
| 13332 | } |
| 13333 | |
| 13334 | Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, |
| 13335 | bool IsInstantiation) { |
| 13336 | FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; |
| 13337 | |
| 13338 | sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); |
| 13339 | sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; |
| 13340 | |
| 13341 | if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine()) |
| 13342 | CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); |
| 13343 | |
| 13344 | // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because one |
| 13345 | // is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr(). This is |
| 13346 | // meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(). |
| 13347 | ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD)); |
| 13348 | |
| 13349 | if (FD) { |
| 13350 | FD->setBody(Body); |
| 13351 | FD->setWillHaveBody(false); |
| 13352 | |
| 13353 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { |
| 13354 | if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && |
| 13355 | FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { |
| 13356 | // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' |
| 13357 | // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and |
| 13358 | // the deduced result type is 'void'. |
| 13359 | if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { |
| 13360 | Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) |
| 13361 | << FD->getReturnType(); |
| 13362 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 13363 | } else { |
| 13364 | // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. |
| 13365 | TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); |
| 13366 | Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( |
| 13367 | FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); |
| 13368 | } |
| 13369 | } |
| 13370 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { |
| 13371 | // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call |
| 13372 | // operators because we don't support return type deduction. |
| 13373 | auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); |
| 13374 | if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { |
| 13375 | deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); |
| 13376 | |
| 13377 | // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: |
| 13378 | // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement |
| 13379 | // [the deduced type is] the type void |
| 13380 | QualType RetType = |
| 13381 | LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; |
| 13382 | |
| 13383 | // Update the return type to the deduced type. |
| 13384 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto = |
| 13385 | FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 13386 | FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), |
| 13387 | Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); |
| 13388 | } |
| 13389 | } |
| 13390 | |
| 13391 | // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, |
| 13392 | // don't complain about missing return statements. |
| 13393 | if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) |
| 13394 | WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); |
| 13395 | |
| 13396 | // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, |
| 13397 | // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. |
| 13398 | if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) |
| 13399 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); |
| 13400 | |
| 13401 | if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 13402 | // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. |
| 13403 | if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody()) |
| 13404 | DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); |
| 13405 | DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), |
| 13406 | FD->getReturnType(), FD); |
| 13407 | |
| 13408 | // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. |
| 13409 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) |
| 13410 | MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); |
| 13411 | else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) |
| 13412 | MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); |
| 13413 | |
| 13414 | // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check |
| 13415 | // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around |
| 13416 | // to deduce an implicit return type. |
| 13417 | if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && |
| 13418 | (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext())) |
| 13419 | computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); |
| 13420 | } |
| 13421 | |
| 13422 | // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: |
| 13423 | // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous |
| 13424 | // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the |
| 13425 | // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect |
| 13426 | // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. |
| 13427 | const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; |
| 13428 | if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { |
| 13429 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; |
| 13430 | |
| 13431 | if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { |
| 13432 | // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, |
| 13433 | // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype |
| 13434 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = |
| 13435 | PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { |
| 13436 | TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); |
| 13437 | if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) |
| 13438 | Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), |
| 13439 | diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) |
| 13440 | << PossibleZeroParamPrototype |
| 13441 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void" ); |
| 13442 | } |
| 13443 | } |
| 13444 | |
| 13445 | // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes |
| 13446 | // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. |
| 13447 | // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide |
| 13448 | // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. |
| 13449 | // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition |
| 13450 | // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters |
| 13451 | // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) |
| 13452 | if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && |
| 13453 | !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { |
| 13454 | TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); |
| 13455 | TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); |
| 13456 | FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); |
| 13457 | Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; |
| 13458 | } |
| 13459 | } |
| 13460 | |
| 13461 | // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body. |
| 13462 | if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body) |
| 13463 | if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) |
| 13464 | if (!CmpndBody->body_empty()) |
| 13465 | Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(), |
| 13466 | diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored); |
| 13467 | |
| 13468 | if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { |
| 13469 | const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; |
| 13470 | if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && |
| 13471 | MD->isVirtual() && |
| 13472 | (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && |
| 13473 | MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { |
| 13474 | // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. |
| 13475 | if (FD->isInlined() && |
| 13476 | !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { |
| 13477 | Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); |
| 13478 | |
| 13479 | // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we |
| 13480 | // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. |
| 13481 | KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); |
| 13482 | const FunctionDecl *Definition; |
| 13483 | if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) |
| 13484 | MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); |
| 13485 | } else { |
| 13486 | // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. |
| 13487 | MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); |
| 13488 | } |
| 13489 | } |
| 13490 | } |
| 13491 | |
| 13492 | assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && |
| 13493 | "Function parsing confused" ); |
| 13494 | } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { |
| 13495 | assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused" ); |
| 13496 | MD->setBody(Body); |
| 13497 | if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 13498 | DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), |
| 13499 | MD->getReturnType(), MD); |
| 13500 | |
| 13501 | if (Body) |
| 13502 | computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); |
| 13503 | } |
| 13504 | if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { |
| 13505 | Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) |
| 13506 | << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); |
| 13507 | getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; |
| 13508 | } |
| 13509 | if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { |
| 13510 | const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; |
| 13511 | bool isDesignated = |
| 13512 | MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); |
| 13513 | assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); |
| 13514 | (void)isDesignated; |
| 13515 | |
| 13516 | auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { |
| 13517 | auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); |
| 13518 | if (!IFace) |
| 13519 | return false; |
| 13520 | auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); |
| 13521 | if (!SuperD) |
| 13522 | return false; |
| 13523 | return SuperD->getIdentifier() == |
| 13524 | NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); |
| 13525 | }; |
| 13526 | // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses |
| 13527 | // of NSObject. |
| 13528 | if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { |
| 13529 | Diag(MD->getLocation(), |
| 13530 | diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); |
| 13531 | Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), |
| 13532 | diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); |
| 13533 | } |
| 13534 | getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; |
| 13535 | } |
| 13536 | if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { |
| 13537 | // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. |
| 13538 | if (!MD->isUnavailable()) |
| 13539 | Diag(MD->getLocation(), |
| 13540 | diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); |
| 13541 | getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; |
| 13542 | } |
| 13543 | |
| 13544 | diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this); |
| 13545 | } else { |
| 13546 | // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope |
| 13547 | // we pushed on. |
| 13548 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); |
| 13549 | return nullptr; |
| 13550 | } |
| 13551 | |
| 13552 | if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) |
| 13553 | DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); |
| 13554 | |
| 13555 | assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && |
| 13556 | "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " |
| 13557 | "handled in the block above." ); |
| 13558 | |
| 13559 | // Verify and clean out per-function state. |
| 13560 | if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { |
| 13561 | // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return |
| 13562 | // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) |
| 13563 | // Verify this. |
| 13564 | if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) |
| 13565 | DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); |
| 13566 | |
| 13567 | // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. |
| 13568 | if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && |
| 13569 | !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) |
| 13570 | DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); |
| 13571 | |
| 13572 | if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { |
| 13573 | if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) |
| 13574 | CheckDestructor(Destructor); |
| 13575 | |
| 13576 | MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), |
| 13577 | Destructor->getParent()); |
| 13578 | } |
| 13579 | |
| 13580 | // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have |
| 13581 | // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for |
| 13582 | // deletion in some later function. |
| 13583 | if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || |
| 13584 | getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { |
| 13585 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
| 13586 | } |
| 13587 | if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && |
| 13588 | !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { |
| 13589 | // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are |
| 13590 | // enabled. |
| 13591 | ActivePolicy = &WP; |
| 13592 | } |
| 13593 | |
| 13594 | if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 13595 | (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || |
| 13596 | !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) |
| 13597 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 13598 | |
| 13599 | if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { |
| 13600 | for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { |
| 13601 | // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't |
| 13602 | // require prologue. |
| 13603 | bool RegisterVariables = false; |
| 13604 | if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { |
| 13605 | for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { |
| 13606 | if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { |
| 13607 | RegisterVariables = |
| 13608 | Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); |
| 13609 | if (!RegisterVariables) |
| 13610 | break; |
| 13611 | } |
| 13612 | } |
| 13613 | } |
| 13614 | if (RegisterVariables) |
| 13615 | continue; |
| 13616 | if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { |
| 13617 | Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); |
| 13618 | Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); |
| 13619 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 13620 | break; |
| 13621 | } |
| 13622 | } |
| 13623 | } |
| 13624 | |
| 13625 | assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == |
| 13626 | ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && |
| 13627 | "Leftover temporaries in function" ); |
| 13628 | assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function" ); |
| 13629 | assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && |
| 13630 | "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking" ); |
| 13631 | } |
| 13632 | |
| 13633 | if (!IsInstantiation) |
| 13634 | PopDeclContext(); |
| 13635 | |
| 13636 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); |
| 13637 | // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have |
| 13638 | // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for |
| 13639 | // deletion in some later function. |
| 13640 | if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { |
| 13641 | DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
| 13642 | } |
| 13643 | |
| 13644 | return dcl; |
| 13645 | } |
| 13646 | |
| 13647 | /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the |
| 13648 | /// relevant Decl. |
| 13649 | void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, |
| 13650 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { |
| 13651 | // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. |
| 13652 | if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) |
| 13653 | D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); |
| 13654 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs); |
| 13655 | |
| 13656 | if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) |
| 13657 | if (Method->isStatic()) |
| 13658 | checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); |
| 13659 | } |
| 13660 | |
| 13661 | /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function |
| 13662 | /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). |
| 13663 | NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 13664 | IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { |
| 13665 | // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding |
| 13666 | // DeclContext. |
| 13667 | // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope. |
| 13668 | // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope |
| 13669 | // instead. |
| 13670 | Scope *BlockScope = S; |
| 13671 | while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent()) |
| 13672 | BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent(); |
| 13673 | |
| 13674 | Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope; |
| 13675 | while (!ContextScope->getEntity()) |
| 13676 | ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent(); |
| 13677 | ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity()); |
| 13678 | |
| 13679 | // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined |
| 13680 | // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of |
| 13681 | // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that |
| 13682 | // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. |
| 13683 | NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); |
| 13684 | if (ExternCPrev) { |
| 13685 | // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so |
| 13686 | // that later (non-call) uses can see it. |
| 13687 | PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false); |
| 13688 | |
| 13689 | // C89 footnote 38: |
| 13690 | // If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int", |
| 13691 | // the behavior is undefined. |
| 13692 | if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) || |
| 13693 | !Context.typesAreCompatible( |
| 13694 | cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(), |
| 13695 | Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) { |
| 13696 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration) |
| 13697 | << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99; |
| 13698 | Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 13699 | return ExternCPrev; |
| 13700 | } |
| 13701 | } |
| 13702 | |
| 13703 | // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. |
| 13704 | unsigned diag_id; |
| 13705 | if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_" )) |
| 13706 | diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; |
| 13707 | // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. |
| 13708 | else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) |
| 13709 | diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl; |
| 13710 | else if (getLangOpts().C99) |
| 13711 | diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; |
| 13712 | else |
| 13713 | diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; |
| 13714 | Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; |
| 13715 | |
| 13716 | // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building |
| 13717 | // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing |
| 13718 | // more to do. |
| 13719 | if (ExternCPrev) |
| 13720 | return ExternCPrev; |
| 13721 | |
| 13722 | // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit |
| 13723 | // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. |
| 13724 | if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { |
| 13725 | TypoCorrection Corrected; |
| 13726 | DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{}; |
| 13727 | if (S && (Corrected = |
| 13728 | CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, |
| 13729 | S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError))) |
| 13730 | diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), |
| 13731 | /*ErrorRecovery*/false); |
| 13732 | } |
| 13733 | |
| 13734 | // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); |
| 13735 | const char *Dummy; |
| 13736 | AttributeFactory attrFactory; |
| 13737 | DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); |
| 13738 | unsigned DiagID; |
| 13739 | bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, |
| 13740 | Context.getPrintingPolicy()); |
| 13741 | (void)Error; // Silence warning. |
| 13742 | assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!" ); |
| 13743 | SourceLocation NoLoc; |
| 13744 | Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::BlockContext); |
| 13745 | D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, |
| 13746 | /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, |
| 13747 | /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, |
| 13748 | /*Params=*/nullptr, |
| 13749 | /*NumParams=*/0, |
| 13750 | /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, |
| 13751 | /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, |
| 13752 | /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, |
| 13753 | /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, |
| 13754 | /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None, |
| 13755 | /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), |
| 13756 | /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, |
| 13757 | /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, |
| 13758 | /*NumExceptions=*/0, |
| 13759 | /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, |
| 13760 | /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, |
| 13761 | /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc, |
| 13762 | Loc, D), |
| 13763 | std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation()); |
| 13764 | D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); |
| 13765 | |
| 13766 | // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. |
| 13767 | FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D)); |
| 13768 | FD->setImplicit(); |
| 13769 | |
| 13770 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); |
| 13771 | |
| 13772 | return FD; |
| 13773 | } |
| 13774 | |
| 13775 | /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on |
| 13776 | /// the declaration of this function. |
| 13777 | /// |
| 13778 | /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins |
| 13779 | /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions |
| 13780 | /// like NSLog or printf. |
| 13781 | /// |
| 13782 | /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written |
| 13783 | /// attributes are applied to declarations. |
| 13784 | void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 13785 | if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 13786 | return; |
| 13787 | |
| 13788 | // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to |
| 13789 | // actual attributes. |
| 13790 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { |
| 13791 | // Handle printf-formatting attributes. |
| 13792 | unsigned FormatIdx; |
| 13793 | bool HasVAListArg; |
| 13794 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { |
| 13795 | if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { |
| 13796 | const char *fmt = "printf" ; |
| 13797 | unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); |
| 13798 | if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) |
| 13799 | FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) |
| 13800 | fmt = "NSString" ; |
| 13801 | FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, |
| 13802 | &Context.Idents.get(fmt), |
| 13803 | FormatIdx+1, |
| 13804 | HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, |
| 13805 | FD->getLocation())); |
| 13806 | } |
| 13807 | } |
| 13808 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, |
| 13809 | HasVAListArg)) { |
| 13810 | if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) |
| 13811 | FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, |
| 13812 | &Context.Idents.get("scanf" ), |
| 13813 | FormatIdx+1, |
| 13814 | HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, |
| 13815 | FD->getLocation())); |
| 13816 | } |
| 13817 | |
| 13818 | // Handle automatically recognized callbacks. |
| 13819 | SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding; |
| 13820 | if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() && |
| 13821 | Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding)) |
| 13822 | FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit( |
| 13823 | Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation())); |
| 13824 | |
| 13825 | // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing |
| 13826 | // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM |
| 13827 | // intrinsics for such functions. |
| 13828 | if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() && |
| 13829 | Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) |
| 13830 | FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); |
| 13831 | |
| 13832 | // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set |
| 13833 | // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the |
| 13834 | // C standard. |
| 13835 | const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); |
| 13836 | if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) && |
| 13837 | !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) { |
| 13838 | switch (BuiltinID) { |
| 13839 | case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma: |
| 13840 | case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf: |
| 13841 | case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal: |
| 13842 | case Builtin::BIfma: |
| 13843 | case Builtin::BIfmaf: |
| 13844 | case Builtin::BIfmal: |
| 13845 | FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); |
| 13846 | break; |
| 13847 | default: |
| 13848 | break; |
| 13849 | } |
| 13850 | } |
| 13851 | |
| 13852 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && |
| 13853 | !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) |
| 13854 | FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, |
| 13855 | FD->getLocation())); |
| 13856 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) |
| 13857 | FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); |
| 13858 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) |
| 13859 | FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); |
| 13860 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) |
| 13861 | FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); |
| 13862 | if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && |
| 13863 | !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { |
| 13864 | // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode |
| 13865 | // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host |
| 13866 | // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. |
| 13867 | if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != |
| 13868 | Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) |
| 13869 | FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); |
| 13870 | else |
| 13871 | FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); |
| 13872 | } |
| 13873 | } |
| 13874 | |
| 13875 | // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot |
| 13876 | // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come |
| 13877 | // across. |
| 13878 | if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && |
| 13879 | FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { |
| 13880 | const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); |
| 13881 | if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) |
| 13882 | FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); |
| 13883 | } |
| 13884 | |
| 13885 | IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); |
| 13886 | if (!Name) |
| 13887 | return; |
| 13888 | if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| 13889 | FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || |
| 13890 | (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && |
| 13891 | cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == |
| 13892 | LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { |
| 13893 | // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know |
| 13894 | // about. |
| 13895 | } else |
| 13896 | return; |
| 13897 | |
| 13898 | if (Name->isStr("asprintf" ) || Name->isStr("vasprintf" )) { |
| 13899 | // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be |
| 13900 | // target-specific builtins, perhaps? |
| 13901 | if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) |
| 13902 | FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, |
| 13903 | &Context.Idents.get("printf" ), 2, |
| 13904 | Name->isStr("vasprintf" ) ? 0 : 3, |
| 13905 | FD->getLocation())); |
| 13906 | } |
| 13907 | |
| 13908 | if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString" )) { |
| 13909 | // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, |
| 13910 | // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. |
| 13911 | if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) |
| 13912 | FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), |
| 13913 | FD->getLocation())); |
| 13914 | } |
| 13915 | } |
| 13916 | |
| 13917 | TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, |
| 13918 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { |
| 13919 | assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator" ); |
| 13920 | assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type" ); |
| 13921 | |
| 13922 | if (!TInfo) { |
| 13923 | assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type" ); |
| 13924 | TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); |
| 13925 | } |
| 13926 | |
| 13927 | // Scope manipulation handled by caller. |
| 13928 | TypedefDecl *NewTD = |
| 13929 | TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(), |
| 13930 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo); |
| 13931 | |
| 13932 | // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. |
| 13933 | if (D.isInvalidType()) { |
| 13934 | NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 13935 | return NewTD; |
| 13936 | } |
| 13937 | |
| 13938 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { |
| 13939 | if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 13940 | Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) |
| 13941 | << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() |
| 13942 | << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) |
| 13943 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); |
| 13944 | else |
| 13945 | NewTD->setModulePrivate(); |
| 13946 | } |
| 13947 | |
| 13948 | // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: |
| 13949 | // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or |
| 13950 | // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration |
| 13951 | // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the |
| 13952 | // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. |
| 13953 | // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. |
| 13954 | switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { |
| 13955 | case TST_enum: |
| 13956 | case TST_struct: |
| 13957 | case TST_interface: |
| 13958 | case TST_union: |
| 13959 | case TST_class: { |
| 13960 | TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); |
| 13961 | setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); |
| 13962 | break; |
| 13963 | } |
| 13964 | |
| 13965 | default: |
| 13966 | break; |
| 13967 | } |
| 13968 | |
| 13969 | return NewTD; |
| 13970 | } |
| 13971 | |
| 13972 | /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. |
| 13973 | bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { |
| 13974 | SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); |
| 13975 | QualType T = TI->getType(); |
| 13976 | |
| 13977 | if (T->isDependentType()) |
| 13978 | return false; |
| 13979 | |
| 13980 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
| 13981 | if (BT->isInteger()) |
| 13982 | return false; |
| 13983 | |
| 13984 | Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; |
| 13985 | return true; |
| 13986 | } |
| 13987 | |
| 13988 | /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. |
| 13989 | /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. |
| 13990 | bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, |
| 13991 | QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, |
| 13992 | const EnumDecl *Prev) { |
| 13993 | if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { |
| 13994 | Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) |
| 13995 | << Prev->isScoped(); |
| 13996 | Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 13997 | return true; |
| 13998 | } |
| 13999 | |
| 14000 | if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { |
| 14001 | if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && |
| 14002 | !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && |
| 14003 | !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, |
| 14004 | Prev->getIntegerType())) { |
| 14005 | // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. |
| 14006 | Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) |
| 14007 | << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); |
| 14008 | Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) |
| 14009 | << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); |
| 14010 | return true; |
| 14011 | } |
| 14012 | } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { |
| 14013 | Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) |
| 14014 | << Prev->isFixed(); |
| 14015 | Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 14016 | return true; |
| 14017 | } |
| 14018 | |
| 14019 | return false; |
| 14020 | } |
| 14021 | |
| 14022 | /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for |
| 14023 | /// redeclaration diagnostic message. |
| 14024 | /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! |
| 14025 | /// |
| 14026 | /// \returns diagnostic %select index. |
| 14027 | static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { |
| 14028 | switch (Tag) { |
| 14029 | case TTK_Struct: return 0; |
| 14030 | case TTK_Interface: return 1; |
| 14031 | case TTK_Class: return 2; |
| 14032 | default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!" ); |
| 14033 | } |
| 14034 | } |
| 14035 | |
| 14036 | /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with |
| 14037 | /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). |
| 14038 | /// |
| 14039 | /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. |
| 14040 | static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) |
| 14041 | { |
| 14042 | return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; |
| 14043 | } |
| 14044 | |
| 14045 | Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, |
| 14046 | TagTypeKind TTK) { |
| 14047 | if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 14048 | return NTK_Typedef; |
| 14049 | else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 14050 | return NTK_TypeAlias; |
| 14051 | else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 14052 | return NTK_Template; |
| 14053 | else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 14054 | return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; |
| 14055 | else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 14056 | return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; |
| 14057 | switch (TTK) { |
| 14058 | case TTK_Struct: |
| 14059 | case TTK_Interface: |
| 14060 | case TTK_Class: |
| 14061 | return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; |
| 14062 | case TTK_Union: |
| 14063 | return NTK_NonUnion; |
| 14064 | case TTK_Enum: |
| 14065 | return NTK_NonEnum; |
| 14066 | } |
| 14067 | llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK" ); |
| 14068 | } |
| 14069 | |
| 14070 | /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable |
| 14071 | /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. |
| 14072 | /// |
| 14073 | /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. |
| 14074 | bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, |
| 14075 | TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, |
| 14076 | SourceLocation NewTagLoc, |
| 14077 | const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
| 14078 | // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: |
| 14079 | // The class-key or enum keyword present in the |
| 14080 | // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the |
| 14081 | // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier |
| 14082 | // refers. This rule also applies to the form of |
| 14083 | // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or |
| 14084 | // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the |
| 14085 | // definition of the class. Thus, in any |
| 14086 | // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to |
| 14087 | // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be |
| 14088 | // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or |
| 14089 | // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) |
| 14090 | // declared using the class or struct class-key. |
| 14091 | TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); |
| 14092 | if (OldTag != NewTag && |
| 14093 | !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))) |
| 14094 | return false; |
| 14095 | |
| 14096 | // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags. |
| 14097 | // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point. |
| 14098 | if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) |
| 14099 | return true; |
| 14100 | |
| 14101 | // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored |
| 14102 | // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg) |
| 14103 | // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if |
| 14104 | // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched |
| 14105 | // declarations. |
| 14106 | auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) { |
| 14107 | return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch, |
| 14108 | Loc); |
| 14109 | }; |
| 14110 | if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc)) |
| 14111 | return true; |
| 14112 | |
| 14113 | auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) { |
| 14114 | return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation()); |
| 14115 | }; |
| 14116 | while (IsIgnored(Previous)) { |
| 14117 | Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl(); |
| 14118 | if (!Previous) |
| 14119 | return true; |
| 14120 | OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); |
| 14121 | } |
| 14122 | |
| 14123 | bool isTemplate = false; |
| 14124 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) |
| 14125 | isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); |
| 14126 | |
| 14127 | if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { |
| 14128 | if (OldTag != NewTag) { |
| 14129 | // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches |
| 14130 | // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. |
| 14131 | Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) |
| 14132 | << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name |
| 14133 | << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); |
| 14134 | // FIXME: Note previous location? |
| 14135 | } |
| 14136 | return true; |
| 14137 | } |
| 14138 | |
| 14139 | if (isDefinition) { |
| 14140 | // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each |
| 14141 | // one that doesn't match the current tag. |
| 14142 | if (Previous->getDefinition()) { |
| 14143 | // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. |
| 14144 | return true; |
| 14145 | } |
| 14146 | |
| 14147 | bool previousMismatch = false; |
| 14148 | for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) { |
| 14149 | if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { |
| 14150 | // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled. |
| 14151 | if (IsIgnored(I)) |
| 14152 | continue; |
| 14153 | |
| 14154 | if (!previousMismatch) { |
| 14155 | previousMismatch = true; |
| 14156 | Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) |
| 14157 | << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name |
| 14158 | << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); |
| 14159 | } |
| 14160 | Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) |
| 14161 | << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) |
| 14162 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), |
| 14163 | TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); |
| 14164 | } |
| 14165 | } |
| 14166 | return true; |
| 14167 | } |
| 14168 | |
| 14169 | // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if |
| 14170 | // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior |
| 14171 | // (non-ignored) declaration. |
| 14172 | const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition(); |
| 14173 | if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef)) |
| 14174 | PrevDef = nullptr; |
| 14175 | const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous; |
| 14176 | if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) { |
| 14177 | Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) |
| 14178 | << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name |
| 14179 | << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); |
| 14180 | Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); |
| 14181 | |
| 14182 | // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. |
| 14183 | if (PrevDef) { |
| 14184 | Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) |
| 14185 | << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) |
| 14186 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), |
| 14187 | TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); |
| 14188 | } |
| 14189 | } |
| 14190 | |
| 14191 | return true; |
| 14192 | } |
| 14193 | |
| 14194 | /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name |
| 14195 | /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. |
| 14196 | /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: |
| 14197 | /// namespace N { |
| 14198 | /// struct X; |
| 14199 | /// namespace M { |
| 14200 | /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; |
| 14201 | /// } |
| 14202 | /// } |
| 14203 | static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, |
| 14204 | SourceLocation NameLoc) { |
| 14205 | // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see |
| 14206 | // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until |
| 14207 | // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. |
| 14208 | SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; |
| 14209 | DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 14210 | for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { |
| 14211 | // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by |
| 14212 | // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. |
| 14213 | NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); |
| 14214 | if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) |
| 14215 | return FixItHint(); |
| 14216 | IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); |
| 14217 | Namespaces.push_back(II); |
| 14218 | NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( |
| 14219 | S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); |
| 14220 | if (Lookup == Namespace) |
| 14221 | break; |
| 14222 | } |
| 14223 | |
| 14224 | // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and |
| 14225 | // build an NNS. |
| 14226 | SmallString<64> Insertion; |
| 14227 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); |
| 14228 | if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) |
| 14229 | OS << "::" ; |
| 14230 | std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); |
| 14231 | for (auto *II : Namespaces) |
| 14232 | OS << II->getName() << "::" ; |
| 14233 | return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); |
| 14234 | } |
| 14235 | |
| 14236 | /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can |
| 14237 | /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup |
| 14238 | /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a |
| 14239 | /// using-declaration). |
| 14240 | static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, |
| 14241 | DeclContext *NewDC) { |
| 14242 | OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); |
| 14243 | NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); |
| 14244 | |
| 14245 | if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) |
| 14246 | return true; |
| 14247 | |
| 14248 | // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either |
| 14249 | // encloses the other). |
| 14250 | if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && |
| 14251 | (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) |
| 14252 | return true; |
| 14253 | |
| 14254 | return false; |
| 14255 | } |
| 14256 | |
| 14257 | /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the |
| 14258 | /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. |
| 14259 | /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a |
| 14260 | /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. |
| 14261 | /// |
| 14262 | /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or |
| 14263 | /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. |
| 14264 | /// |
| 14265 | /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should |
| 14266 | /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. |
| 14267 | Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
| 14268 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 14269 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 14270 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 14271 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
| 14272 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
| 14273 | bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, |
| 14274 | SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, |
| 14275 | bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, |
| 14276 | bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, |
| 14277 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { |
| 14278 | // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. |
| 14279 | IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; |
| 14280 | assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && |
| 14281 | "Nameless record must be a definition!" ); |
| 14282 | assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); |
| 14283 | |
| 14284 | OwnedDecl = false; |
| 14285 | TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); |
| 14286 | bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); |
| 14287 | |
| 14288 | // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. |
| 14289 | bool isMemberSpecialization = false; |
| 14290 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 14291 | |
| 14292 | // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters |
| 14293 | // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work |
| 14294 | // for non-C++ cases. |
| 14295 | if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || |
| 14296 | (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { |
| 14297 | if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = |
| 14298 | MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( |
| 14299 | KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, |
| 14300 | TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { |
| 14301 | if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { |
| 14302 | Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); |
| 14303 | return nullptr; |
| 14304 | } |
| 14305 | |
| 14306 | if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { |
| 14307 | // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may |
| 14308 | // be a member of another template). |
| 14309 | |
| 14310 | if (Invalid) |
| 14311 | return nullptr; |
| 14312 | |
| 14313 | OwnedDecl = false; |
| 14314 | DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate( |
| 14315 | S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams, |
| 14316 | AS, ModulePrivateLoc, |
| 14317 | /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, |
| 14318 | TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody); |
| 14319 | return Result.get(); |
| 14320 | } else { |
| 14321 | // The "template<>" header is extraneous. |
| 14322 | Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) |
| 14323 | << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; |
| 14324 | isMemberSpecialization = true; |
| 14325 | } |
| 14326 | } |
| 14327 | } |
| 14328 | |
| 14329 | // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do |
| 14330 | // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible |
| 14331 | // redeclaration. |
| 14332 | llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; |
| 14333 | bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum; |
| 14334 | |
| 14335 | if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { |
| 14336 | if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) { |
| 14337 | // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the |
| 14338 | // type, default to int. |
| 14339 | EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); |
| 14340 | } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { |
| 14341 | // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an |
| 14342 | // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. |
| 14343 | TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; |
| 14344 | GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); |
| 14345 | EnumUnderlying = TI; |
| 14346 | |
| 14347 | if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) |
| 14348 | // Recover by falling back to int. |
| 14349 | EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); |
| 14350 | |
| 14351 | if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, |
| 14352 | UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) |
| 14353 | EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); |
| 14354 | |
| 14355 | } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { |
| 14356 | // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type |
| 14357 | // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set |
| 14358 | // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This |
| 14359 | // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming. |
| 14360 | if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) |
| 14361 | EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); |
| 14362 | } |
| 14363 | } |
| 14364 | |
| 14365 | DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; |
| 14366 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; |
| 14367 | bool isStdBadAlloc = false; |
| 14368 | bool isStdAlignValT = false; |
| 14369 | |
| 14370 | RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext(); |
| 14371 | if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) |
| 14372 | Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; |
| 14373 | |
| 14374 | /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C |
| 14375 | /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl |
| 14376 | /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. |
| 14377 | auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { |
| 14378 | assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage" ); |
| 14379 | // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the |
| 14380 | // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union |
| 14381 | // keyword. |
| 14382 | SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; |
| 14383 | TagDecl *New = nullptr; |
| 14384 | |
| 14385 | if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { |
| 14386 | New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, |
| 14387 | ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); |
| 14388 | // If this is an undefined enum, bail. |
| 14389 | if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) |
| 14390 | return nullptr; |
| 14391 | if (EnumUnderlying) { |
| 14392 | EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); |
| 14393 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) |
| 14394 | ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); |
| 14395 | else |
| 14396 | ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); |
| 14397 | ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); |
| 14398 | } |
| 14399 | } else { // struct/union |
| 14400 | New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, |
| 14401 | nullptr); |
| 14402 | } |
| 14403 | |
| 14404 | if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { |
| 14405 | // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked |
| 14406 | // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. |
| 14407 | // |
| 14408 | // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this |
| 14409 | // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is |
| 14410 | // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at |
| 14411 | // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because |
| 14412 | // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the |
| 14413 | // parsing of the struct). |
| 14414 | if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { |
| 14415 | AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); |
| 14416 | AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); |
| 14417 | } |
| 14418 | } |
| 14419 | New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| 14420 | return New; |
| 14421 | }; |
| 14422 | |
| 14423 | LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); |
| 14424 | if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { |
| 14425 | // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). |
| 14426 | |
| 14427 | // Check for invalid 'foo::'. |
| 14428 | if (SS.isInvalid()) { |
| 14429 | Name = nullptr; |
| 14430 | goto CreateNewDecl; |
| 14431 | } |
| 14432 | |
| 14433 | // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent |
| 14434 | // context, don't try to make a decl for it. |
| 14435 | if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { |
| 14436 | DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); |
| 14437 | if (!DC) { |
| 14438 | IsDependent = true; |
| 14439 | return nullptr; |
| 14440 | } |
| 14441 | } else { |
| 14442 | DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); |
| 14443 | if (!DC) { |
| 14444 | Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) |
| 14445 | << SS.getRange(); |
| 14446 | return nullptr; |
| 14447 | } |
| 14448 | } |
| 14449 | |
| 14450 | if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) |
| 14451 | return nullptr; |
| 14452 | |
| 14453 | SearchDC = DC; |
| 14454 | // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. |
| 14455 | LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); |
| 14456 | |
| 14457 | if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) |
| 14458 | return nullptr; |
| 14459 | |
| 14460 | if (Previous.empty()) { |
| 14461 | // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the |
| 14462 | // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, |
| 14463 | // and that current instantiation has any dependent base |
| 14464 | // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat |
| 14465 | // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. |
| 14466 | // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. |
| 14467 | if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && |
| 14468 | (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { |
| 14469 | IsDependent = true; |
| 14470 | return nullptr; |
| 14471 | } |
| 14472 | |
| 14473 | // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. |
| 14474 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) |
| 14475 | << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); |
| 14476 | Name = nullptr; |
| 14477 | Invalid = true; |
| 14478 | goto CreateNewDecl; |
| 14479 | } |
| 14480 | } else if (Name) { |
| 14481 | // C++14 [class.mem]p14: |
| 14482 | // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a |
| 14483 | // name different from T: |
| 14484 | // -- every member of class T that is itself a type |
| 14485 | if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && |
| 14486 | DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) |
| 14487 | return nullptr; |
| 14488 | |
| 14489 | // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward |
| 14490 | // declaration or definition. |
| 14491 | // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we |
| 14492 | // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we |
| 14493 | // shouldn't be diagnosing. |
| 14494 | LookupName(Previous, S); |
| 14495 | |
| 14496 | // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced |
| 14497 | // by types using'ed into this scope. |
| 14498 | if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && |
| 14499 | (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { |
| 14500 | LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); |
| 14501 | while (F.hasNext()) { |
| 14502 | NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); |
| 14503 | if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( |
| 14504 | SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) |
| 14505 | F.erase(); |
| 14506 | } |
| 14507 | F.done(); |
| 14508 | } |
| 14509 | |
| 14510 | // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: |
| 14511 | // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor |
| 14512 | // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an |
| 14513 | // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether |
| 14514 | // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider |
| 14515 | // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. |
| 14516 | // |
| 14517 | // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag |
| 14518 | // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing |
| 14519 | // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. |
| 14520 | // |
| 14521 | // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by |
| 14522 | // semantic context? |
| 14523 | if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { |
| 14524 | DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); |
| 14525 | LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); |
| 14526 | bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; |
| 14527 | while (F.hasNext()) { |
| 14528 | NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); |
| 14529 | DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 14530 | if (DC->isFileContext() && |
| 14531 | !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { |
| 14532 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) |
| 14533 | FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; |
| 14534 | else |
| 14535 | F.erase(); |
| 14536 | } |
| 14537 | } |
| 14538 | F.done(); |
| 14539 | |
| 14540 | // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have |
| 14541 | // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. |
| 14542 | if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { |
| 14543 | NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); |
| 14544 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) |
| 14545 | << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); |
| 14546 | } |
| 14547 | } |
| 14548 | |
| 14549 | // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. |
| 14550 | if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) |
| 14551 | return nullptr; |
| 14552 | |
| 14553 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { |
| 14554 | // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated |
| 14555 | // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching |
| 14556 | // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak |
| 14557 | // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? |
| 14558 | while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) |
| 14559 | SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); |
| 14560 | } |
| 14561 | } |
| 14562 | |
| 14563 | if (Previous.isSingleResult() && |
| 14564 | Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { |
| 14565 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 14566 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); |
| 14567 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 14568 | Previous.clear(); |
| 14569 | } |
| 14570 | |
| 14571 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && |
| 14572 | DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { |
| 14573 | if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc" )) { |
| 14574 | // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". |
| 14575 | isStdBadAlloc = true; |
| 14576 | |
| 14577 | // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to |
| 14578 | // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous |
| 14579 | // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. |
| 14580 | if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) |
| 14581 | Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); |
| 14582 | } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t" )) { |
| 14583 | isStdAlignValT = true; |
| 14584 | if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) |
| 14585 | Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); |
| 14586 | } |
| 14587 | } |
| 14588 | |
| 14589 | // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference |
| 14590 | // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we |
| 14591 | // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case |
| 14592 | // there's a shadow friend decl. |
| 14593 | if (Name && Previous.empty() && |
| 14594 | (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { |
| 14595 | if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; |
| 14596 | assert(SS.isEmpty()); |
| 14597 | |
| 14598 | if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { |
| 14599 | // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: |
| 14600 | // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form |
| 14601 | // |
| 14602 | // class-key identifier |
| 14603 | // |
| 14604 | // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the |
| 14605 | // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a |
| 14606 | // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is |
| 14607 | // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains |
| 14608 | // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend |
| 14609 | // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest |
| 14610 | // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the |
| 14611 | // declaration. |
| 14612 | // |
| 14613 | // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for |
| 14614 | // C structs and unions. |
| 14615 | // |
| 14616 | // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum |
| 14617 | // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll |
| 14618 | // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same |
| 14619 | // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. |
| 14620 | // |
| 14621 | // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete |
| 14622 | // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. |
| 14623 | // |
| 14624 | // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. |
| 14625 | // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the |
| 14626 | // lexical context, |
| 14627 | SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); |
| 14628 | |
| 14629 | // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. |
| 14630 | S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); |
| 14631 | } else { |
| 14632 | assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); |
| 14633 | // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: |
| 14634 | // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a |
| 14635 | // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of |
| 14636 | // the innermost enclosing namespace. |
| 14637 | SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); |
| 14638 | } |
| 14639 | |
| 14640 | // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly |
| 14641 | // diagnose some problems. |
| 14642 | // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a |
| 14643 | // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a |
| 14644 | // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct |
| 14645 | // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. |
| 14646 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 14647 | Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); |
| 14648 | LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); |
| 14649 | } else { |
| 14650 | Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); |
| 14651 | LookupName(Previous, S); |
| 14652 | } |
| 14653 | } |
| 14654 | |
| 14655 | // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. |
| 14656 | if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) |
| 14657 | Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); |
| 14658 | |
| 14659 | if (!Previous.empty()) { |
| 14660 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); |
| 14661 | NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); |
| 14662 | |
| 14663 | // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef |
| 14664 | // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this |
| 14665 | // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen |
| 14666 | // in C++. |
| 14667 | // |
| 14668 | // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is |
| 14669 | // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is |
| 14670 | // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; |
| 14671 | // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 |
| 14672 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 14673 | if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 14674 | if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { |
| 14675 | TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); |
| 14676 | if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && |
| 14677 | Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() |
| 14678 | ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { |
| 14679 | PrevDecl = Tag; |
| 14680 | Previous.clear(); |
| 14681 | Previous.addDecl(Tag); |
| 14682 | Previous.resolveKind(); |
| 14683 | } |
| 14684 | } |
| 14685 | } |
| 14686 | } |
| 14687 | |
| 14688 | // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must |
| 14689 | // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a |
| 14690 | // redefinition if either context is within the other. |
| 14691 | if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { |
| 14692 | auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); |
| 14693 | if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && |
| 14694 | isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && |
| 14695 | !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( |
| 14696 | *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { |
| 14697 | Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); |
| 14698 | Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), |
| 14699 | diag::note_using_decl_target); |
| 14700 | Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) |
| 14701 | << 0; |
| 14702 | // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. |
| 14703 | Previous.clear(); |
| 14704 | goto CreateNewDecl; |
| 14705 | } |
| 14706 | } |
| 14707 | |
| 14708 | if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 14709 | // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared |
| 14710 | // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or |
| 14711 | // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. |
| 14712 | if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || |
| 14713 | isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, |
| 14714 | SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { |
| 14715 | // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a |
| 14716 | // struct or something similar. |
| 14717 | if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, |
| 14718 | TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, |
| 14719 | Name)) { |
| 14720 | bool SafeToContinue |
| 14721 | = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && |
| 14722 | Kind != TTK_Enum); |
| 14723 | if (SafeToContinue) |
| 14724 | Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) |
| 14725 | << Name |
| 14726 | << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), |
| 14727 | PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); |
| 14728 | else |
| 14729 | Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; |
| 14730 | Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); |
| 14731 | |
| 14732 | if (SafeToContinue) |
| 14733 | Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); |
| 14734 | else { |
| 14735 | // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. |
| 14736 | Name = nullptr; |
| 14737 | Previous.clear(); |
| 14738 | Invalid = true; |
| 14739 | } |
| 14740 | } |
| 14741 | |
| 14742 | if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { |
| 14743 | const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); |
| 14744 | |
| 14745 | // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, |
| 14746 | // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. |
| 14747 | if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { |
| 14748 | if (ScopedEnum) |
| 14749 | Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) |
| 14750 | << PrevEnum->isScoped() |
| 14751 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); |
| 14752 | return PrevTagDecl; |
| 14753 | } |
| 14754 | |
| 14755 | QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; |
| 14756 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) |
| 14757 | EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); |
| 14758 | else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) |
| 14759 | EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); |
| 14760 | |
| 14761 | // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by |
| 14762 | // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, |
| 14763 | // in which case we want the caller to bail out. |
| 14764 | if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, |
| 14765 | ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, |
| 14766 | IsFixed, PrevEnum)) |
| 14767 | return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; |
| 14768 | } |
| 14769 | |
| 14770 | // C++11 [class.mem]p1: |
| 14771 | // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, |
| 14772 | // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared |
| 14773 | // and then later defined. |
| 14774 | if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && |
| 14775 | S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { |
| 14776 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); |
| 14777 | Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 14778 | } |
| 14779 | |
| 14780 | if (!Invalid) { |
| 14781 | // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless |
| 14782 | // we have attributes. |
| 14783 | if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { |
| 14784 | if (!Attrs.empty()) { |
| 14785 | // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new |
| 14786 | // declaration to hold them. |
| 14787 | } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && |
| 14788 | (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == |
| 14789 | Decl::FOK_Undeclared || |
| 14790 | PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && |
| 14791 | SS.isEmpty()) { |
| 14792 | // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but |
| 14793 | // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes |
| 14794 | // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. |
| 14795 | // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if |
| 14796 | // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior |
| 14797 | // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same |
| 14798 | // scope where we would have injected a declaration. |
| 14799 | if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() |
| 14800 | ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) |
| 14801 | return PrevTagDecl; |
| 14802 | // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in |
| 14803 | // that scope. |
| 14804 | S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); |
| 14805 | } else { |
| 14806 | return PrevTagDecl; |
| 14807 | } |
| 14808 | } |
| 14809 | |
| 14810 | // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. |
| 14811 | if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { |
| 14812 | if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { |
| 14813 | // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition |
| 14814 | // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error |
| 14815 | // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. |
| 14816 | bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; |
| 14817 | if (isMemberSpecialization) { |
| 14818 | if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) |
| 14819 | IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = |
| 14820 | RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != |
| 14821 | TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; |
| 14822 | else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) |
| 14823 | IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = |
| 14824 | ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != |
| 14825 | TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; |
| 14826 | } |
| 14827 | |
| 14828 | // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do |
| 14829 | // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, |
| 14830 | // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in |
| 14831 | // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). |
| 14832 | NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; |
| 14833 | if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { |
| 14834 | // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We |
| 14835 | // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and |
| 14836 | // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one |
| 14837 | // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and |
| 14838 | // use it in place of this one. |
| 14839 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 14840 | // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we |
| 14841 | // complete parsing the new one and do the structural |
| 14842 | // comparison. |
| 14843 | SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; |
| 14844 | SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); |
| 14845 | SkipBody->Previous = Def; |
| 14846 | return Def; |
| 14847 | } else { |
| 14848 | SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; |
| 14849 | SkipBody->Previous = Def; |
| 14850 | makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); |
| 14851 | // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll |
| 14852 | // skip starting the definitiion later. |
| 14853 | } |
| 14854 | } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { |
| 14855 | // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't |
| 14856 | // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. |
| 14857 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) |
| 14858 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; |
| 14859 | else |
| 14860 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; |
| 14861 | notePreviousDefinition(Def, |
| 14862 | NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); |
| 14863 | // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this |
| 14864 | // struct be anonymous, which will make any later |
| 14865 | // references get the previous definition. |
| 14866 | Name = nullptr; |
| 14867 | Previous.clear(); |
| 14868 | Invalid = true; |
| 14869 | } |
| 14870 | } else { |
| 14871 | // If the type is currently being defined, complain |
| 14872 | // about a nested redefinition. |
| 14873 | auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); |
| 14874 | if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { |
| 14875 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; |
| 14876 | Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), |
| 14877 | diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 14878 | Name = nullptr; |
| 14879 | Previous.clear(); |
| 14880 | Invalid = true; |
| 14881 | } |
| 14882 | } |
| 14883 | |
| 14884 | // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced |
| 14885 | // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. |
| 14886 | } |
| 14887 | |
| 14888 | // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind |
| 14889 | // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC |
| 14890 | // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. |
| 14891 | if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { |
| 14892 | SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); |
| 14893 | AS = AS_none; |
| 14894 | } |
| 14895 | } |
| 14896 | // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we |
| 14897 | // have a definition. Just create a new decl. |
| 14898 | |
| 14899 | } else { |
| 14900 | // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested |
| 14901 | // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a |
| 14902 | // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities |
| 14903 | // have distinct types. |
| 14904 | Previous.clear(); |
| 14905 | } |
| 14906 | // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl |
| 14907 | // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by |
| 14908 | // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. |
| 14909 | |
| 14910 | // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag |
| 14911 | // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few |
| 14912 | // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. |
| 14913 | } else { |
| 14914 | // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier |
| 14915 | // found the wrong kind of type on the first |
| 14916 | // (non-redeclaration) lookup. |
| 14917 | if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && |
| 14918 | !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { |
| 14919 | NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); |
| 14920 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK |
| 14921 | << Kind; |
| 14922 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); |
| 14923 | Invalid = true; |
| 14924 | |
| 14925 | // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. |
| 14926 | } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, |
| 14927 | SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { |
| 14928 | // do nothing |
| 14929 | |
| 14930 | // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. |
| 14931 | } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { |
| 14932 | NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); |
| 14933 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; |
| 14934 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; |
| 14935 | Invalid = true; |
| 14936 | |
| 14937 | // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common |
| 14938 | // case here. |
| 14939 | } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 14940 | unsigned Kind = 0; |
| 14941 | if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; |
| 14942 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) |
| 14943 | << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); |
| 14944 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; |
| 14945 | Invalid = true; |
| 14946 | |
| 14947 | // Otherwise, diagnose. |
| 14948 | } else { |
| 14949 | // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, |
| 14950 | // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. |
| 14951 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; |
| 14952 | notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); |
| 14953 | Name = nullptr; |
| 14954 | Invalid = true; |
| 14955 | } |
| 14956 | |
| 14957 | // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a |
| 14958 | // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. |
| 14959 | Previous.clear(); |
| 14960 | } |
| 14961 | } |
| 14962 | |
| 14963 | CreateNewDecl: |
| 14964 | |
| 14965 | TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; |
| 14966 | if (Previous.isSingleResult()) |
| 14967 | PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); |
| 14968 | |
| 14969 | // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the |
| 14970 | // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union |
| 14971 | // keyword. |
| 14972 | SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; |
| 14973 | |
| 14974 | // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous |
| 14975 | // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via |
| 14976 | // PrevDecl. |
| 14977 | TagDecl *New; |
| 14978 | |
| 14979 | if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { |
| 14980 | // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: |
| 14981 | // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. |
| 14982 | New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, |
| 14983 | cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, |
| 14984 | ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); |
| 14985 | |
| 14986 | if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) |
| 14987 | StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); |
| 14988 | |
| 14989 | // If this is an undefined enum, warn. |
| 14990 | if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { |
| 14991 | TagDecl *Def; |
| 14992 | if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { |
| 14993 | // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. |
| 14994 | // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. |
| 14995 | } |
| 14996 | else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { |
| 14997 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) |
| 14998 | << New; |
| 14999 | Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 15000 | } else { |
| 15001 | unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; |
| 15002 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) |
| 15003 | DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; |
| 15004 | else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 15005 | DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; |
| 15006 | Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
| 15007 | } |
| 15008 | } |
| 15009 | |
| 15010 | if (EnumUnderlying) { |
| 15011 | EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); |
| 15012 | if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) |
| 15013 | ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); |
| 15014 | else |
| 15015 | ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); |
| 15016 | ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); |
| 15017 | assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete" ); |
| 15018 | } |
| 15019 | } else { |
| 15020 | // struct/union/class |
| 15021 | |
| 15022 | // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: |
| 15023 | // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. |
| 15024 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 15025 | // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. |
| 15026 | New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, |
| 15027 | cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
| 15028 | |
| 15029 | if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) |
| 15030 | StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); |
| 15031 | } else |
| 15032 | New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, |
| 15033 | cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
| 15034 | } |
| 15035 | |
| 15036 | // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: |
| 15037 | // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. |
| 15038 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && |
| 15039 | TUK == TUK_Definition) { |
| 15040 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) |
| 15041 | << Context.getTagDeclType(New); |
| 15042 | Invalid = true; |
| 15043 | } |
| 15044 | |
| 15045 | if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition && |
| 15046 | DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) { |
| 15047 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum) |
| 15048 | << Context.getTagDeclType(New); |
| 15049 | Invalid = true; |
| 15050 | } |
| 15051 | |
| 15052 | // Maybe add qualifier info. |
| 15053 | if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { |
| 15054 | if (SS.isSet()) { |
| 15055 | // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the |
| 15056 | // nested-name-specifier against the current context. |
| 15057 | if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && |
| 15058 | diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc, |
| 15059 | isMemberSpecialization)) |
| 15060 | Invalid = true; |
| 15061 | |
| 15062 | New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); |
| 15063 | if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { |
| 15064 | New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); |
| 15065 | } |
| 15066 | } |
| 15067 | else |
| 15068 | Invalid = true; |
| 15069 | } |
| 15070 | |
| 15071 | if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { |
| 15072 | // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when |
| 15073 | // the ASTContext lays out the structure. |
| 15074 | // |
| 15075 | // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this |
| 15076 | // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is |
| 15077 | // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at |
| 15078 | // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because |
| 15079 | // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the |
| 15080 | // parsing of the struct). |
| 15081 | if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { |
| 15082 | AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); |
| 15083 | AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); |
| 15084 | } |
| 15085 | } |
| 15086 | |
| 15087 | if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { |
| 15088 | if (isMemberSpecialization) |
| 15089 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) |
| 15090 | << 2 |
| 15091 | << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); |
| 15092 | // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only |
| 15093 | // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are |
| 15094 | // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. |
| 15095 | else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) |
| 15096 | New->setModulePrivate(); |
| 15097 | } |
| 15098 | |
| 15099 | // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), |
| 15100 | // check the specialization. |
| 15101 | if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) |
| 15102 | Invalid = true; |
| 15103 | |
| 15104 | // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, |
| 15105 | // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to |
| 15106 | // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. |
| 15107 | if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && |
| 15108 | getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { |
| 15109 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 15110 | // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: |
| 15111 | // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. |
| 15112 | if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { |
| 15113 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) |
| 15114 | << Name; |
| 15115 | Invalid = true; |
| 15116 | } |
| 15117 | } else if (!PrevDecl) { |
| 15118 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); |
| 15119 | } |
| 15120 | } |
| 15121 | |
| 15122 | if (Invalid) |
| 15123 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15124 | |
| 15125 | // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the |
| 15126 | // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. |
| 15127 | New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| 15128 | |
| 15129 | // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. |
| 15130 | // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward |
| 15131 | // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make |
| 15132 | // the tag name visible. |
| 15133 | if (TUK == TUK_Friend) |
| 15134 | New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); |
| 15135 | |
| 15136 | // Set the access specifier. |
| 15137 | if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) |
| 15138 | SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); |
| 15139 | |
| 15140 | if (PrevDecl) |
| 15141 | CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl); |
| 15142 | |
| 15143 | if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) |
| 15144 | New->startDefinition(); |
| 15145 | |
| 15146 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); |
| 15147 | AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); |
| 15148 | |
| 15149 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
| 15150 | if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { |
| 15151 | // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; |
| 15152 | // if so, borrow its access specifier. |
| 15153 | if (PrevDecl) |
| 15154 | New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); |
| 15155 | |
| 15156 | DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); |
| 15157 | DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); |
| 15158 | if (Name) // can be null along some error paths |
| 15159 | if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) |
| 15160 | PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); |
| 15161 | } else if (Name) { |
| 15162 | S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); |
| 15163 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true); |
| 15164 | } else { |
| 15165 | CurContext->addDecl(New); |
| 15166 | } |
| 15167 | |
| 15168 | // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. |
| 15169 | if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) |
| 15170 | if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 15171 | New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && |
| 15172 | II->isStr("FILE" )) |
| 15173 | Context.setFILEDecl(New); |
| 15174 | |
| 15175 | if (PrevDecl) |
| 15176 | mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); |
| 15177 | |
| 15178 | // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this |
| 15179 | // record. |
| 15180 | AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); |
| 15181 | |
| 15182 | if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 15183 | CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); |
| 15184 | |
| 15185 | OwnedDecl = true; |
| 15186 | // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from |
| 15187 | // the cases where we make the type anonymous. |
| 15188 | if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 15189 | if (New->isBeingDefined()) |
| 15190 | if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) |
| 15191 | RD->completeDefinition(); |
| 15192 | return nullptr; |
| 15193 | } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) { |
| 15194 | return SkipBody->Previous; |
| 15195 | } else { |
| 15196 | return New; |
| 15197 | } |
| 15198 | } |
| 15199 | |
| 15200 | void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { |
| 15201 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
| 15202 | TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); |
| 15203 | |
| 15204 | // Enter the tag context. |
| 15205 | PushDeclContext(S, Tag); |
| 15206 | |
| 15207 | ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); |
| 15208 | |
| 15209 | // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this |
| 15210 | // record. |
| 15211 | AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); |
| 15212 | } |
| 15213 | |
| 15214 | bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, |
| 15215 | SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { |
| 15216 | if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) |
| 15217 | return false; |
| 15218 | |
| 15219 | // Make the previous decl visible. |
| 15220 | makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); |
| 15221 | return true; |
| 15222 | } |
| 15223 | |
| 15224 | Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { |
| 15225 | assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && |
| 15226 | "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl" ); |
| 15227 | DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); |
| 15228 | assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && |
| 15229 | "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one." ); |
| 15230 | CurContext = OCD; |
| 15231 | return IDecl; |
| 15232 | } |
| 15233 | |
| 15234 | void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, |
| 15235 | SourceLocation FinalLoc, |
| 15236 | bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, |
| 15237 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { |
| 15238 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
| 15239 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); |
| 15240 | |
| 15241 | FieldCollector->StartClass(); |
| 15242 | |
| 15243 | if (!Record->getIdentifier()) |
| 15244 | return; |
| 15245 | |
| 15246 | if (FinalLoc.isValid()) |
| 15247 | Record->addAttr(new (Context) |
| 15248 | FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); |
| 15249 | |
| 15250 | // C++ [class]p2: |
| 15251 | // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the |
| 15252 | // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For |
| 15253 | // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated |
| 15254 | // as if it were a public member name. |
| 15255 | CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create( |
| 15256 | Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(), |
| 15257 | Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(), |
| 15258 | /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, |
| 15259 | /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); |
| 15260 | Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); |
| 15261 | InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); |
| 15262 | InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); |
| 15263 | if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) |
| 15264 | InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); |
| 15265 | PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); |
| 15266 | assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && |
| 15267 | "Broken injected-class-name" ); |
| 15268 | } |
| 15269 | |
| 15270 | void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, |
| 15271 | SourceRange BraceRange) { |
| 15272 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
| 15273 | TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); |
| 15274 | Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); |
| 15275 | |
| 15276 | // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. |
| 15277 | if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { |
| 15278 | assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it" ); |
| 15279 | if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) |
| 15280 | RD->completeDefinition(); |
| 15281 | } |
| 15282 | |
| 15283 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { |
| 15284 | FieldCollector->FinishClass(); |
| 15285 | } |
| 15286 | |
| 15287 | // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. |
| 15288 | PopDeclContext(); |
| 15289 | |
| 15290 | if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && |
| 15291 | Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) |
| 15292 | Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); |
| 15293 | |
| 15294 | // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. |
| 15295 | if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 15296 | Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); |
| 15297 | // Don't try to compute excess padding (which can be expensive) if the diag |
| 15298 | // is ignored. |
| 15299 | if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) |
| 15300 | if (!RD->isDependentContext() && !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_excess_padding, RD->getLocation())) { |
| 15301 | unsigned CharBitNum = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); |
| 15302 | unsigned NumFields = 0; |
| 15303 | unsigned LastFieldEnd = 0; |
| 15304 | unsigned Padding = 0; |
| 15305 | const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); |
| 15306 | unsigned BitEnd = 0; |
| 15307 | for (auto F : RD->fields()) { |
| 15308 | unsigned Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(NumFields); |
| 15309 | NumFields++; |
| 15310 | // Count the bits in a bitfield. |
| 15311 | if (F->isBitField()) { |
| 15312 | BitEnd += F->getBitWidthValue(Context); |
| 15313 | continue; |
| 15314 | } |
| 15315 | // If the last field was a bitfield then round the width up to a char |
| 15316 | // and use that. |
| 15317 | if (BitEnd) { |
| 15318 | LastFieldEnd += (BitEnd + (CharBitNum - 1)) / CharBitNum; |
| 15319 | BitEnd = 0; |
| 15320 | } |
| 15321 | Padding += Offset - LastFieldEnd; |
| 15322 | LastFieldEnd = Offset + Context.getTypeSizeInChars(F->getType()).getQuantity(); |
| 15323 | } |
| 15324 | unsigned Size = Layout.getSize().getQuantity(); |
| 15325 | Padding += Size - LastFieldEnd; |
| 15326 | unsigned UnpaddedSize = Size - Padding; |
| 15327 | |
| 15328 | // Don't warn for empty structs even though they have 1 byte padding in |
| 15329 | // a 1 byte record |
| 15330 | if (NumFields > 0) |
| 15331 | if ((Padding > 8) || ((Padding * 3) > (UnpaddedSize * 4))) |
| 15332 | getDiagnostics().Report(RD->getLocation(), |
| 15333 | diag::warn_excess_padding) |
| 15334 | << Context.getTypeDeclType(RD) << Padding << Size; |
| 15335 | } |
| 15336 | } |
| 15337 | } |
| 15338 | |
| 15339 | void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { |
| 15340 | // Exit this scope of this interface definition. |
| 15341 | PopDeclContext(); |
| 15342 | } |
| 15343 | |
| 15344 | void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { |
| 15345 | assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts" ); |
| 15346 | OriginalLexicalContext = DC; |
| 15347 | ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); |
| 15348 | } |
| 15349 | |
| 15350 | void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { |
| 15351 | ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); |
| 15352 | OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; |
| 15353 | } |
| 15354 | |
| 15355 | void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { |
| 15356 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
| 15357 | TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); |
| 15358 | Tag->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15359 | |
| 15360 | // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. |
| 15361 | if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { |
| 15362 | if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) |
| 15363 | RD->completeDefinition(); |
| 15364 | } |
| 15365 | |
| 15366 | // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not |
| 15367 | // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with |
| 15368 | // the FieldCollector. |
| 15369 | |
| 15370 | PopDeclContext(); |
| 15371 | } |
| 15372 | |
| 15373 | // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. |
| 15374 | ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, |
| 15375 | IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
| 15376 | QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, |
| 15377 | Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { |
| 15378 | // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness |
| 15379 | if (ZeroWidth) |
| 15380 | *ZeroWidth = true; |
| 15381 | |
| 15382 | // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. |
| 15383 | // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. |
| 15384 | if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { |
| 15385 | // Handle incomplete types with specific error. |
| 15386 | if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) |
| 15387 | return ExprError(); |
| 15388 | if (FieldName) |
| 15389 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) |
| 15390 | << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); |
| 15391 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) |
| 15392 | << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); |
| 15393 | } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), |
| 15394 | UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) |
| 15395 | return ExprError(); |
| 15396 | |
| 15397 | // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check |
| 15398 | // it now. |
| 15399 | if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) |
| 15400 | return BitWidth; |
| 15401 | |
| 15402 | llvm::APSInt Value; |
| 15403 | ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); |
| 15404 | if (ICE.isInvalid()) |
| 15405 | return ICE; |
| 15406 | BitWidth = ICE.get(); |
| 15407 | |
| 15408 | if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) |
| 15409 | *ZeroWidth = false; |
| 15410 | |
| 15411 | // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. |
| 15412 | if (Value == 0 && FieldName) |
| 15413 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; |
| 15414 | |
| 15415 | if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { |
| 15416 | if (FieldName) |
| 15417 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) |
| 15418 | << FieldName << Value.toString(10); |
| 15419 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) |
| 15420 | << Value.toString(10); |
| 15421 | } |
| 15422 | |
| 15423 | if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { |
| 15424 | uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); |
| 15425 | uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); |
| 15426 | bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); |
| 15427 | |
| 15428 | // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield |
| 15429 | // ABI. |
| 15430 | bool CStdConstraintViolation = |
| 15431 | BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; |
| 15432 | bool MSBitfieldViolation = |
| 15433 | Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && |
| 15434 | (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); |
| 15435 | if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { |
| 15436 | unsigned DiagWidth = |
| 15437 | CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; |
| 15438 | if (FieldName) |
| 15439 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) |
| 15440 | << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() |
| 15441 | << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; |
| 15442 | |
| 15443 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) |
| 15444 | << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation |
| 15445 | << DiagWidth; |
| 15446 | } |
| 15447 | |
| 15448 | // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all |
| 15449 | // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than |
| 15450 | // 'bool'. |
| 15451 | if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { |
| 15452 | if (FieldName) |
| 15453 | Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) |
| 15454 | << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() |
| 15455 | << (unsigned)TypeWidth; |
| 15456 | else |
| 15457 | Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) |
| 15458 | << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; |
| 15459 | } |
| 15460 | } |
| 15461 | |
| 15462 | return BitWidth; |
| 15463 | } |
| 15464 | |
| 15465 | /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order |
| 15466 | /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. |
| 15467 | Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 15468 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { |
| 15469 | FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), |
| 15470 | DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), |
| 15471 | /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); |
| 15472 | return Res; |
| 15473 | } |
| 15474 | |
| 15475 | /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. |
| 15476 | /// |
| 15477 | FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, |
| 15478 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 15479 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, |
| 15480 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
| 15481 | AccessSpecifier AS) { |
| 15482 | if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { |
| 15483 | const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); |
| 15484 | Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) |
| 15485 | << Decomp.getSourceRange(); |
| 15486 | return nullptr; |
| 15487 | } |
| 15488 | |
| 15489 | IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
| 15490 | SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; |
| 15491 | if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
| 15492 | |
| 15493 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| 15494 | QualType T = TInfo->getType(); |
| 15495 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 15496 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| 15497 | |
| 15498 | if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, |
| 15499 | UPPC_DataMemberType)) { |
| 15500 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 15501 | T = Context.IntTy; |
| 15502 | TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); |
| 15503 | } |
| 15504 | } |
| 15505 | |
| 15506 | DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); |
| 15507 | |
| 15508 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) |
| 15509 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) |
| 15510 | << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; |
| 15511 | if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) |
| 15512 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 15513 | diag::err_invalid_thread) |
| 15514 | << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); |
| 15515 | |
| 15516 | // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously |
| 15517 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; |
| 15518 | LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, |
| 15519 | ForVisibleRedeclaration); |
| 15520 | LookupName(Previous, S); |
| 15521 | switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { |
| 15522 | case LookupResult::Found: |
| 15523 | case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: |
| 15524 | PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); |
| 15525 | break; |
| 15526 | |
| 15527 | case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: |
| 15528 | PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); |
| 15529 | break; |
| 15530 | |
| 15531 | case LookupResult::NotFound: |
| 15532 | case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: |
| 15533 | case LookupResult::Ambiguous: |
| 15534 | break; |
| 15535 | } |
| 15536 | Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); |
| 15537 | |
| 15538 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
| 15539 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 15540 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); |
| 15541 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 15542 | PrevDecl = nullptr; |
| 15543 | } |
| 15544 | |
| 15545 | if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) |
| 15546 | PrevDecl = nullptr; |
| 15547 | |
| 15548 | bool Mutable |
| 15549 | = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); |
| 15550 | SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc(); |
| 15551 | FieldDecl *NewFD |
| 15552 | = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, |
| 15553 | TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); |
| 15554 | |
| 15555 | if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 15556 | Record->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15557 | |
| 15558 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) |
| 15559 | NewFD->setModulePrivate(); |
| 15560 | |
| 15561 | if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { |
| 15562 | // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something |
| 15563 | // with the same name in the same scope. |
| 15564 | } else if (II) { |
| 15565 | PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); |
| 15566 | } else |
| 15567 | Record->addDecl(NewFD); |
| 15568 | |
| 15569 | return NewFD; |
| 15570 | } |
| 15571 | |
| 15572 | /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. |
| 15573 | /// |
| 15574 | /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, |
| 15575 | /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration |
| 15576 | /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be |
| 15577 | /// created. |
| 15578 | /// |
| 15579 | /// \returns a new FieldDecl. |
| 15580 | /// |
| 15581 | /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once |
| 15582 | FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
| 15583 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 15584 | RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 15585 | bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, |
| 15586 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
| 15587 | SourceLocation TSSL, |
| 15588 | AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 15589 | Declarator *D) { |
| 15590 | IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 15591 | bool InvalidDecl = false; |
| 15592 | if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); |
| 15593 | |
| 15594 | // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and |
| 15595 | // marking this declaration as invalid. |
| 15596 | if (T.isNull()) { |
| 15597 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 15598 | T = Context.IntTy; |
| 15599 | } |
| 15600 | |
| 15601 | QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); |
| 15602 | if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { |
| 15603 | if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { |
| 15604 | // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. |
| 15605 | Record->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15606 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 15607 | } else { |
| 15608 | NamedDecl *Def; |
| 15609 | EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); |
| 15610 | if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 15611 | Record->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15612 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 15613 | } |
| 15614 | } |
| 15615 | } |
| 15616 | |
| 15617 | // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space |
| 15618 | if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() || |
| 15619 | T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) { |
| 15620 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); |
| 15621 | Record->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15622 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 15623 | } |
| 15624 | |
| 15625 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { |
| 15626 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be |
| 15627 | // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. |
| 15628 | if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() || |
| 15629 | T->isBlockPointerType()) { |
| 15630 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; |
| 15631 | Record->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15632 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 15633 | } |
| 15634 | // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. |
| 15635 | if (BitWidth) { |
| 15636 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); |
| 15637 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 15638 | } |
| 15639 | } |
| 15640 | |
| 15641 | // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229). |
| 15642 | if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth && |
| 15643 | T.hasQualifiers()) { |
| 15644 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 15645 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers); |
| 15646 | } |
| 15647 | |
| 15648 | // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other |
| 15649 | // than a variably modified type. |
| 15650 | if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| 15651 | bool SizeIsNegative; |
| 15652 | llvm::APSInt Oversized; |
| 15653 | |
| 15654 | TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = |
| 15655 | TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, |
| 15656 | SizeIsNegative, |
| 15657 | Oversized); |
| 15658 | if (FixedTInfo) { |
| 15659 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
| 15660 | TInfo = FixedTInfo; |
| 15661 | T = FixedTInfo->getType(); |
| 15662 | } else { |
| 15663 | if (SizeIsNegative) |
| 15664 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); |
| 15665 | else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) |
| 15666 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) |
| 15667 | << Oversized.toString(10); |
| 15668 | else |
| 15669 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); |
| 15670 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 15671 | } |
| 15672 | } |
| 15673 | |
| 15674 | // Fields can not have abstract class types |
| 15675 | if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, |
| 15676 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| 15677 | AbstractFieldType)) |
| 15678 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 15679 | |
| 15680 | bool ZeroWidth = false; |
| 15681 | if (InvalidDecl) |
| 15682 | BitWidth = nullptr; |
| 15683 | // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. |
| 15684 | if (BitWidth) { |
| 15685 | BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, |
| 15686 | &ZeroWidth).get(); |
| 15687 | if (!BitWidth) { |
| 15688 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 15689 | BitWidth = nullptr; |
| 15690 | ZeroWidth = false; |
| 15691 | } |
| 15692 | } |
| 15693 | |
| 15694 | // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. |
| 15695 | if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { |
| 15696 | unsigned DiagID = 0; |
| 15697 | if (T->isReferenceType()) |
| 15698 | DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference |
| 15699 | : diag::err_mutable_reference; |
| 15700 | else if (T.isConstQualified()) |
| 15701 | DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; |
| 15702 | |
| 15703 | if (DiagID) { |
| 15704 | SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; |
| 15705 | if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) |
| 15706 | ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); |
| 15707 | Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); |
| 15708 | if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { |
| 15709 | Mutable = false; |
| 15710 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 15711 | } |
| 15712 | } |
| 15713 | } |
| 15714 | |
| 15715 | // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): |
| 15716 | // At most one variant member of a union may have a |
| 15717 | // brace-or-equal-initializer. |
| 15718 | if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) |
| 15719 | checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); |
| 15720 | |
| 15721 | FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, |
| 15722 | BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); |
| 15723 | if (InvalidDecl) |
| 15724 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15725 | |
| 15726 | if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 15727 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
| 15728 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 15729 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15730 | } |
| 15731 | |
| 15732 | if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 15733 | if (Record->isUnion()) { |
| 15734 | if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| 15735 | CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); |
| 15736 | if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { |
| 15737 | // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial |
| 15738 | // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial |
| 15739 | // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator |
| 15740 | // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such |
| 15741 | // objects. |
| 15742 | if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) |
| 15743 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15744 | } |
| 15745 | } |
| 15746 | |
| 15747 | // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, |
| 15748 | // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions |
| 15749 | // enabled. |
| 15750 | if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { |
| 15751 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? |
| 15752 | diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : |
| 15753 | diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) |
| 15754 | << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; |
| 15755 | if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) |
| 15756 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15757 | } |
| 15758 | } |
| 15759 | } |
| 15760 | |
| 15761 | // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST |
| 15762 | // representation, not a parser representation. |
| 15763 | if (D) { |
| 15764 | // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. |
| 15765 | ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); |
| 15766 | |
| 15767 | if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) |
| 15768 | CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); |
| 15769 | } |
| 15770 | |
| 15771 | // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of |
| 15772 | // retainable type. |
| 15773 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) |
| 15774 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15775 | |
| 15776 | if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) |
| 15777 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); |
| 15778 | |
| 15779 | NewFD->setAccess(AS); |
| 15780 | return NewFD; |
| 15781 | } |
| 15782 | |
| 15783 | bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { |
| 15784 | assert(FD); |
| 15785 | assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++" ); |
| 15786 | |
| 15787 | if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) |
| 15788 | return false; |
| 15789 | |
| 15790 | QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); |
| 15791 | if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| 15792 | CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); |
| 15793 | if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { |
| 15794 | // We check for copy constructors before constructors |
| 15795 | // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about |
| 15796 | // copy constructors. |
| 15797 | |
| 15798 | CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; |
| 15799 | // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the |
| 15800 | // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any |
| 15801 | // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a |
| 15802 | // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't |
| 15803 | // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) |
| 15804 | if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) |
| 15805 | member = CXXCopyConstructor; |
| 15806 | else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) |
| 15807 | member = CXXDefaultConstructor; |
| 15808 | else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) |
| 15809 | member = CXXCopyAssignment; |
| 15810 | else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) |
| 15811 | member = CXXDestructor; |
| 15812 | |
| 15813 | if (member != CXXInvalid) { |
| 15814 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && |
| 15815 | getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { |
| 15816 | // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of |
| 15817 | // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs |
| 15818 | // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, |
| 15819 | // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those |
| 15820 | // members unavailable. |
| 15821 | SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); |
| 15822 | if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { |
| 15823 | if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) |
| 15824 | FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "" , |
| 15825 | UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); |
| 15826 | return false; |
| 15827 | } |
| 15828 | } |
| 15829 | |
| 15830 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? |
| 15831 | diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : |
| 15832 | diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) |
| 15833 | << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; |
| 15834 | DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); |
| 15835 | return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; |
| 15836 | } |
| 15837 | } |
| 15838 | } |
| 15839 | |
| 15840 | return false; |
| 15841 | } |
| 15842 | |
| 15843 | /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an |
| 15844 | /// AST enum value. |
| 15845 | static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl |
| 15846 | TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { |
| 15847 | switch (ivarVisibility) { |
| 15848 | default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind" ); |
| 15849 | case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; |
| 15850 | case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; |
| 15851 | case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; |
| 15852 | case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; |
| 15853 | } |
| 15854 | } |
| 15855 | |
| 15856 | /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this |
| 15857 | /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. |
| 15858 | Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, |
| 15859 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 15860 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
| 15861 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { |
| 15862 | |
| 15863 | IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
| 15864 | Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; |
| 15865 | SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; |
| 15866 | if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
| 15867 | |
| 15868 | // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for |
| 15869 | // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! |
| 15870 | |
| 15871 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| 15872 | QualType T = TInfo->getType(); |
| 15873 | |
| 15874 | if (BitWidth) { |
| 15875 | // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 |
| 15876 | BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); |
| 15877 | if (!BitWidth) |
| 15878 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 15879 | } else { |
| 15880 | // Not a bitfield. |
| 15881 | |
| 15882 | // validate II. |
| 15883 | |
| 15884 | } |
| 15885 | if (T->isReferenceType()) { |
| 15886 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); |
| 15887 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 15888 | } |
| 15889 | // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other |
| 15890 | // than a variably modified type. |
| 15891 | else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| 15892 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); |
| 15893 | D.setInvalidType(); |
| 15894 | } |
| 15895 | |
| 15896 | // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. |
| 15897 | ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = |
| 15898 | Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) |
| 15899 | : ObjCIvarDecl::None; |
| 15900 | // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. |
| 15901 | ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); |
| 15902 | if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 15903 | return nullptr; |
| 15904 | ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; |
| 15905 | if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = |
| 15906 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
| 15907 | if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { |
| 15908 | // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. |
| 15909 | EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); |
| 15910 | assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!" ); |
| 15911 | } |
| 15912 | else |
| 15913 | EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; |
| 15914 | } else { |
| 15915 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = |
| 15916 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
| 15917 | if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { |
| 15918 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); |
| 15919 | return nullptr; |
| 15920 | } |
| 15921 | } |
| 15922 | EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; |
| 15923 | } |
| 15924 | |
| 15925 | // Construct the decl. |
| 15926 | ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, |
| 15927 | DeclStart, Loc, II, T, |
| 15928 | TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); |
| 15929 | |
| 15930 | if (II) { |
| 15931 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, |
| 15932 | ForVisibleRedeclaration); |
| 15933 | if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) |
| 15934 | && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 15935 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
| 15936 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 15937 | NewID->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15938 | } |
| 15939 | } |
| 15940 | |
| 15941 | // Process attributes attached to the ivar. |
| 15942 | ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); |
| 15943 | |
| 15944 | if (D.isInvalidType()) |
| 15945 | NewID->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15946 | |
| 15947 | // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. |
| 15948 | if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) |
| 15949 | NewID->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 15950 | |
| 15951 | if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) |
| 15952 | NewID->setModulePrivate(); |
| 15953 | |
| 15954 | if (II) { |
| 15955 | // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add |
| 15956 | // these to the interface. |
| 15957 | S->AddDecl(NewID); |
| 15958 | IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); |
| 15959 | } |
| 15960 | |
| 15961 | if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && |
| 15962 | !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) |
| 15963 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); |
| 15964 | |
| 15965 | return NewID; |
| 15966 | } |
| 15967 | |
| 15968 | /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for |
| 15969 | /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class |
| 15970 | /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, |
| 15971 | /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. |
| 15972 | void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, |
| 15973 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { |
| 15974 | if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) |
| 15975 | return; |
| 15976 | |
| 15977 | Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; |
| 15978 | ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); |
| 15979 | |
| 15980 | if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) |
| 15981 | return; |
| 15982 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); |
| 15983 | if (!ID) { |
| 15984 | if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { |
| 15985 | if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) |
| 15986 | return; |
| 15987 | } |
| 15988 | // No need to add this to end of @implementation. |
| 15989 | else |
| 15990 | return; |
| 15991 | } |
| 15992 | // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. |
| 15993 | llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); |
| 15994 | Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); |
| 15995 | |
| 15996 | Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), |
| 15997 | DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, |
| 15998 | Context.CharTy, |
| 15999 | Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, |
| 16000 | DeclLoc), |
| 16001 | ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, |
| 16002 | true); |
| 16003 | AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); |
| 16004 | } |
| 16005 | |
| 16006 | void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, |
| 16007 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, |
| 16008 | SourceLocation RBrac, |
| 16009 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { |
| 16010 | assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl" ); |
| 16011 | |
| 16012 | // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have |
| 16013 | // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since |
| 16014 | // it will now change. |
| 16015 | if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
| 16016 | ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); |
| 16017 | switch (DC->getKind()) { |
| 16018 | default: break; |
| 16019 | case Decl::ObjCCategory: |
| 16020 | Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); |
| 16021 | break; |
| 16022 | case Decl::ObjCImplementation: |
| 16023 | Context. |
| 16024 | ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); |
| 16025 | break; |
| 16026 | } |
| 16027 | } |
| 16028 | |
| 16029 | RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); |
| 16030 | CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); |
| 16031 | |
| 16032 | // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include |
| 16033 | // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. |
| 16034 | unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; |
| 16035 | if (Record) { |
| 16036 | for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { |
| 16037 | if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) |
| 16038 | if (IFD->getDeclName()) |
| 16039 | ++NumNamedMembers; |
| 16040 | } |
| 16041 | } |
| 16042 | |
| 16043 | // Verify that all the fields are okay. |
| 16044 | SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; |
| 16045 | |
| 16046 | bool ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = false; |
| 16047 | for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); |
| 16048 | i != end; ++i) { |
| 16049 | FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); |
| 16050 | |
| 16051 | // Get the type for the field. |
| 16052 | const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); |
| 16053 | |
| 16054 | if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { |
| 16055 | // Remember all fields written by the user. |
| 16056 | RecFields.push_back(FD); |
| 16057 | } |
| 16058 | |
| 16059 | // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more |
| 16060 | // diagnostics about it. |
| 16061 | if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 16062 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 16063 | continue; |
| 16064 | } |
| 16065 | |
| 16066 | // C99 6.7.2.1p2: |
| 16067 | // A structure or union shall not contain a member with |
| 16068 | // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not |
| 16069 | // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to |
| 16070 | // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a |
| 16071 | // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete |
| 16072 | // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, |
| 16073 | // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) |
| 16074 | // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an |
| 16075 | // array. |
| 16076 | bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end()); |
| 16077 | if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { |
| 16078 | // Field declared as a function. |
| 16079 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) |
| 16080 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
| 16081 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 16082 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 16083 | continue; |
| 16084 | } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && |
| 16085 | (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) { |
| 16086 | if (Record) { |
| 16087 | // Flexible array member. |
| 16088 | // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. |
| 16089 | // It will accept flexible array in union and also |
| 16090 | // as the sole element of a struct/class. |
| 16091 | unsigned DiagID = 0; |
| 16092 | if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) { |
| 16093 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end) |
| 16094 | << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind(); |
| 16095 | Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration); |
| 16096 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 16097 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 16098 | continue; |
| 16099 | } else if (Record->isUnion()) |
| 16100 | DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt |
| 16101 | ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms |
| 16102 | : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
| 16103 | ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu |
| 16104 | : diag::err_flexible_array_union; |
| 16105 | else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) |
| 16106 | DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt |
| 16107 | ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms |
| 16108 | : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus |
| 16109 | ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu |
| 16110 | : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; |
| 16111 | |
| 16112 | if (DiagID) |
| 16113 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() |
| 16114 | << Record->getTagKind(); |
| 16115 | // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified |
| 16116 | // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place |
| 16117 | // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible |
| 16118 | // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end |
| 16119 | // of the type. |
| 16120 | if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0) |
| 16121 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) |
| 16122 | << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); |
| 16123 | if (!getLangOpts().C99) |
| 16124 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) |
| 16125 | << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); |
| 16126 | |
| 16127 | // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not |
| 16128 | // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. |
| 16129 | // |
| 16130 | // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete |
| 16131 | // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. |
| 16132 | QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); |
| 16133 | if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { |
| 16134 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) |
| 16135 | << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); |
| 16136 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 16137 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 16138 | continue; |
| 16139 | } |
| 16140 | // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. |
| 16141 | Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
| 16142 | } else { |
| 16143 | // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted, |
| 16144 | // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done |
| 16145 | // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known. |
| 16146 | } |
| 16147 | } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && |
| 16148 | RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), |
| 16149 | diag::err_field_incomplete)) { |
| 16150 | // Incomplete type |
| 16151 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 16152 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 16153 | continue; |
| 16154 | } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| 16155 | if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { |
| 16156 | // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a |
| 16157 | // flexible array member. |
| 16158 | Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
| 16159 | if (!Record->isUnion()) { |
| 16160 | // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject |
| 16161 | // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of |
| 16162 | // structures. |
| 16163 | if (!IsLastField) |
| 16164 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) |
| 16165 | << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); |
| 16166 | else { |
| 16167 | // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in |
| 16168 | // other structs as an extension. |
| 16169 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) |
| 16170 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
| 16171 | } |
| 16172 | } |
| 16173 | } |
| 16174 | if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && |
| 16175 | RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), |
| 16176 | diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, |
| 16177 | AbstractIvarType)) { |
| 16178 | // Ivars can not have abstract class types |
| 16179 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 16180 | } |
| 16181 | if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) |
| 16182 | Record->setHasObjectMember(true); |
| 16183 | if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) |
| 16184 | Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); |
| 16185 | if (Record && Record->isUnion() && |
| 16186 | FD->getType().isNonTrivialPrimitiveCType(Context)) |
| 16187 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), |
| 16188 | diag::err_nontrivial_primitive_type_in_union); |
| 16189 | } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { |
| 16190 | /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object |
| 16191 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) |
| 16192 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*" ); |
| 16193 | QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); |
| 16194 | FD->setType(T); |
| 16195 | } else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() && |
| 16196 | Record && !ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported && Record->isUnion() && |
| 16197 | !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 16198 | // It's an error in ARC or Weak if a field has lifetime. |
| 16199 | // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, |
| 16200 | // so we just make the field unavailable. |
| 16201 | // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type |
| 16202 | // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. |
| 16203 | QualType T = FD->getType(); |
| 16204 | if (T.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime()) { |
| 16205 | SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); |
| 16206 | if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { |
| 16207 | if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { |
| 16208 | FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "" , |
| 16209 | UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); |
| 16210 | } |
| 16211 | } else { |
| 16212 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) |
| 16213 | << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); |
| 16214 | } |
| 16215 | ObjCFieldLifetimeErrReported = true; |
| 16216 | } |
| 16217 | } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC && |
| 16218 | getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && |
| 16219 | Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { |
| 16220 | if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
| 16221 | FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) |
| 16222 | Record->setHasObjectMember(true); |
| 16223 | else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { |
| 16224 | QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); |
| 16225 | if (BaseType->isRecordType() && |
| 16226 | BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) |
| 16227 | Record->setHasObjectMember(true); |
| 16228 | else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || |
| 16229 | BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) |
| 16230 | Record->setHasObjectMember(true); |
| 16231 | } |
| 16232 | } |
| 16233 | |
| 16234 | if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { |
| 16235 | QualType FT = FD->getType(); |
| 16236 | if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) |
| 16237 | Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true); |
| 16238 | QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(); |
| 16239 | if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) |
| 16240 | Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true); |
| 16241 | if (FT.isDestructedType()) { |
| 16242 | Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true); |
| 16243 | Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true); |
| 16244 | } |
| 16245 | |
| 16246 | if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| 16247 | if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() == |
| 16248 | RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs) |
| 16249 | Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); |
| 16250 | } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) |
| 16251 | Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); |
| 16252 | } |
| 16253 | |
| 16254 | if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) |
| 16255 | Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); |
| 16256 | // Keep track of the number of named members. |
| 16257 | if (FD->getIdentifier()) |
| 16258 | ++NumNamedMembers; |
| 16259 | } |
| 16260 | |
| 16261 | // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. |
| 16262 | if (Record) { |
| 16263 | bool Completed = false; |
| 16264 | if (CXXRecord) { |
| 16265 | if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 16266 | // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. |
| 16267 | for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator |
| 16268 | I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), |
| 16269 | E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) |
| 16270 | I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); |
| 16271 | } |
| 16272 | |
| 16273 | if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { |
| 16274 | // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. |
| 16275 | AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); |
| 16276 | |
| 16277 | if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { |
| 16278 | // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple |
| 16279 | // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this |
| 16280 | // problem now. |
| 16281 | if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { |
| 16282 | CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; |
| 16283 | CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); |
| 16284 | |
| 16285 | for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), |
| 16286 | MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); |
| 16287 | M != MEnd; ++M) { |
| 16288 | for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), |
| 16289 | SOEnd = M->second.end(); |
| 16290 | SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { |
| 16291 | assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && |
| 16292 | "Virtual function without overriding functions?" ); |
| 16293 | if (SO->second.size() == 1) |
| 16294 | continue; |
| 16295 | |
| 16296 | // C++ [class.virtual]p2: |
| 16297 | // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base |
| 16298 | // class subobject has more than one final overrider the |
| 16299 | // program is ill-formed. |
| 16300 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) |
| 16301 | << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; |
| 16302 | Diag(M->first->getLocation(), |
| 16303 | diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); |
| 16304 | for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator |
| 16305 | OM = SO->second.begin(), |
| 16306 | OMEnd = SO->second.end(); |
| 16307 | OM != OMEnd; ++OM) |
| 16308 | Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) |
| 16309 | << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); |
| 16310 | |
| 16311 | Record->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 16312 | } |
| 16313 | } |
| 16314 | CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); |
| 16315 | Completed = true; |
| 16316 | } |
| 16317 | } |
| 16318 | } |
| 16319 | } |
| 16320 | |
| 16321 | if (!Completed) |
| 16322 | Record->completeDefinition(); |
| 16323 | |
| 16324 | // Handle attributes before checking the layout. |
| 16325 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs); |
| 16326 | |
| 16327 | // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. |
| 16328 | if (CXXRecord) { |
| 16329 | auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); |
| 16330 | if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && |
| 16331 | ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) { |
| 16332 | CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted(); |
| 16333 | SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); |
| 16334 | } |
| 16335 | } |
| 16336 | |
| 16337 | if (Record->hasAttrs()) { |
| 16338 | CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); |
| 16339 | |
| 16340 | if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) |
| 16341 | checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), |
| 16342 | IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), |
| 16343 | IA->getSemanticSpelling()); |
| 16344 | } |
| 16345 | |
| 16346 | // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero |
| 16347 | // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause |
| 16348 | // compatibility problems. |
| 16349 | bool CheckForZeroSize; |
| 16350 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 16351 | CheckForZeroSize = true; |
| 16352 | } else { |
| 16353 | // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. |
| 16354 | CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); |
| 16355 | CheckForZeroSize = |
| 16356 | CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && |
| 16357 | !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && |
| 16358 | CXXRecord->isCLike(); |
| 16359 | } |
| 16360 | if (CheckForZeroSize) { |
| 16361 | bool ZeroSize = true; |
| 16362 | bool IsEmpty = true; |
| 16363 | unsigned NonBitFields = 0; |
| 16364 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), |
| 16365 | E = Record->field_end(); |
| 16366 | (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { |
| 16367 | IsEmpty = false; |
| 16368 | if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { |
| 16369 | if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) |
| 16370 | ZeroSize = false; |
| 16371 | } else { |
| 16372 | ++NonBitFields; |
| 16373 | QualType FieldType = I->getType(); |
| 16374 | if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || |
| 16375 | !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) |
| 16376 | ZeroSize = false; |
| 16377 | } |
| 16378 | } |
| 16379 | |
| 16380 | // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are |
| 16381 | // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside |
| 16382 | // extern "C" block. |
| 16383 | if (ZeroSize) { |
| 16384 | Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? |
| 16385 | diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : |
| 16386 | diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) |
| 16387 | << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); |
| 16388 | } |
| 16389 | |
| 16390 | // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), |
| 16391 | // but are accepted by GCC. |
| 16392 | if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 16393 | Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : |
| 16394 | diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) |
| 16395 | << Record->isUnion(); |
| 16396 | } |
| 16397 | } |
| 16398 | } else { |
| 16399 | ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = |
| 16400 | reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); |
| 16401 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
| 16402 | ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); |
| 16403 | // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. |
| 16404 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 16405 | ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); |
| 16406 | ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); |
| 16407 | } |
| 16408 | // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be |
| 16409 | // duplicates. |
| 16410 | if (ID->getSuperClass()) |
| 16411 | DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); |
| 16412 | } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = |
| 16413 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
| 16414 | assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl" ); |
| 16415 | for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) |
| 16416 | // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. |
| 16417 | // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. |
| 16418 | ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); |
| 16419 | CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); |
| 16420 | IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); |
| 16421 | IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); |
| 16422 | } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = |
| 16423 | dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
| 16424 | // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been |
| 16425 | // reported as errors elsewhere. |
| 16426 | // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. |
| 16427 | // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); |
| 16428 | // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. |
| 16429 | // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. |
| 16430 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); |
| 16431 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 16432 | if (IDecl) { |
| 16433 | if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = |
| 16434 | IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { |
| 16435 | Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), |
| 16436 | diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); |
| 16437 | Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 16438 | continue; |
| 16439 | } |
| 16440 | for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { |
| 16441 | if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar |
| 16442 | = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { |
| 16443 | Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), |
| 16444 | diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); |
| 16445 | Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 16446 | continue; |
| 16447 | } |
| 16448 | } |
| 16449 | } |
| 16450 | ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); |
| 16451 | CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); |
| 16452 | } |
| 16453 | CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); |
| 16454 | CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); |
| 16455 | } |
| 16456 | } |
| 16457 | if (Record && Record->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() && !Record->isDependentType()) { |
| 16458 | std::function<bool(const RecordDecl *R)> contains_capabilities = |
| 16459 | [&](const RecordDecl *R) { |
| 16460 | for (const auto *F : R->fields()) { |
| 16461 | auto FTy = F->getType(); |
| 16462 | if (FTy->isCHERICapabilityType(getASTContext())) |
| 16463 | return true; |
| 16464 | if (FTy->isRecordType() && |
| 16465 | contains_capabilities(FTy->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl())) |
| 16466 | return true; |
| 16467 | } |
| 16468 | return false; |
| 16469 | }; |
| 16470 | const FieldDecl *CheckForUseInArray = nullptr; |
| 16471 | for (const auto *F : Record->fields()) { |
| 16472 | auto FTy = F->getType(); |
| 16473 | // We shouldn't be calling Context.getTypeAlign() as this alters the |
| 16474 | // order in which some Record layouts get initialized and therefore |
| 16475 | // breaks CodeGen/override-layout.c and CodeGenCXX/override-layout.cpp |
| 16476 | // Context.getDeclAlign() appears to be the correct function to call |
| 16477 | // but it will always return 1 byte alignment for fields in a struct |
| 16478 | // that has a packed attribute and is only an estimate otherwise (and |
| 16479 | // appears to be wrong quite frequently). |
| 16480 | // To avoid breaking any existing test cases that depend on the order, we |
| 16481 | // make sure to only call getTypeAlign() if the field is actually a |
| 16482 | // capability type |
| 16483 | auto checkCapabilityFieldAlignment = [&](unsigned DiagID) { |
| 16484 | // Calling getTypeAlign on dependent types will fail, so we need to fall |
| 16485 | // back to an estimate from GetDeclAlign |
| 16486 | unsigned CapAlign = FTy->isDependentType() ? |
| 16487 | Context.toBits(Context.getDeclAlign(F)) : Context.getTypeAlign(FTy); |
| 16488 | unsigned FieldOffset = Context.getFieldOffset(F); |
| 16489 | if (FieldOffset % CapAlign) { |
| 16490 | Diag(F->getLocation(), DiagID) |
| 16491 | << (unsigned)Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(FieldOffset).getQuantity(); |
| 16492 | // only check use in array if we haven't diagnosed anything yet |
| 16493 | CheckForUseInArray = nullptr; |
| 16494 | } else { |
| 16495 | CheckForUseInArray = F; |
| 16496 | } |
| 16497 | }; |
| 16498 | if (FTy->isCHERICapabilityType(Context)) { |
| 16499 | checkCapabilityFieldAlignment(diag::warn_packed_capability); |
| 16500 | } else if (FTy->isRecordType() && |
| 16501 | contains_capabilities(FTy->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl())) { |
| 16502 | checkCapabilityFieldAlignment(diag::warn_packed_struct_capability); |
| 16503 | } |
| 16504 | } |
| 16505 | if (CheckForUseInArray) { |
| 16506 | assert(!Record->isDependentType()); |
| 16507 | unsigned RecordAlign = Context.getTypeAlign(Record->getTypeForDecl()); |
| 16508 | unsigned RecordSize = Context.getTypeSize(Record->getTypeForDecl()); |
| 16509 | unsigned CapAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getCHERICapabilityAlign(); |
| 16510 | // Warn if alignment is not a multiple of CapAlign unless size is a |
| 16511 | // multiple of CapAlign |
| 16512 | // I.e. struct { char pad[sizeof(void*)]; void* cap; char bad; } __packed |
| 16513 | // will cause a warning but |
| 16514 | // struct { char pad[sizeof(void*)]; void* cap; } __packed is okay |
| 16515 | if ((RecordAlign % CapAlign) && (RecordSize % CapAlign)) { |
| 16516 | unsigned AlignBytes = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(CapAlign).getQuantity(); |
| 16517 | unsigned FieldOffset = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits( |
| 16518 | Context.getFieldOffset(CheckForUseInArray)).getQuantity(); |
| 16519 | Diag(CheckForUseInArray->getLocation(), |
| 16520 | diag::warn_packed_capability_in_array) << FieldOffset; |
| 16521 | Diag(Record->getSourceRange().getEnd(), |
| 16522 | diag::note_insert_attribute_aligned) << AlignBytes |
| 16523 | << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getSourceRange().getEnd(), |
| 16524 | ("__attribute__((aligned(" + Twine(AlignBytes) + ")))" ).str()); |
| 16525 | } |
| 16526 | } |
| 16527 | } |
| 16528 | } |
| 16529 | |
| 16530 | /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within |
| 16531 | /// the given type T. |
| 16532 | static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, |
| 16533 | llvm::APSInt &Value, |
| 16534 | QualType T) { |
| 16535 | assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) && |
| 16536 | "Integral type required!" ); |
| 16537 | unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); |
| 16538 | |
| 16539 | if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { |
| 16540 | if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) |
| 16541 | --BitWidth; |
| 16542 | return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; |
| 16543 | } |
| 16544 | return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; |
| 16545 | } |
| 16546 | |
| 16547 | // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type |
| 16548 | // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). |
| 16549 | static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { |
| 16550 | // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into |
| 16551 | // enum checking below. |
| 16552 | assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || |
| 16553 | T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!" ); |
| 16554 | const unsigned NumTypes = 4; |
| 16555 | QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { |
| 16556 | Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy |
| 16557 | }; |
| 16558 | QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { |
| 16559 | Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, |
| 16560 | Context.UnsignedLongLongTy |
| 16561 | }; |
| 16562 | |
| 16563 | unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); |
| 16564 | QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes |
| 16565 | : UnsignedIntegralTypes; |
| 16566 | for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) |
| 16567 | if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) |
| 16568 | return Types[I]; |
| 16569 | |
| 16570 | return QualType(); |
| 16571 | } |
| 16572 | |
| 16573 | EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
| 16574 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
| 16575 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 16576 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 16577 | Expr *Val) { |
| 16578 | unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); |
| 16579 | llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); |
| 16580 | QualType EltTy; |
| 16581 | |
| 16582 | if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) |
| 16583 | Val = nullptr; |
| 16584 | |
| 16585 | if (Val) |
| 16586 | Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); |
| 16587 | |
| 16588 | if (Val) { |
| 16589 | if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) |
| 16590 | EltTy = Context.DependentTy; |
| 16591 | else { |
| 16592 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && |
| 16593 | !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { |
| 16594 | // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the |
| 16595 | // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted |
| 16596 | // constant expression of the underlying type. |
| 16597 | EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); |
| 16598 | ExprResult Converted = |
| 16599 | CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, |
| 16600 | CCEK_Enumerator); |
| 16601 | if (Converted.isInvalid()) |
| 16602 | Val = nullptr; |
| 16603 | else |
| 16604 | Val = Converted.get(); |
| 16605 | } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && |
| 16606 | !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, |
| 16607 | &EnumVal).get())) { |
| 16608 | // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. |
| 16609 | } else { |
| 16610 | if (Enum->isComplete()) { |
| 16611 | EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); |
| 16612 | |
| 16613 | // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be |
| 16614 | // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, |
| 16615 | // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant |
| 16616 | // expression checking. |
| 16617 | if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { |
| 16618 | if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { |
| 16619 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; |
| 16620 | Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); |
| 16621 | } else |
| 16622 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; |
| 16623 | } else |
| 16624 | Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, |
| 16625 | EltTy->isBooleanType() ? |
| 16626 | CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) |
| 16627 | .get(); |
| 16628 | } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { |
| 16629 | // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: |
| 16630 | // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator |
| 16631 | // is the type of its initializing value: |
| 16632 | // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the |
| 16633 | // initializing value has the same type as the expression. |
| 16634 | EltTy = Val->getType(); |
| 16635 | } else { |
| 16636 | // C99 6.7.2.2p2: |
| 16637 | // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant |
| 16638 | // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value |
| 16639 | // representable as an int. |
| 16640 | |
| 16641 | // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. |
| 16642 | if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) |
| 16643 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) |
| 16644 | << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() |
| 16645 | << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); |
| 16646 | else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { |
| 16647 | // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. |
| 16648 | Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); |
| 16649 | } |
| 16650 | EltTy = Val->getType(); |
| 16651 | } |
| 16652 | } |
| 16653 | } |
| 16654 | } |
| 16655 | |
| 16656 | if (!Val) { |
| 16657 | if (Enum->isDependentType()) |
| 16658 | EltTy = Context.DependentTy; |
| 16659 | else if (!LastEnumConst) { |
| 16660 | // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: |
| 16661 | // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator |
| 16662 | // is the type of its initializing value: |
| 16663 | // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the |
| 16664 | // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. |
| 16665 | // |
| 16666 | // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does |
| 16667 | // C99 6.7.2.2p3. |
| 16668 | if (Enum->isFixed()) { |
| 16669 | EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); |
| 16670 | } |
| 16671 | else { |
| 16672 | EltTy = Context.IntTy; |
| 16673 | } |
| 16674 | } else { |
| 16675 | // Assign the last value + 1. |
| 16676 | EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); |
| 16677 | ++EnumVal; |
| 16678 | EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); |
| 16679 | |
| 16680 | // Check for overflow on increment. |
| 16681 | if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { |
| 16682 | // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: |
| 16683 | // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator |
| 16684 | // is the type of its initializing value: |
| 16685 | // |
| 16686 | // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as |
| 16687 | // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator |
| 16688 | // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, |
| 16689 | // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type |
| 16690 | // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type |
| 16691 | // exists, the program is ill-formed. |
| 16692 | QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); |
| 16693 | if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { |
| 16694 | // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this |
| 16695 | // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. |
| 16696 | EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); |
| 16697 | EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); |
| 16698 | ++EnumVal; |
| 16699 | if (Enum->isFixed()) |
| 16700 | // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. |
| 16701 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) |
| 16702 | << EnumVal.toString(10) |
| 16703 | << EltTy; |
| 16704 | else |
| 16705 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) |
| 16706 | << EnumVal.toString(10); |
| 16707 | } else { |
| 16708 | EltTy = T; |
| 16709 | } |
| 16710 | |
| 16711 | // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the |
| 16712 | // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented |
| 16713 | // value, then increment. |
| 16714 | EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); |
| 16715 | EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); |
| 16716 | EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); |
| 16717 | ++EnumVal; |
| 16718 | |
| 16719 | // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, |
| 16720 | // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in |
| 16721 | // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that |
| 16722 | // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger |
| 16723 | // integral type. |
| 16724 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) |
| 16725 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); |
| 16726 | } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| 16727 | !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { |
| 16728 | // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. |
| 16729 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) |
| 16730 | << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; |
| 16731 | } |
| 16732 | } |
| 16733 | } |
| 16734 | |
| 16735 | if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { |
| 16736 | // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the |
| 16737 | // enumerator's type. |
| 16738 | EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntRange(EltTy)); |
| 16739 | EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); |
| 16740 | } |
| 16741 | |
| 16742 | return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, |
| 16743 | Val, EnumVal); |
| 16744 | } |
| 16745 | |
| 16746 | Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 16747 | SourceLocation IILoc) { |
| 16748 | if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || |
| 16749 | !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 16750 | return SkipBodyInfo(); |
| 16751 | |
| 16752 | // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to |
| 16753 | // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and |
| 16754 | // skip the body. |
| 16755 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, |
| 16756 | forRedeclarationInCurContext()); |
| 16757 | auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); |
| 16758 | if (!PrevECD) |
| 16759 | return SkipBodyInfo(); |
| 16760 | |
| 16761 | EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); |
| 16762 | NamedDecl *Hidden; |
| 16763 | if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { |
| 16764 | SkipBodyInfo Skip; |
| 16765 | Skip.Previous = Hidden; |
| 16766 | return Skip; |
| 16767 | } |
| 16768 | |
| 16769 | return SkipBodyInfo(); |
| 16770 | } |
| 16771 | |
| 16772 | Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, |
| 16773 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 16774 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, |
| 16775 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { |
| 16776 | EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); |
| 16777 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = |
| 16778 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); |
| 16779 | |
| 16780 | // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until |
| 16781 | // we find one that is. |
| 16782 | S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); |
| 16783 | |
| 16784 | // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this |
| 16785 | // scope. |
| 16786 | LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration); |
| 16787 | LookupName(R, S); |
| 16788 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); |
| 16789 | |
| 16790 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
| 16791 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 16792 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); |
| 16793 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 16794 | PrevDecl = nullptr; |
| 16795 | } |
| 16796 | |
| 16797 | // C++ [class.mem]p15: |
| 16798 | // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name |
| 16799 | // different from T: |
| 16800 | // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped |
| 16801 | // enumerated type |
| 16802 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) |
| 16803 | DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), |
| 16804 | DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); |
| 16805 | |
| 16806 | EnumConstantDecl *New = |
| 16807 | CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); |
| 16808 | if (!New) |
| 16809 | return nullptr; |
| 16810 | |
| 16811 | if (PrevDecl) { |
| 16812 | if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 16813 | // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled. |
| 16814 | CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R); |
| 16815 | } |
| 16816 | |
| 16817 | // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the |
| 16818 | // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. |
| 16819 | assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && |
| 16820 | "Received TagDecl when not in C++!" ); |
| 16821 | if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { |
| 16822 | if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 16823 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; |
| 16824 | else |
| 16825 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; |
| 16826 | notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); |
| 16827 | return nullptr; |
| 16828 | } |
| 16829 | } |
| 16830 | |
| 16831 | // Process attributes. |
| 16832 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); |
| 16833 | AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); |
| 16834 | |
| 16835 | // Register this decl in the current scope stack. |
| 16836 | New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); |
| 16837 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
| 16838 | |
| 16839 | ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); |
| 16840 | |
| 16841 | return New; |
| 16842 | } |
| 16843 | |
| 16844 | // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the |
| 16845 | // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: |
| 16846 | // Element2 = Element1 |
| 16847 | // Element2 = Element1 + 1 |
| 16848 | // Element2 = Element1 - 1 |
| 16849 | // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. |
| 16850 | static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { |
| 16851 | Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); |
| 16852 | if (!InitExpr) |
| 16853 | return true; |
| 16854 | InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); |
| 16855 | |
| 16856 | if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { |
| 16857 | if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) |
| 16858 | return true; |
| 16859 | IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); |
| 16860 | if (!IL) |
| 16861 | return true; |
| 16862 | if (IL->getValue() != 1) |
| 16863 | return true; |
| 16864 | |
| 16865 | InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); |
| 16866 | } |
| 16867 | |
| 16868 | // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. |
| 16869 | DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); |
| 16870 | if (!DRE) |
| 16871 | return true; |
| 16872 | |
| 16873 | EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); |
| 16874 | if (!EnumConstant) |
| 16875 | return true; |
| 16876 | |
| 16877 | if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != |
| 16878 | Enum) |
| 16879 | return true; |
| 16880 | |
| 16881 | return false; |
| 16882 | } |
| 16883 | |
| 16884 | // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that |
| 16885 | // a previous element has already been set to. |
| 16886 | static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, |
| 16887 | EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) { |
| 16888 | // Avoid anonymous enums |
| 16889 | if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) |
| 16890 | return; |
| 16891 | |
| 16892 | // Only check for small enums. |
| 16893 | if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) |
| 16894 | return; |
| 16895 | |
| 16896 | if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) |
| 16897 | return; |
| 16898 | |
| 16899 | typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; |
| 16900 | typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector; |
| 16901 | |
| 16902 | typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; |
| 16903 | typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap; |
| 16904 | |
| 16905 | // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for DenseMap keys. |
| 16906 | auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) { |
| 16907 | llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal(); |
| 16908 | return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(); |
| 16909 | }; |
| 16910 | |
| 16911 | DuplicatesVector DupVector; |
| 16912 | ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; |
| 16913 | |
| 16914 | // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without |
| 16915 | // an initializer. |
| 16916 | for (auto *Element : Elements) { |
| 16917 | EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); |
| 16918 | |
| 16919 | // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for |
| 16920 | // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. |
| 16921 | if (!ECD) { |
| 16922 | return; |
| 16923 | } |
| 16924 | |
| 16925 | // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop. |
| 16926 | if (ECD->getInitExpr()) |
| 16927 | continue; |
| 16928 | |
| 16929 | // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop. |
| 16930 | EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD}); |
| 16931 | } |
| 16932 | |
| 16933 | if (EnumMap.size() == 0) |
| 16934 | return; |
| 16935 | |
| 16936 | // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. |
| 16937 | for (auto *Element : Elements) { |
| 16938 | // The last loop returned if any constant was null. |
| 16939 | EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); |
| 16940 | if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) |
| 16941 | continue; |
| 16942 | |
| 16943 | auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD)); |
| 16944 | if (Iter == EnumMap.end()) |
| 16945 | continue; |
| 16946 | |
| 16947 | DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second; |
| 16948 | if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { |
| 16949 | // Ensure constants are different. |
| 16950 | if (D == ECD) |
| 16951 | continue; |
| 16952 | |
| 16953 | // Create new vector and push values onto it. |
| 16954 | auto Vec = llvm::make_unique<ECDVector>(); |
| 16955 | Vec->push_back(D); |
| 16956 | Vec->push_back(ECD); |
| 16957 | |
| 16958 | // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. |
| 16959 | Entry = Vec.get(); |
| 16960 | |
| 16961 | // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of |
| 16962 | // diagnostics. |
| 16963 | DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec)); |
| 16964 | continue; |
| 16965 | } |
| 16966 | |
| 16967 | ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); |
| 16968 | // Make sure constants are not added more than once. |
| 16969 | if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) |
| 16970 | continue; |
| 16971 | |
| 16972 | Vec->push_back(ECD); |
| 16973 | } |
| 16974 | |
| 16975 | // Emit diagnostics. |
| 16976 | for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) { |
| 16977 | assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements." ); |
| 16978 | |
| 16979 | // Emit warning for one enum constant. |
| 16980 | auto *FirstECD = Vec->front(); |
| 16981 | S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) |
| 16982 | << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10) |
| 16983 | << FirstECD->getSourceRange(); |
| 16984 | |
| 16985 | // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with |
| 16986 | // the same value. |
| 16987 | for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end())) |
| 16988 | S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) |
| 16989 | << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10) |
| 16990 | << ECD->getSourceRange(); |
| 16991 | } |
| 16992 | } |
| 16993 | |
| 16994 | bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, |
| 16995 | bool AllowMask) const { |
| 16996 | assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum" ); |
| 16997 | assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition" ); |
| 16998 | |
| 16999 | auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); |
| 17000 | llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; |
| 17001 | |
| 17002 | if (R.second) { |
| 17003 | for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { |
| 17004 | const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); |
| 17005 | // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. |
| 17006 | if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) |
| 17007 | FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; |
| 17008 | } |
| 17009 | } |
| 17010 | |
| 17011 | // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's |
| 17012 | // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is |
| 17013 | // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we |
| 17014 | // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. |
| 17015 | // |
| 17016 | // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is |
| 17017 | // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is |
| 17018 | // likely a logic error. |
| 17019 | llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); |
| 17020 | return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); |
| 17021 | } |
| 17022 | |
| 17023 | void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, |
| 17024 | Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, |
| 17025 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { |
| 17026 | EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); |
| 17027 | QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); |
| 17028 | |
| 17029 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs); |
| 17030 | |
| 17031 | if (Enum->isDependentType()) { |
| 17032 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 17033 | EnumConstantDecl *ECD = |
| 17034 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); |
| 17035 | if (!ECD) continue; |
| 17036 | |
| 17037 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
| 17038 | } |
| 17039 | |
| 17040 | Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); |
| 17041 | return; |
| 17042 | } |
| 17043 | |
| 17044 | // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long |
| 17045 | // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, |
| 17046 | // emit a warning. |
| 17047 | unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); |
| 17048 | unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); |
| 17049 | unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); |
| 17050 | |
| 17051 | // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and |
| 17052 | // reverse the list. |
| 17053 | unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; |
| 17054 | unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; |
| 17055 | |
| 17056 | // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. |
| 17057 | bool AllElementsInt = true; |
| 17058 | |
| 17059 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 17060 | EnumConstantDecl *ECD = |
| 17061 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); |
| 17062 | if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. |
| 17063 | |
| 17064 | const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); |
| 17065 | |
| 17066 | // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. |
| 17067 | if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) |
| 17068 | NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, |
| 17069 | (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); |
| 17070 | else |
| 17071 | NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, |
| 17072 | (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); |
| 17073 | |
| 17074 | // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very common). |
| 17075 | if (AllElementsInt) |
| 17076 | AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; |
| 17077 | } |
| 17078 | |
| 17079 | // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. |
| 17080 | QualType BestType; |
| 17081 | unsigned BestWidth; |
| 17082 | |
| 17083 | // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: |
| 17084 | // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying |
| 17085 | // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first |
| 17086 | // of the following types that can represent all the values of |
| 17087 | // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long |
| 17088 | // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. |
| 17089 | // C99 6.4.4.3p2: |
| 17090 | // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. |
| 17091 | // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension |
| 17092 | QualType BestPromotionType; |
| 17093 | |
| 17094 | bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); |
| 17095 | // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all |
| 17096 | // enum definitions. |
| 17097 | if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) |
| 17098 | Packed = true; |
| 17099 | |
| 17100 | // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the |
| 17101 | // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators. |
| 17102 | if (Enum->isComplete()) { |
| 17103 | BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); |
| 17104 | if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) |
| 17105 | BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); |
| 17106 | else |
| 17107 | BestPromotionType = BestType; |
| 17108 | |
| 17109 | BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); |
| 17110 | } |
| 17111 | else if (NumNegativeBits) { |
| 17112 | // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of |
| 17113 | // int/long/longlong) that fits. |
| 17114 | // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. |
| 17115 | if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { |
| 17116 | BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; |
| 17117 | BestWidth = CharWidth; |
| 17118 | } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && |
| 17119 | NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { |
| 17120 | BestType = Context.ShortTy; |
| 17121 | BestWidth = ShortWidth; |
| 17122 | } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { |
| 17123 | BestType = Context.IntTy; |
| 17124 | BestWidth = IntWidth; |
| 17125 | } else { |
| 17126 | BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); |
| 17127 | |
| 17128 | if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { |
| 17129 | BestType = Context.LongTy; |
| 17130 | } else { |
| 17131 | BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); |
| 17132 | |
| 17133 | if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) |
| 17134 | Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); |
| 17135 | BestType = Context.LongLongTy; |
| 17136 | } |
| 17137 | } |
| 17138 | BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); |
| 17139 | } else { |
| 17140 | // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits |
| 17141 | // all of the enumerator values. |
| 17142 | // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. |
| 17143 | if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { |
| 17144 | BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; |
| 17145 | BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; |
| 17146 | BestWidth = CharWidth; |
| 17147 | } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { |
| 17148 | BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; |
| 17149 | BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; |
| 17150 | BestWidth = ShortWidth; |
| 17151 | } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { |
| 17152 | BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; |
| 17153 | BestWidth = IntWidth; |
| 17154 | BestPromotionType |
| 17155 | = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 17156 | ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; |
| 17157 | } else if (NumPositiveBits <= |
| 17158 | (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { |
| 17159 | BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; |
| 17160 | BestPromotionType |
| 17161 | = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 17162 | ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; |
| 17163 | } else { |
| 17164 | BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); |
| 17165 | assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && |
| 17166 | "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?" ); |
| 17167 | BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
| 17168 | BestPromotionType |
| 17169 | = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 17170 | ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; |
| 17171 | } |
| 17172 | } |
| 17173 | |
| 17174 | // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match |
| 17175 | // the type of the enum if needed. |
| 17176 | for (auto *D : Elements) { |
| 17177 | auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); |
| 17178 | if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. |
| 17179 | |
| 17180 | // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an |
| 17181 | // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each |
| 17182 | // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the |
| 17183 | // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" |
| 17184 | // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. |
| 17185 | |
| 17186 | // Determine whether the value fits into an int. |
| 17187 | llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); |
| 17188 | |
| 17189 | // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match |
| 17190 | // the enum decl type. |
| 17191 | QualType NewTy; |
| 17192 | unsigned NewWidth; |
| 17193 | bool NewSign; |
| 17194 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && |
| 17195 | !Enum->isFixed() && |
| 17196 | isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { |
| 17197 | NewTy = Context.IntTy; |
| 17198 | NewWidth = IntWidth; |
| 17199 | NewSign = true; |
| 17200 | } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { |
| 17201 | // Already the right type! |
| 17202 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 17203 | // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| 17204 | // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| 17205 | // enumeration. |
| 17206 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
| 17207 | continue; |
| 17208 | } else { |
| 17209 | NewTy = BestType; |
| 17210 | NewWidth = BestWidth; |
| 17211 | NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); |
| 17212 | } |
| 17213 | |
| 17214 | // Adjust the APSInt value. |
| 17215 | InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); |
| 17216 | InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); |
| 17217 | ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); |
| 17218 | |
| 17219 | // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. |
| 17220 | if (ECD->getInitExpr() && |
| 17221 | !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) |
| 17222 | ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, |
| 17223 | CK_IntegralCast, |
| 17224 | ECD->getInitExpr(), |
| 17225 | /*base paths*/ nullptr, |
| 17226 | VK_RValue)); |
| 17227 | if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) |
| 17228 | // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| 17229 | // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| 17230 | // enumeration. |
| 17231 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
| 17232 | else |
| 17233 | ECD->setType(NewTy); |
| 17234 | } |
| 17235 | |
| 17236 | Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, |
| 17237 | NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); |
| 17238 | |
| 17239 | CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); |
| 17240 | |
| 17241 | if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { |
| 17242 | for (Decl *D : Elements) { |
| 17243 | EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); |
| 17244 | if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. |
| 17245 | |
| 17246 | llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); |
| 17247 | if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && |
| 17248 | !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) |
| 17249 | Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) |
| 17250 | << ECD << Enum; |
| 17251 | } |
| 17252 | } |
| 17253 | |
| 17254 | // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. |
| 17255 | if (Enum->hasAttrs()) |
| 17256 | CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); |
| 17257 | } |
| 17258 | |
| 17259 | Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, |
| 17260 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 17261 | SourceLocation EndLoc) { |
| 17262 | StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); |
| 17263 | |
| 17264 | FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| 17265 | AsmString, StartLoc, |
| 17266 | EndLoc); |
| 17267 | CurContext->addDecl(New); |
| 17268 | return New; |
| 17269 | } |
| 17270 | |
| 17271 | void Sema::ActOnPragmaOpaque(IdentifierInfo* TypeName, |
| 17272 | IdentifierInfo* KeyName, |
| 17273 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 17274 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
| 17275 | SourceLocation KeyLoc) { |
| 17276 | |
| 17277 | Decl *TD = LookupSingleName(TUScope, TypeName, TypeLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| 17278 | TypedefDecl *TypeDecl = TD ? dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(TD) : 0; |
| 17279 | // Check that this is a valid typedef of an opaque type |
| 17280 | if (!TypeDecl || !TypeDecl->getUnderlyingType()->isPointerType()) { |
| 17281 | Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_pragma_opaque_invalid_type); |
| 17282 | return; |
| 17283 | } |
| 17284 | |
| 17285 | Decl *KD = LookupSingleName(TUScope, KeyName, KeyLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| 17286 | VarDecl *KeyDecl = KD ? dyn_cast<VarDecl>(KD) : 0; |
| 17287 | |
| 17288 | if (!KeyDecl) { |
| 17289 | Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_pragma_opaque_invalid_key); |
| 17290 | return; |
| 17291 | } |
| 17292 | |
| 17293 | TypeDecl->setOpaqueKey(KeyDecl); |
| 17294 | } |
| 17295 | |
| 17296 | void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, |
| 17297 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
| 17298 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 17299 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 17300 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { |
| 17301 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, |
| 17302 | LookupOrdinaryName); |
| 17303 | AsmLabelAttr *Attr = |
| 17304 | AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); |
| 17305 | |
| 17306 | // If a declaration that: |
| 17307 | // 1) declares a function or a variable |
| 17308 | // 2) has external linkage |
| 17309 | // already exists, add a label attribute to it. |
| 17310 | if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { |
| 17311 | if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) |
| 17312 | PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); |
| 17313 | else |
| 17314 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) |
| 17315 | << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; |
| 17316 | // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. |
| 17317 | } else |
| 17318 | (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); |
| 17319 | } |
| 17320 | |
| 17321 | void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, |
| 17322 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 17323 | SourceLocation NameLoc) { |
| 17324 | Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); |
| 17325 | |
| 17326 | if (PrevDecl) { |
| 17327 | PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); |
| 17328 | } else { |
| 17329 | (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( |
| 17330 | std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> |
| 17331 | (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); |
| 17332 | } |
| 17333 | } |
| 17334 | |
| 17335 | void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, |
| 17336 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
| 17337 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 17338 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 17339 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { |
| 17340 | Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, |
| 17341 | LookupOrdinaryName); |
| 17342 | WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); |
| 17343 | |
| 17344 | if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { |
| 17345 | if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) |
| 17346 | if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 17347 | DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); |
| 17348 | } else { |
| 17349 | (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( |
| 17350 | std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); |
| 17351 | } |
| 17352 | } |
| 17353 | |
| 17354 | Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { |
| 17355 | return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); |
| 17356 | } |
| 17357 | |